<<

Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue

Project Manual Project No. 191453

BID SET

PROJECT MANUAL FOR LANSING BOARD OF WATER AND LIGHT

STEAM PIPELINE REPLACEMENT

CAPITOL AVENUE

June 11, 2020 Project Number 191453

ENGINEER

FISHBECK 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE Grand Rapids, Michigan 49546 616.575.3824

Copyright 2020 – Fishbeck All rights reserved.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Lansing Board of Water and Light Table of Contents Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 00 01 10 Project Number 191453

SECTION 00 01 10 – TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 45 34 Special Inspections and Tests 01 45 35 Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Roadways, and Site Projects 01 50 01 Temporary Boiler Plant 01 55 26 Traffic Control 01 71 36 Monitoring of Existing Conditions

DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03 11 00 Concrete Forming 03 15 00 Concrete Accessories 03 15 16 Post -Installed Anchors 03 21 16 Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel 03 31 00 Structural Concrete 03 48 29 Prec ast Concrete Vaults

DIVISION 05 METALS 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 10 15 Waterproofing

DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK 31 10 13 Site Preparation 31 22 00 Grading 31 23 03 Excavation and Fill for Utilities 31 23 06 Excavation and Fill for Structures 31 23 19 Dewatering 31 23 24 Flowable Fill 31 25 00 Erosion and Sedimentation Controls 31 58 00 Temporary Earth Retention System

DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 23 Aggregate Base Courses 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 13 14 Concrete Walks 32 14 14 Brick Pavers 32 16 13 Concrete Curbs and Gutters 32 17 23 Pavement Markings

DIVISION 33 UTILITIES 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities 33 60 05 General Provisions for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities 33 6 0 07 Piping Insulation for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities 33 60 16 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities 33 60 23 General Duty Valves for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities 33 6 0 29 Hangers and Supports for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities 33 63 13 Pre-Insulated Steam Distribution Piping 33 63 23 Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

00 01 10 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \00_01_10.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Table of Contents Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 00 01 10 Project Number 191453

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

00 01 10 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \00_01_10.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Special Inspections and Tests Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 34 Project Number 191453

SECTION 01 45 34 – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes provisions for special inspections and the Statement of Special Inspections. 1. Special inspection services for which Owner will contract and pay directly and will be performed by a special inspector or inspectors selected by Owner: a. Concrete construction. b. Soils. c. Travel expense of the special inspector. 2. Testing, special inspections and certifications which are not included in the above, but shall be included in the Contractor’s Base Bid: a. Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances or by a plan approval authority and made by a legally constituted authority. b. Inspections, testing services and certifications including, but not limited to, the following: 1) Pipe leakage tests. 2) Welder certifications. 3) Structural steel yield strength mill tests. 4) Pipe material yield strength tests. 5) Manufacturers' certification tests for cement. 6) Supplier’s certification tests for fine and coarse aggregate. 7) Aggregate alkali reactivity testing. 8) Supplier’s certification tests for bedding material. 9) Testing in connection with the Engineer's review of materials and equipment proposed by Contractor to be incorporated into the Work. 10) Testing performed for the Contractor's convenience. 3. Owner Paid Items: To the extent Owner elects to inspect or employer either an Engineer or a special inspector to inspect materials or systems on the Project other than those specified herein, the cost of such inspection will be at the Owner’s expense.

B. Special inspection services are required to verify compliance with the Contract Documents and with the requirements of the building code. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for verification of compliance with Contract Document requirements.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ACI - American Concrete Institute: a. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. b. 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete. c. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. ASTM Standards: a. C31 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates Including Appendix XI. c. C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C42 - Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. e. C138 - Test Method for Density (Unit Weight), Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. f. C143 - Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. g. C157 - Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic-Cement Mortar and Concrete. h. C172 - Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. i. C173 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method.

01 45 34 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_34.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Special Inspections and Tests Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 34 Project Number 191453

j. C192 - Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. k. C231 - Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. l. C295 - Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. m. C1019 - Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout. n. D698 - Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. o. D1188 - Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Coated Samples. p. D1556 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by Sand-Cone Method. q. D1557 - Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. r. D1586 - Test Method for Standard Penetration Test (SPT) and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils. s. D2166 - Test Method for Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil. t. D2167 - Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. u. D2937 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by Drive-Cylinder Method. v. D2950 - Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods. w. D6938 - Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 3. AWS: a. D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. b. D1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. 4. Michigan Building Code. 5. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections: Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: 1. Building Code: The building code plus amendments, if any, legally adopted for the location in which the Project is located. 2. Special Inspection: Inspection and testing as herein required of materials, installation, fabrication, erection or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and referenced standards. 3. Testing Agency; Independent Testing Agency: Special inspector.

1.5 REQUIREMENTS

A. Special Inspector Qualifications: 1. Qualified in accordance with the building code and by local building official. a. Special inspector shall provide to the building official written documentation as required to demonstrate competence, objectivity and experience or training. b. Disclose possible conflicts of interest. 2. Objective, competent and independent from the contractor performing the work to be inspected. 3. Familiar with building code requirements for special inspections. 4. Having adequate equipment, periodically calibrated as required, to perform the special inspections. 5. Employing experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating special inspections similar in complexity to that required for the Project. 6. Weld Inspectors: Certified in accordance with AWS D1.1 and D1.3, as applicable.

B. Perform special inspections in accordance with: 1. Laws and Regulations. 2. Reference procedures and requirements. 3. Building code. 4. Contract Documents. 5. Manufacturer’s requirements, as applicable. 6. Reviewed Shop Drawings, as applicable.

01 45 34 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_34.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Special Inspections and Tests Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 34 Project Number 191453

1.6 REINSPECTION COSTS

A. Reinspection: 1. When initial special inspections of items except soil compaction indicate noncompliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent special inspections occasioned by the noncompliance shall be performed by the same special inspection agency, and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum. 2. Soil Compaction: a. The first retesting of soil compaction shall be paid for in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. b. The second and subsequent retesting for soil compaction due to noncompliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by the same special inspection agency, and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract Sum.

B. Costs: Uncovering costs shall be paid for as described in the Terms and Conditions.

1.7 REPORTS AND SUBMISSIONS

A. Special Inspection Reports: 1. Special inspector shall keep records of special inspections in accordance with the building code. 2. Records shall indicate that work inspected was or was not completed in conformance with the Contract Documents. 3. Report and reinspect non-conformances until they are in conformance with the Contract Documents. 4. Final Report: a. Prepare and submit a final report at the completion of the special inspections. b. Document the completion of specified special inspections and correction of discrepancies. c. Submit as specified for inspection reports. 5. Provide typed electronic copies of reports to: a. Owner. b. Engineer. c. Contractor. 6. Discrepancies: Bring to immediate attention of Contractor, and, if not corrected, to attention of Engineer.

1.8 SCHEDULES FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

A. Establishing Schedule: By advance discussion between special inspector and Contractor, determine the time required to perform special inspection and to issue findings.

B. Revising Schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate such changes of schedule with the special inspector.

C. Adherence to Schedule: When the special inspector is ready according to the determined schedule, but is prevented from performing special inspection due to incompleteness of the Work, extra costs attributable to the delay may be charged to Contractor and shall not be borne by Owner.

1.9 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES

A. Cooperate with Special Inspector: 1. Schedule the Work so that special inspector is allowed a reasonable schedule and amount of time to access and view the components requiring special inspection before being obscured by subsequent construction. 2. Notify special inspector 24 hours minimum prior to expected time when special inspection services will be required. 3. Provide the following as necessary for special inspector to properly perform its functions: a. Access to the Work. b. Facilities for access to the Work. c. Tools. d. Storage. e. Assistance as requested.

01 45 34 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_34.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Special Inspections and Tests Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 34 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

A. Frequency of Special Inspections: The minimum frequency of the special inspections (periodic vs. continuous) shall be as indicated in the building code.

B. Concrete Construction: 1. Inspect in accordance with Table 1705.3 of the building code and this Specification for all concrete except: a. Slabs on grade, including sidewalks, driveways and patios. 2. Inspect and verify: a. Reinforcing steel and placement. b. Anchor rods prior to and during placing of concrete. c. Anchors post-installed in hardened concrete. d. Proper use of required design mix. e. Proper placement of concrete. f. Maintenance of specified curing techniques and temperatures. g. Erection of precast concrete members. h. For elevated structural slabs, in place concrete strengths prior to removal of forms. i. Concrete formwork for proper shape, location and dimension. 3. Concrete Testing Requirements: a. Point of sampling and the method of securing the Samples: 1) Determined by special inspector. 2) In accordance with ASTM C172. b. Slump Tests: 1) Perform slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. 2) Perform one slump test on the Site for each 10 cubic yards of concrete. 3) At Engineer's request, also perform slump tests at batch plant before adding water reducer. 4) Perform more slump tests if deemed necessary by Engineer. c. Perform 1 air-entraining test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173 for each truckload or every 10 yards of concrete placed, whichever is more frequent. d. Test the concrete unit weight in accordance with ASTM C138 or C567, as applicable. e. Test the air content and fresh concrete temperature of each set of concrete cylinders. f. Concrete Cylinder Testing: 1) In accordance with ASTM C31 and C39. 2) Take concrete cylinder Samples as follows: a) Once each day a given class of concrete is placed, nor less than b) Once for each 150 cubic yards (or fraction thereof) of each class of concrete placed each day, nor less than c) Once for each 5,000 square feet of slab or wall surface area placed each day. 3) Concrete cylinder Sample shall consist of 4 standard 6-inch cylinders. a) Contractor shall be responsible for having additional pairs of cylinders taken and tested, if required to demonstrate adequate concrete strengths at ages earlier than 28 days if Contractor’s schedule requires form removal from load-bearing concrete prior to 28 days. 4) Handle cylinders carefully. 5) On Site Storage: a) 12 hours, minimum, 48 hours maximum. b) At a temperature range of 60 to 80 degrees F and in a moist environment. c) Shielded from direct sunlight and radiant heat. d) The Contractor shall construct heated or water bath enclosures, as applicable, if conditions require. e) Cylinders Samples taken to establish adequate strength for form removal earlier than 28-days shall be cured in locations that represent the conditions under which the structural concrete will be cured.

01 45 34 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_34.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Special Inspections and Tests Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 34 Project Number 191453

6) Laboratory Curing: a) For duration of curing after on Site storage. b) Does not include cylinders taken to establish adequate strength for form removal earlier than 28-days. 7) Test 1 of the cylinders at 7 days and 2 cylinders at 28 days. Save 1 cylinder as a spare. 8) Acceptance and evaluation of the concrete shall be based on ACI 301.

C. Soils: 1. Inspect and verify in accordance with Table 1705.6 of the building code and this Specification. 2. Inspect and verify: a. Soil Below Shallow Foundations: Verify materials and compaction is suitable to support the structures at the design soil bearing value indicated on the Drawings with acceptable anticipated settlement. b. Excavations are extended to proper depth and reached proper material. c. Classification of structure fill and backfill material. d. Classification of utility backfill material. e. Use of proper fill and backfill materials, lift thicknesses and compaction. f. Prior to placement of fill, subgrade material and preparation, and subgrade compaction. g. Minimum Frequency of Soil Compaction Verification: 1) Within Footprint of Structures: One test per 2,500 square feet of subgrade for each layer of fill. 2) Outside Footprint of Structures: a) One test per 5,000 square feet of subgrade for each layer of fill. b) One test per 300 feet of utility trench at subgrade for each layer of fill. c) One test per each utility structure at subgrade for each layer of fill. h. Perform more frequent testing when necessary because of Site conditions.

END OF SECTION 01 45 34

01 45 34 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_34.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

SECTION 01 45 35 – TESTING SERVICES FOR BURIED UTILITIES, ROADWAYS, AND SITE PROJECTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes testing services as follows: 1. Testing services which the Contractor shall pay for as part of the Contractor’s base Bid and will be performed by a testing agency selected by the Contractor: a. Fill material from onsite and offsite. b. Fine and coarse aggregate certification tests. c. Bedding material certification tests. d. Bituminous pavement materials. e. Laboratory soil proctor tests. f. Soil compaction tests. g. Verification of soil bearing capacity. h. Base and subbase compaction tests. i. Pavement compaction tests. j. Collecting and transporting soil samples to the independent testing agency's laboratory. k. Laboratory soil proctor tests. l. Concrete slump and air entrainment tests. m. Concrete cylinder compressive strength tests. n. Travel expense of the independent testing agency. o. Making concrete cylinders. p. Transporting cylinders to testing agency's laboratory and performing tests. 2. Testing services and certifications which will not be contracted and paid for directly by Owner and should be included in the Contractor’s base Bid: a. Pipe leakage and pressure tests. b. Pipe material tests. c. Testing performed for the Contractor's convenience. 3. Owner Paid Items: a. The Owner may elect to inspect or test or to employ either the Engineer or an independent testing agency to test materials on the Project other than those specified herein. b. The cost of this testing will be paid for by the Owner.

B. Testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for verification of compliance with Contract Document requirements.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. AASHTO: Provisional Standard - TP 23 Standard Test Method for Water Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete Using Microwave Oven Drying. 2. ASTM Specifications, Tests and Test Methods: a. C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. b. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates Including Appendix XI. c. C39 - Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C42 - Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. e. C138 - Test for Unit Weight, Yield and Air Content of Concrete. f. C143 - Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. g. C172 - Sampling Fresh Concrete. h. C173 - Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. i. C192 - Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.

01 45 35 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

j. C227 - Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method). k. C231 - Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. l. C289 - Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method). m. C295 - Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. n. C567 - Unit Weight of Structural Lightweight Concrete. o. C1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. p. D698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. q. D1188 - Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens. r. D1556 - Density of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method. s. D1557 - Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soils Aggregate Mixture Using 10 Pound Rammer and 18-Inch Drop. t. D1586 - Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of Soils. u. D1883 - CBR (California Bearing Ratio) of Laboratory Compacted Soils. v. D2166 - Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil. w. D2167 - Density of Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Rubber Balloon Method. x. D2922 - Density of Soil and Soil Aggregates by Nuclear Methods. y. D2937 - Density of Soil in Place by Drive Cylinder Method. z. D2950 - Test Methods for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Methods. aa. D3666 - Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Bituminous Paving Materials. bb. D3740 - Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as used in Design and Construction. 3. ACI - American Concrete Institute: a. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. b. 211.1R - Report on Alkali-Aggregate Reactivity. c. 301 - Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings. d. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 4. MDOT Standards: Michigan Cone Test for Determination of Maximum Unit Weight of Granular Soils.

1.4 TEST REQUIREMENTS

A. In accordance with: 1. Laws and Regulations. 2. Sections of these Specifications. 3. Reference procedures and requirements. 4. Pertinent standards for testing.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Agency meeting the requirements of ASTM C1077, D3666, and D3740. 3. Agency whose primary business is materials and construction testing. 4. Approved by the Engineer or the Owner. 5. Objective, competent and independent from the Contractor performing the work to be inspected. 6. Having adequate equipment, periodically calibrated as required, to perform the special inspections. 7. Employing experienced personnel educated in conducting, supervising and evaluating special inspections similar in complexity to that required for the Project.

01 45 35 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

1.5 RETESTING COSTS

A. Retesting: 1. When initial special inspections of items except soil compaction indicate noncompliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent special inspections occasioned by the noncompliance shall be performed by the same special inspection agency, and the costs thereof will not be reimbursed. 2. Soil Compaction: a. The first retesting of soil compaction shall be paid for in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. b. The second and subsequent retesting for soil compaction due to noncompliance with the Contract Documents shall be performed by the same special inspection agency, and the costs thereof will not be reimbursed.

1.6 REPORTS

A. Provide the Engineer’s field representative and Contractor’s superintendent with a draft copy of the daily report prior to leaving the Project Site each day on which testing is performed on the Site.

B. Provide typed copies of testing agency reports, inspections, and certifications within 5 business days to: 1. The Engineer's Office: One copy. 2. The Contractor's Office: One copy.

1.7 SCHEDULING TESTING

A. Coordinate and schedule the work of the independent testing agency. 1. Notify the Engineer and the independent testing agency 48 hours prior to the expected time when testing services will be required. 2. Provide access to the Work as necessary for the agency to properly perform its functions.

B. Establishing Schedule: By advance discussion with the Engineer and independent testing agency, determine the time required to perform tests and to issue findings.

C. Revising Schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all such changes with the independent testing agency as required.

D. Adherence to Schedule: When the independent testing agency is ready to test according to the determined schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the Work, all extra costs for testing attributable to the delay will be paid by the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Fine and Coarse Aggregate and Bedding Material: 1. Sieve test to ensure compliance with the materials specifications. 2. Provide 1 test for each source of imported materials as directed by the Engineer.

B. Fill Material from Onsite and Offsite Sources: Sieve test to ensure compliance with the materials specifications.

01 45 35 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

C. Soil Compaction: 1. Minimum Frequency of Testing: a. Within the Building Footprint: See Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.” b. Outside a Building Footprint: One test per 5,000 square feet of subgrade for each layer of fill. c. Utility Trenches: One test for every 200 linear feet of trench length at each lift. d. Utility Structures: One test under each manhole, vault or other structure. e. Curb and Gutter: One test for every 100 linear feet. f. Pavement Subgrade, Base Grade: 1) One test for every 2,500 square feet for road construction. 2) One test at every driveway or curb cut location. 3) One test for every 500 square feet for road intersections. 2. Predominately Granular Soils: a. Perform necessary laboratory and field testing required to verify compaction of fill, bedding, trench backfill and structure backfill in accordance with ASTM D1557 or Michigan Cone. b. Verify the compaction of the first 12 inches of the existing subgrade below structures, utility structures, paved areas, and areas to be filled in accordance with ASTM D1557 or Michigan Cone. 3. Predominately Cohesive Soils: a. Perform necessary laboratory and field testing required to verify compaction of fill trench backfill and structure backfill in accordance with ASTM D698. b. Verify the compaction of the first 12 inches of the existing subgrade below structures, utility structures, paved areas, and areas to be filled in accordance with ASTM D698. 4. Independent testing agency shall inform the Engineer and the Contractor's onsite supervisor immediately of onsite test results. 5. Place no additional fill in areas where compaction results do not meet Specification requirements.

D. Testing Bituminous Paving: 1. The testing agency shall provide quality control and testing services that will be monitored by the Engineer’s field representatives continuously during paving. 2. The testing agency shall take 1 mixture sample per day and 1 test per 1,000 tons of material placed. a. This sample shall be taken randomly from the back of the hauling unit. b. This sample shall be large enough to provide the Contractor, testing agency, and Engineer with an equal split of the sample. c. The testing agency shall test the samples for the following: 1) 50 blow Marshall bulk specific gravity or a 50 gyration gyratory compactor bulk specific gravity (G mb ). 2) Theoretical Maximum Density (TMD) (AASHTO T209) or maximum specific gravity of paving mixture (no air voids) (G mm ). 3) % Asphalt binder. 4) Aggregate gradation and % crushed aggregate. d. With the above information and the mix design aggregate effective specific gravity, calculate the following: 1) Mixture air voids. 2) Mixture voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) using bulk specific gravity of aggregate (Gsb). 3) % Asphalt binder. 3. The results of these tests shall be compared to the approved mix design and must be within the tolerances indicated below or all additional truckloads of non-compliant material shall be removed from the Site. a. The material supplier shall then make recommendations to the Engineer of how the mixture will be revised to meet the Specifications. b. The results of these tests and the split samples must be presented to the Engineer before mixture production begins the following day. c. If the Engineer wishes to test the split samples, they may use the supplier’s laboratory and equipment. d. The Engineer reserves the right to work with the supplier and modify the supplier’s mix design to ensure the product meets the Drawings and Specification requirements. e. This may include increasing asphalt content and adjusting aggregate gradations within the bituminous mixture composition specification.

01 45 35 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

Testing/Verification Tolerances

Parameter Single test Average of 2 Comments or more tests Air Voids ±1.00% -1.0%+0.5% VMA ±1.20% ±1.20% TMD (G mm ) ±0.019 ±0.01 5 Asphalt Binder ±0.4% ±0.3% >0.4% less than JMF may be subject to reduced payment %Fines/% Asphalt Max 1. 6 Max 1. 6 Result must be less than 1. 6 #4 sieve ±5.0% ±3.0 % #30 sieve ±4.0% ±3.0% #200 sieve 2.0% ±1.0% Crushed Particles ±10% ±10% >10% less than JMF may be subject to reduced payment

4. The Contractor shall have the testing agency’s density technician and a density gage available whenever paving is occurring. This technician and gage shall monitor placement and compaction of asphalt to verify the maximum density possible is being achieved. 5. Thickness: In place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D3549. 6. Surface Smoothness: a. Test finished surface of each hot mix asphalt course for smoothness, using 10 foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to centerline of paved area, or by measuring depths of bird baths immediately after a rain. 7. Workmanship: a. Finished Surfaces, Especially in High Visibility Areas: Smooth, free of cracks, raveling or spalling holes, rake or roller marks and depressions, or bird baths. b. Problem Areas Identified: Correct by removing, paving or reheating and re-rolling if possible. 8. Test Reports: a. Summarize the results of the bituminous paving using the "Report of Verification/Acceptance Testing & Core Density." b. Electronically submit this document to the Project team on a daily basis prior to the placement of any subsequent pavement.

E. Concrete Testing: 1. Point of sampling and the method of securing the Samples: a. Determined by the independent testing agency. b. In accordance with ASTM C172. 2. Slump Tests: a. Perform slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. b. Perform 1 slump test on the Site for each truckload of concrete. c. At the Engineer's request, also perform slump tests at batch plant before adding water reducer. d. Perform more slump tests if deemed necessary by the Engineer. 3. Perform 1 air-entraining test in accordance with ASTM C231 or C173 for each truckload of concrete. 4. Test the concrete unit weight in accordance with ASTM C138 or C567, as applicable. 5. Test the air content and fresh concrete temperature of each set of concrete cylinders. 6. Concrete Cylinder Testing: a. In accordance with ASTM C31 and C39. b. Take concrete cylinder Sample set as follows: 1) Once for each 150 cubic yards (or fraction thereof) of each class of concrete placed each day, nor less than. 2) Once for each 2,500 square feet of sidewalk or paving surface area placed each day. c. Concrete Cylinder Sample Set: Consist of 4 standard 6-inch cylinders. d. Handle cylinders carefully. e. Onsite Storage: 1) Handle cylinders carefully. 2) 12 hours, minimum, 48 hours maximum. 3) Store at a temperature range of 60 to 80 degrees F and in a moist environment. 4) Shield from direct sunlight and radiant heat.

01 45 35 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Steam Pipeline Replacement Roadways, and Site Projects Capitol Avenue Section 01 45 35 Project Number 191453

5) Construct heated or water bath enclosures, as applicable, if conditions require. 6) Cylinder samples taken to establish adequate strength for form removal earlier than 28 days shall be cured in locations that represent the conditions under which the structural concrete will be cured. f. Laboratory Curing: For duration of curing after onsite storage. g. Test 1 of the cylinders at 7 days and 2 cylinders at 28 days. Save 1 cylinder as a spare. h. Acceptance and evaluation of the concrete shall be based on ACI 301.

END OF SECTION 01 45 35

01 45 35 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_45_35.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Boiler Plant Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 50 01 Project Number 191453

SECTION 01 50 01 – TEMPORARY BOILER PLANT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of temporary construction facilities as follows: 1. Temporary Boiler Plant. 2. Temporary Utilities: Water, electricity, steam, condensate, gas and sewer. 3. Barricades. 4. Storage areas.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: 1. Submit Drawings developed for coordination of trades considering scaled layout of piping, location of support equipment, including, but not limited to, sizes, dimensions, locations, and required clearances. 2. Submit Drawing indicating location of temporary boiler plant and all utility tie in points.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications: 1. Installation Subcontractor: Certified by the state in which the work is performed. 2. Fabrication and Installation Personnel: a. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. b. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed submittals.

1.5 SERVICE AREAS AND STORAGE

A. Locations: 1. The following general areas are available for equipment location and storage: a. The temporary equipment will be installed in the sidewalk area between the building and Capital Avenue, as indicated in the Drawings. b. Coordinate location of equipment with General Contractor and Owner.

B. Protection and Restoration: 1. Protect trees and shrubs in the storage areas. 2. Take reasonable means to prevent spillage of fuel, oil, chemicals and similar materials. 3. Clean up spills and, if necessary, remove and replace damaged surfaces to match existing conditions. 4. Provide secondary containment for storage of hazardous materials, as required by governing authorities or agencies.

01 50 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_50_01.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Boiler Plant Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 50 01 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Truck mounted boiler plant, minimum 1,000 pound steam capacity, with integrated water softener and treatment for delivery of 10–15 psig saturated steam. 2. Generator for power supply. 3. Portable Fuel Tank sized to meet system demand. 4. Initial fueling, chemicals, salt, and any other consumable items required for startup and operation. 5. All permits required for operations.

2.2 UTILITIES

A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Water: Owner will provide a water tap connection to the Owner’s existing water system outside of client building. 2. Electricity: No electric service will be provided to serve temporary boiler plant. Provide temporary portable generator as needed to support temporary boiler plant. 3. Fuel or Gas: No gas service will be provided to serve temporary boiler plant. Provide temporary fuel tank as needed to support temporary boiler plant. 4. Temporary Backwash discharge to City Sewer: a. Coordinate discharge location of temporary boiler plant backwash with Owner and City sewer services. Coordinate size and all regulatory requirements with City. b. Obtain all required permits from City to allow backwash to discharge into existing sewer system.

2.3 SERVICES

A. By Boiler Plant Supplier: 1. Delivery of Boiler Plant and all support components to site. 2. Placement according to layout. 3. Leveling of Boiler Plant. 4. Startup, testing and commissioning. 5. Operation of boiler plant, including electrical, fuel, chemicals, and all consumable items required for regular boiler operation. 6. Provide locked storage units and locked facilities to ensure security and safety of all systems associated with Boiler Plant operations. Supply keys and access to Site Contractor as required. 7. Replacement of all failed components required to provide steam service for entire project timeframe. 8. Onsite Emergency Response provided within 1 hour of initial phone call. Provide contact number. 9. Weekly boiler inspections.

B. By Site Contractor: 1. Provide layout and installation documents as required to ensure coordination with Supplier, Owner, and Site requirements. 2. Steam piping connections; furnish, install, remove, and pay for all temporary piping connections between boiler and building steam connection. Owner will designate location of connection point outside of building. 3. Electrical connections; furnish, install, remove, and pay for all temporary wiring, switches, panels, and connections between temporary boiler plant and temporary generator. 4. Fuel connections; furnish, install, remove, and pay for all temporary piping and equipment required to connect temporary boiler plant and temporary generator to temporary fuel source. 5. Water connections; furnish, install, remove, and pay for all temporary piping, valves and components to connect Owner provided water service to temporary boiler plant. 6. Blowdown from boiler to sewer; furnish, install, remove, and pay for all temporary piping and equipment required to route boiler blowdown to city sewer discharge location. Boiler backwash discharge prior to being discharged into City sewer will be a maximum temperature of 140 deg. F.

01 50 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_50_01.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Boiler Plant Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 50 01 Project Number 191453

7. Maintain adequate clearance around and access to and from temporary boiler plant and associated components to meet the requirements of the supplier and city codes. Comply with requirement that is the most conservative. 8. Immediately report any condition or concern to the boiler supplier.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in: 1. Division 33 – Utilities. 2. Local Building Code.

B. Maintain and operate systems to ensure continuous service.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Character of Work: 1. Installation shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat mechanical appearance when completed. 2. Provide protective barricades and take all necessary precautions for the protection of the Work, and the safety of the general public.

3.3 REMOVAL

A. Maintain all temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the Work. Remove all such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit.

END OF SECTION 01 50 01

01 50 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_50_01.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Traffic Control Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 55 26 Project Number 191453

SECTION 01 55 26 – TRAFFIC CONTROL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the major items listed below: 1. Maintaining traffic and parking. 2. Temporary facilities for: a. Maintaining vehicular access. b. Maintaining pedestrian access. c. Traffic detours.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. MDOT: a. 2012 Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans. c. 2011 Michigan Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, as amended.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Abbreviation for Michigan Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices: MMUTCD.

B. Terms: 1. Traffic: Includes all users of the roadway, motorized and non-motorized. 2. Traffic Control Device: Includes, but is not limited to, signs, pavement markings, traffic signals, traffic channelizing devices, flagging devices, and other devices designed to provide orderly and predictable movement of traffic, and assist vehicle operators in vehicle guidance and navigation tasks.

1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordination with Construction Sequencing and Schedule: 1. This section is coordinated with sequencing and scheduling proposed in front end specs. Adjustments to the proposed sequencing and scheduling may require changes to work described in this section, which must be approved by the Engineer and Owner. Such changes shall be at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Maintain two lanes of traffic on Capitol Avenue and Allegan Street.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Drawings: 1. Coordinate with alternative proposed sequencing and scheduling. 2. Submit for: a. Alternative proposed detour routes. b. Alternative proposed closure details. 3. Required Information: a. Dimensions. b. Locations of proposed traffic control devices.

01 55 26 – 1 \\FTCH\ALLPROJECTS\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\01_5 5_26.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Traffic Control Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 55 26 Project Number 191453

1.7 MAINTENANCE

A. Extra Materials: 1. General: a. Supplied by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. b. Store on Site to replace stolen or damaged materials. 2. Minimum Quantities of Extra Materials: a. Drums: 20 each. b. Type III Barricades: 4 each. c. Lighted Arrow Boards: 2 each.

B. Maintenance Service: 1. Inspect temporary traffic control devices daily during the course of the Work. 2. Deficiencies in the location or condition of traffic control devices shall be corrected immediately.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. All materials for temporary traffic control devices shall conform with the MDOT 2012 Standard Specifications for Construction and the MMUTCD, as amended.

2.2 TEMPORARY PAVEMENTS

A. Provide temporary pavements to maintain local and emergency access: 1. Temporary Roads: a. Aggregate Base: 6 inches of MDOT 22A or bituminous millings. b. Bituminous: 2 inches of MDOT 13A. 2. Temporary Driveways: a. Aggregate or Aggregate Base: 4 inches of MDOT 22A or bituminous millings. b. Bituminous: 1-1/2 inches of MDOT 13A. c. Coordinate with property owner for driveway access. 3. Temporary Sidewalks: a. Aggregate: 4 inches of MDOT 22A.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Take necessary precautions including, but not limited to, provision of necessary traffic control devices, implementation of closures, construction of temporary facilities, and maintenance of detours as necessary for the safety of the general public, efficient movement of traffic, and the protection of the Work.

B. Temporary traffic controls shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and as required by the governing roadway authority.

3.2 MAINTAINING ACCESS

A. Maintain local and emergency traffic at all times during the Work:

B. Pedestrian Access: 1. Conduct Work to minimize obstruction to pedestrian traffic. 2. Barricade and fence disturbed or obstructed pedestrian facilities 3. Restore disturbed pedestrian facilities at the earliest possible date using temporary pavement as necessary. 4. Maintain ADA pedestrian access from the parking garage to the Blue Cross Blue Shield front door.

01 55 26 – 2 \\FTCH\ALLPROJECTS\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\01_5 5_26.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Traffic Control Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 55 26 Project Number 191453

C. Driveways: 1. Conduct Work to minimize the duration of driveway closures. 2. Provide written notice to property owners and occupants 24 hours prior to closing residential driveways. 3. Provide written notice to property owners and occupants 72 hours prior to closing commercial driveways. 4. Restore driveways using temporary pavement as required by the Engineer. 5. Maintain access to a least one entrance/exit of the parking ramp at all times. 6. Maintain access to the alley after the installation of the box culvert.

3.3 DETOURS AND CLOSURES

A. Closures shall be in accordance with the MMUTCD, as specified herein, and as indicated on the Drawings: Lane and closure details are included as Exhibit A to this Section.

B. Notification: 1. Provide the Engineer, and Owner and City of Lansing a minimum of 48 hours notice and receive approval before implementing a lane closure or detour. 2. The Owner will notify local emergency services. 3. Notify local emergency services a minimum of 48 hours notice before implementing a lane closure or detour.

3.4 PARKING

A. Existing Parking Facilities: 1. Maintain or restore existing public parking areas as early as possible; use temporary pavements as necessary. 2. Do not park construction vehicles, park contractor employee vehicles, or store material in areas needed for residential or commercial parking.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Existing Traffic Control Devices: 1. Protect all existing traffic control devices in the work area except as indicated on the Drawings: a. Promptly replace damaged traffic control devices. b. The Contractor may carefully remove, store, protect, and reinstall signs, except as noted herein. 2. Do not remove, relocate, obstruct, or otherwise interfere with regulatory signs, including, but not limited to, stop signs, yield signs, and speed limit signs. 3. Maintain street name signs within the construction area for the duration of the project.

B. Existing Traffic Control Device Removal: 1. Existing traffic control devices to be removed shall remain the property of the Owner. 2. Carefully remove traffic control devices to prevent damage. 3. Stockpile at a location within 3 miles of the Site to be determined by the Owner. 4. Should the Owner decide not to retain ownership of the removed traffic control devices, dispose of the devices immediately.

3.6 SCHEDULES

A. The closure details are included in Exhibit A, 1. Figure 1: M0020a. 2. Figure 2: M0730a. 3. Figure 3: M0820a.

01 55 26 – 3 \\FTCH\ALLPROJECTS\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\01_5 5_26.DOCX

END END ROAD WORK ROAD WORK

PLACE THIS SIGN ALONG WITH THE PLACE THIS SIGN ALONG WITH THE

ADVANCE WORK ZONE SIGNING AS ADVANCE WORK ZONE SIGNING AS

DEPICTED ON THE APPROPRIATE DEPICTED ON THE APPROPRIATE

TYPICAL M0030a-M0080a. TYPICAL M0030a-M0080a.

SPEED

LIMIT

X X

R2-1

PLACE THROUGHOUT WORK AREA AS WORK AREA VARIES

INDICATED AND AFTER ALL MAJOR

CROSSROADS IF PERMANENT SIGNS B ARE NOT IN PLACE. L D

SPEED SPEED

LIMIT LIMIT

X X X X D R2-1 R2-1 WORK WORK

ZONE ZONE

BEGINS BEGINS

R5-18c D R5-18c D

W4-2 W4-2

RIGHT LANE RIGHT LANE

CLOSED CLOSED

AHEAD AHEAD D

W20-5 W20-5 ROAD ROAD WORK WORK AHEAD AHEAD SHOULDER SHOULDER

W20-1 W20-1

KEY

CHANNELIZING DEVICES

LIGHTED ARROW PANEL

TRAFFIC FLOW

REFLECTS EXISTING SPEED LIMIT

SIGN = 168 ft2 - TYPE B Michigan Department of Transportation TYPICAL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLUS ADDITIONAL R2-1's TRAFFIC AND SAFETY FOR A ONE-LANE CLOSURE ON A DIVIDED THROUGHOUT WORK AREA MAINTAINING TRAFFIC ROADWAY, NO SPEED REDUCTION TYPICAL

DRAWN BY: C O N : A E : d j f O C T O B E R 2 0 1 1 SHEET M 0 7 3 0 a CHECKED BY: B M M : C R B PLAN DATE: 1 O F 2

NOT TO SCALE FILE: P W R D / T S / T y p i c a l s / S i g n s / M T N O N F W Y / M 0 7 3 0 a . d g n R E V. 1 0 / 2 6 / 2 0 1 1 NOTES

1B. D = DISTANCE BETWEEN TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

L = MINIMUM LENGTH OF TAPER

B = LENGTH OF LONGITUDINAL BUFFER

SEE M 0 0 2 0 a FOR "D," "L," AND "B" VALUES

2. ALL NON-APPLICABLE SIGNING WITHIN THE CIA SHALL BE MODIFIED TO FIT CONDITIONS, COVERED OR REMOVED.

3. DISTANCES BETWEEN SIGNS, THE VALUES FOR WHICH ARE SHOWN IN TABLE D, ARE APPROXIMATE AND MAY NEED

ADJUSTING AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.

3A. THE "WORK ZONE BEGINS" (R5-18c) SIGN SHALL BE USED ONLY IN THE INITIAL SIGNING SEQUENCE IN THE WORK

ZONE. SUBSEQUENT SEQUENCES IN THE SAME WORK ZONE SHALL OMIT THIS SIGN AND THE QUANTITIES SHALL BE

ADJUSTED APPROPRIATELY.

4E. THE MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED DISTANCE(S) BETWEEN CHANNELIZING DEVICES SHOULD BE EQUAL IN FEET TO THE

POSTED SPEED IN MILES PER HOUR ON TAPER(S) AND TWICE THE POSTED SPEED IN THE PARALLEL AREA(S).

5. FOR OVERNIGHT CLOSURES, TYPE III BARRICADES SHALL BE LIGHTED.

6. WHEN CALLED FOR IN THE FHWA ACCEPTANCE LETTER FOR THE SIGN SYSTEM SELECTED, THE TYPE A WARNING

FLASHER, SHOWN ON THE WARNING SIGNS, SHALL BE POSITIONED ON THE SIDE OF THE SIGN NEAREST THE ROADWAY.

7. ALL TEMPORARY SIGNS, TYPE III BARRICADES, THEIR SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS

SHALL MEET NCHRP 350 CRASHWORTHLY REQUIREMENTS STIPULATED IN THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE

MICHIGAN MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES, THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, THE STANDARD PLANS AND APPLICABLE SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

ONLY DESIGNS AND MATERIALS APPROVED BY MDOT WILL BE ALLOWED.

8. WHEN BUFFER AREAS ARE ESTABLISHED, THERE SHALL BE NO EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS STORED OR WORK

CONDUCTED IN THE BUFFER AREA.

21. ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS WHICH ARE IN CONFLICT WITH EITHER PROPOSED CHANGES IN TRAFFIC PATTERNS

OR PROPOSED TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MARKINGS, SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE ANY CHANGE IS MADE IN THE TRAFFIC

PATTERN. EXCEPTION WILL BE MADE FOR DAYTIME-ONLY TRAFFIC PATTERNS THAT ARE ADEQUATELY DELINEATED BY

OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.

26. THE LIGHTED ARROW PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE TAPER AS SHOWN. WHEN PHYSICAL

LIMITATIONS RESTRICT ITS PLACEMENT AS INDICATED, THEN IT SHALL BE PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE BEGINNING

OF THE TAPER AS POSSIBLE.

SIGN SIZES

Michigan Department of Transportation DIAMOND WARNING - 48" x 48" TYPICAL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL R2-1 REGULATORY - 48" x 60" TRAFFIC AND SAFETY FOR A ONE-LANE CLOSURE ON A DIVIDED R5-18c REGULATORY - 48" x 48" MAINTAINING TRAFFIC ROADWAY, NO SPEED REDUCTION TYPICAL

DRAWN BY: C O N : A E : d j f O C T O B E R 2 0 1 1 SHEET M 0 7 3 0 a CHECKED BY: B M M : C R B PLAN DATE: 2 O F 2

NOT TO SCALE FILE: P W R D / T S / T y p i c a l s / S i g n s / M T N O N F W Y / M 0 7 3 0 a . d g n R E V. 1 0 / 2 6 / 2 0 1 1 T D A P D Y E L V P P A A I I C N C C E A T C L E T E D H M W I

0 O O S S T L C K R T P 0 N R I R I H E H L E 3 K S A G A G F R U 0 T I Y a H Z G N H N F L O S N - E O N T F E U

R N M L S I E = E C W G A O X A R 0 A E A W R I W P A 2 H C D L T H D 2 E D 0 P L 4 O O M E E 0 N

2 I - - A 8 P S O R S O D D W I A E - X 1 D K 2 O 0 N R I F A Z 0

U I D 1 T D R G a O G K L R I 0 E T T N . P O N R X I R I W f W O G I W O I N I t W G A T S N O W T H 2 D 4 T A R A E - P E I K L T B W S T R 2 W - A V C N

2 E Z W H A N 5 O L L H

N I 0 G E A R G O - O E O E L F S O - 1 T E C I N R A A

R 2 T E D N 5 8 D N E K Y E L S E - E T a c S S P S P A 1

E E '

T E s B D O

L I S M C I T A SHOULDER L E C D F M M i H R I c A E h A L T i C W g I E R N a K N : n A

T E

F D

e D B

A F p P

T

a Y

I I r W

N B : t

Y C

m

Y I

SHOULDER e

N R C

P

n :

A t D O

G

I

N C o

/ N

B f

D

T :

A M T

T S A

r

L M

S a

/ E

n R

: A s

T :

p

C A F o y d

r R

E F p t j

D D D D D L D L B WORK AREA VARIES B a

T i f

F t

Y i c

o I

C n a

l

s

2L /

T B T D A P

R W F S

W C

E Z W D Y E L 5 2 A O i

O T L L

H

V P P A G O - O 0 g E O

O

E L

R Y F S A I I C 1 - I N n R

C

A A T

P E

P D N 8 N C C E s 5 T N E

K D

L E / c a A T C O

R A I S S

A M B

L E T E

O N

C A C I P T E

D H

A T A

R N L R R

M W I

D N

D E O A

R L D S W L 0 O O S

A W W A X O O 2

S I C R W R W I P

T 0 N R W O

A 2 H 4 N 0

2 S N C E O O E 4 D

E M 3 K S E E 0 - A

T 1 N

A R - O R A -

: 0 T I A D W - I E F 1 2

X Y D L E K 1 T O T T 2

O D a H Z G W 1

T D R

A H E , A M Y

N - E O K

D I D R /

N P

N M

N S O M

0 A E A N E O

U A 0

0 P L

O

R 8 G N P I

8 P S O

2

C A L

S H D L F

0 N R I

X

0 R

O A I P S L R

G a O G a

2 U C P A

M

E P O Y N . P .

- E E F T

I E R I W d X E S

1 . R T

g I N I T D

E U T

M W E n G A T

D A R O R R

M

T H

R

N R

E A

A E 0 E

E A K

S T R

F

V

N L 8 H .

E O F T A L

E 2 D N I R

0 S M E U

C

I A A a C A

1

G J

T

C

0

N O A

/

I D O

S R S 2

O I N

6

N V T /

2

I R

S 0 1

D O H 1

O

E E L 1

F

E

D

T

2

NOTES

1B. D = DISTANCE BETWEEN TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

L = MINIMUM LENGTH OF TAPER

B = LENGTH OF LONGITUDINAL BUFFER

SEE M 0 0 2 0 a FOR "D," "L," AND "B" VALUES

2. ALL NON-APPLICABLE SIGNING WITHIN THE CIA SHALL BE MODIFIED TO FIT CONDITIONS, COVERED OR REMOVED.

3. DISTANCES BETWEEN SIGNS, THE VALUES FOR WHICH ARE SHOWN IN TABLE D, ARE APPROXIMATE AND MAY NEED

ADJUSTING AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.

3A. THE "WORK ZONE BEGINS" (R5-18c) SIGN SHALL BE USED ONLY IN THE INITIAL SIGNING SEQUENCE IN THE WORK

ZONE. SUBSEQUENT SEQUENCES IN THE SAME WORK ZONE SHALL OMIT THIS SIGN AND THE QUANTITIES SHALL BE

ADJUSTED APPROPRIATELY.

4E. THE MAXIMUM RECOMMENDED DISTANCE(S) BETWEEN CHANNELIZING DEVICES SHOULD BE EQUAL IN FEET TO THE

POSTED SPEED IN MILES PER HOUR ON TAPER(S) AND TWICE THE POSTED SPEED IN THE PARALLEL AREA(S).

5. FOR OVERNIGHT CLOSURES, TYPE III BARRICADES SHALL BE LIGHTED.

6. WHEN CALLED FOR IN THE FHWA ACCEPTANCE LETTER FOR THE SIGN SYSTEM SELECTED, THE TYPE A WARNING

FLASHER, SHOWN ON THE WARNING SIGNS, SHALL BE POSITIONED ON THE SIDE OF THE SIGN NEAREST THE ROADWAY.

7. ALL TEMPORARY SIGNS, TYPE III BARRICADES, THEIR SUPPORT SYSTEMS AND LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS

SHALL MEET NCHRP 350 CRASHWORTHLY REQUIREMENTS STIPULATED IN THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE

MICHIGAN MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES, THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, THE STANDARD PLANS AND APPLICABLE SPECIAL PROVISIONS.

ONLY DESIGNS AND MATERIALS APPROVED BY MDOT WILL BE ALLOWED.

8. WHEN BUFFER AREAS ARE ESTABLISHED, THERE SHALL BE NO EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS STORED OR WORK

CONDUCTED IN THE BUFFER AREA.

21. ALL EXISTING PAVEMENT MARKINGS WHICH ARE IN CONFLICT WITH EITHER PROPOSED CHANGES IN TRAFFIC PATTERNS

OR PROPOSED TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MARKINGS, SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE ANY CHANGE IS MADE IN THE TRAFFIC

PATTERN. EXCEPTION WILL BE MADE FOR DAYTIME-ONLY TRAFFIC PATTERNS THAT ARE ADEQUATELY DELINEATED BY

OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES.

26. THE LIGHTED ARROW PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE TAPER AS SHOWN. WHEN PHYSICAL

LIMITATIONS RESTRICT ITS PLACEMENT AS INDICATED, THEN IT SHALL BE PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE BEGINNING

OF THE TAPER AS POSSIBLE.

SIGN SIZES

TYPICAL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL Michigan Department of Transportation DIAMOND WARNING - 48" x 48" FOR A TWO LANE CLOSURE ON A DIVIDED R2-1 REGULATORY - 48" x 60" TRAFFIC AND SAFETY ROADWAY, NO SPEED REDUCTION R5-18c REGULATORY - 48" x 48" MAINTAINING TRAFFIC

TYPICAL

DRAWN BY: C O N : A E : d j f O C T O B E R 2 0 1 1 SHEET M 0 8 2 0 a CHECKED BY: B M M : C R B PLAN DATE: 2 O F 2

NOT TO SCALE FILE: P W R D / T S / T y p i c a l s / S i g n s / M T N O N F W Y / M 0 8 2 0 a . d g n R E V . 1 0 / 2 6 / 2 0 1 1 Lansing Board of Water and Light Traffic Control Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 55 26 Project Number 191453

END OF SECTION 01 55 26

01 55 26 – 10 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_55_26___.DO CX Lansing Board of Water and Light Monitoring of Existing Conditions Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 71 36 Project Number 191453

SECTION 01 71 36 – MONITORING OF EXISTING CONDITIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes monitoring of groundwater, building settlement, and cracks.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Groundwater Monitoring: A system of wells enabling the level of existing groundwater at the wells to be measured and reported.

B. Settlement Monitoring: A series of markers installed at predetermined locations, which locations relative to a fixed point are measured and reported.

C. Crack Monitoring: Instrumentation permitting the widths of existing cracks to be measured and reported.

1.4 ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Measuring and Reporting: By independent testing agency.

1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Install monitoring systems and take initial readings prior to commencement of construction activities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ADDITIONAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

A. All materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of other Sections of the Specifications. 1. Where no materials are specified in these specifications, use materials of an equivalent type, quality, and size to match those existing in other areas of the facility. 2. If none exist, use materials and workmanship recognized as of the highest quality in the . 3. Obtain Engineer's review of all such material and workmanship.

B. Settlement Markers: Stainless steel nails or stainless steel screw anchors.

C. Crack Monitors: 1. Avongard Calibrated Crack Monitors; or approved equal. 2. Capable of measuring crack displacement and rotation to 1 mm. 3. May include use of steel pins or other appropriate devices driven or grouted into concrete.

01 71 36 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_71_36.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Monitoring of Existing Conditions Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 01 71 36 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Preconstruction Survey: 1. Conducted by Contractor and witnessed by Engineer following award of Contract and before beginning construction. 2. At Contractor’s expense and documented by Contractor in the form of: a. Preconstruction audio-video documentation. b. Pictures. c. Field notes. 3. Include an assessment of existing structural conditions and documentation of cracks as identified by Engineer and Contractor. 4. Structures to be surveyed include, but are not limited to the following: Building and parking ramp on the west side of Capitol Avenue.

3.2 INSTALLATION AND MONITORING

A. Settlement Monitoring: 1. Monitor Points: Hammer or grout into existing concrete or masonry surfaces or marked points on other structures. 2. For bidding purposes, make provisions for 20 settlement markers at locations to be identified by Engineer following the preconstruction survey to be conducted by Contractor. 3. Monitor settlement markers as follows: a. Reading 2 days before construction start in the vicinity of marker. b. Readings every 2 days during dewatering or construction within 100 feet of marker. c. Reading 1 week after completion of dewatering and construction. 4. Settlement readings shall be optical or laser level having an accuracy of 0.01-foot. 5. If movement of existing facilities greater than 0.125-inch occurs, stop construction activities and notify Engineer and Owner. Immediately implement a corrective action plan to repair damages resulting from such movement and install measures to prevent further damage from subsequent activities. 6. Costs related to protection of existing facilities, as outlined above, shall be at Contractor’s expense. 7. At end of construction, remove markers and repair surfaces to match existing.

B. Crack Monitoring: 1. For bidding purposes, make provisions for 50 crack monitors at locations to be identified by Engineer following the preconstruction survey to be conducted by Contractor. 2. Monitor crack monitors as follows: a. Daily for 1 week prior to beginning activities that may affect cracks. b. Hourly during activities that may affect cracks. c. Daily for 1 week after completion of activities that may affect cracks. 3. At end of construction, remove monitors and repair surfaces to match existing.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Remove crack monitors after final restoration.

END OF SECTION 01 71 36

01 71 36 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \01_71_36.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Forming Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 11 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 11 00 – CONCRETE FORMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the design, installation and removal of forms for cast-in-place concrete.

B. Division of Work: 1. Contractor is responsible for dividing the Work among the Subcontractors and Suppliers and for delineating the work to be performed by specific trades. The following are suggestions as to how the Work may be divided. This is not a complete list of all the work: a. Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Trades: Supply, locate and install premanufactured items including inserts, sleeves, and other embedded items required by those respective trades. b. Formwork Subcontractor: 1) Supply and install Site fabricated box-outs for chases, sleeves and other openings for mechanical, electrical and plumbing trades. 2) Install other inserts, embedded parts, box-outs for openings, chases, reveals and recesses, except those specifically mentioned above that are by mechanical, electrical or plumbing trades. Special inserts, embedded parts or other special requirements needed by a specific trade shall be supplied by that trade to the formwork Subcontractor for installation. c. Contractor: Coordinate location of mechanical, electrical and plumbing inserts, embedded parts, openings and recesses with respective trades.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ACI - American Concrete Institute: a. 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 301 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. c. 303R - Guide to Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete Practice. d. 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete.

1.4 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Form Construction: 1. Provide required forms, shores, bracing, breast timbers, form ties, and accessories in sufficient quantities so as not to delay the Work, and of strength to support vertical and horizontal loads to which they are subjected. 2. Deflection: Maximum deflection of forms shall be 1/240 of span or 1/4-inch, whichever is less.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: For form release agent.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Design: Consistent with the Terms and Conditions, the design and engineering of formwork, as well as its construction, shall be the responsibility of Contractor.

B. Notifications: Notify special inspector at least 24 hours in advance of placing concrete.

03 11 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_11_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Forming Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 11 00 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Formwork Facing Materials: 1. Smooth Form Finish Areas: a. Locations: All locations unless otherwise noted. b. The form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform surface on the concrete. c. Form facing materials may be plywood, tempered concrete-form-grade hardboard, metal, plastic, paper; or other approved material capable of producing the desired finish. d. Facing materials shall be supported by studs or other backing capable of preventing deflections in excess of those specified herein. e. Material with damaged surfaces, worn edges, patches, dents or other defects which will impair the texture of the concrete surface shall not be used.

B. Chamfer Strips: 1. , metal, rubber, or PVC. 2. Sizes as indicated, 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch minimum.

C. Rustication Strips: 1. Wood, metal, rubber, or PVC. 2. Formed for removal without damaging concrete.

D. Form Ties: 1. At Smooth Form Finish Areas: a. Factory fabricated metal ties. b. Removable or snap type, with tapered cones as required to leave no tie portion within 1-inch of concrete surface plane. c. Designed to leave no larger than a 7/8-inch diameter hole at concrete surface. d. Chosen by Contractor to application and to resist pressure of fresh concrete. e. For concrete tank walls, in addition to the above requirements, provide waterstop type feature on the tie.

E. Form Release Agent: 1. Products: a. General Use: Magic Kote by Symons, Crete-lease 727 by Cresset Company; or equal. 2. Chemically neutral agent in hydrocarbon solvent that will effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond with the concrete. 3. Non-staining and compatible with applied curing agents and other coatings, or shall be of a composition such that form release agent can be completely removed from the surface of the concrete prior to the application of curing agents and other coatings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION

A. General: 1. Install wall form ties in a regular repetitive pattern. 2. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. 3. Provide chamfered strips in exposed corners of concrete stair stringers, piers, columns, beams, spandrels, internal corners and for similar conditions throughout the Work. 4. Construct forms to allow for installation of waterstops, bentonite waterproof bead, and waterproofing termination. 5. Tie waterstops up to prevent folding when concrete is placed. 6. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. 7. The arrangement of facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical with the number of seams kept to the practical minimum.

03 11 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_11_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Forming Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 11 00 Project Number 191453

8. Retighten forms after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. 9. Inspection Ports and Cleanouts: a. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout and inspection. b. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. c. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations.

B. Openings and Embedded Items: 1. Set and build into the work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete. 2. Coordinate work of other Sections and cooperate with trade involved in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchor and other inserts. 3. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions provided by Suppliers of the respective items. 4. Do not perform work unless specifically indicated on Drawings or reviewed prior to installation.

C. Cleaning: 1. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter. 2. Remove cuttings, shavings and debris from within forms. 3. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. 4. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. 5. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. 6. Thoroughly clean embedded waterstops and concrete surfaces prior to constructing forms for the next pour.

D. Applying Form Release Agent: 1. Temperature of release agent and surfaces to which it is applied shall be a minimum of 70 degrees F. 2. Apply by spray only. 3. Uniformly coat surfaces with a thin film. 4. Wipe off excess with clean towels. 5. Apply in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Do not allow to stand in puddles in the forms and prevent bonding of concrete at construction joints.

E. Provisions for Form Removal: 1. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. 2. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses and the like to prevent swelling and for easy removal.

3.2 FORM AND SUPPORT REMOVAL

A. Forms and supports shall remain in place for not less than the following periods of time: 1. Walls: 12 to 24 hours. 2. Sides of Beams and Girders: 12 to 24 hours. 3. Elevated Slabs: a. Under 10 Feet Clear Span Between Supports: 72 hours (3 days) b. 10 to 20 Feet Clear Span Between Supports: 96 hours (4 days)

B. In any event, do not remove forms and supports until concrete in walls has reached 30% of design strength, and in structural members and slabs has reached 75% of design strength.

C. Special precautions shall be taken when concrete is placed in average temperatures of 50 degrees F or below to ensure that forms are not removed before design strengths specified above are met.

D. If Contractor elects to use high-early-strength cement, the specified periods of time may be reduced as allowed by Engineer. This does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's liability.

03 11 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_11_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Forming Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 11 00 Project Number 191453

E. Remove forms in such a manner and at such times as required to ensure safety of persons involved and so as to protect and maintain structural integrity of members.

F. Particular care shall be taken in removing forms to minimize damage to concrete surfaces; use crush or wrecking plates as necessary.

G. Whenever the formwork is removed, cure the exposed concrete as specified under Division 03 Section “Structural Concrete.”

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect and completed formwork, shoring and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties and parts are secure.

B. Form Surface Repairs: 1. Repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. 2. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. 3. Apply new form release agent to new concrete contact form surfaces. 4. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces.

C. Special Inspections: 1. Inform special inspector when formwork is complete and has been cleaned, to allow for inspection. 2. Allow inspection of each section of plywood type of formwork prior to reuse. 3. Obtain inspections prior to placing concrete.

END OF SECTION 03 11 00

03 11 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_11_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Accessories Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 15 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 15 00 – CONCRETE ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of concrete accessories.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with ASTM Standard Specifications: D1751 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Inserts for General Trades: 1. Halfen Anchoring Systems; Heckman Building Products; Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; or equal. 2. Malleable iron and steel, strength as required. 3. Include bolts, nuts and washers. 4. All steel shall be galvanized.

B. Waterproof Bead: 1. Waterstop RX by CETCO; or equal. 2. 3/4-inch x 3/8-inch. 3. Provide at all joints marked WSJ on Drawings.

C. Non-Swelling Waterproof Bead: 1. Sika Lockstop Mastic Waterstop, or equal. 2. Non-swelling mastic.

D. Other Materials: All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of concrete accessories shall be as selected by Contractor subject to the approval of Engineer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install Concrete Accessories: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 2. As specified in various other Sections. 3. Weld, heat, or glue together at splices and joints in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Waterproof Bead: 1. Install in joints at last convenient time of accessibility. 2. Apply in strict accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.

C. Piping, Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Support: Refer to Division 03 Section “Concrete Forming.”

END OF SECTION 03 15 00

/2 03 15 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_15_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Post-Installed Anchors Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 15 16 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 15 16 – POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of post-installed anchors.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following pertinent provisions: 1. ASTM: a. A36 - Carbon Structural Steel. b. A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. c. A198 - Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service. d. A240 - Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications. e. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. f. A510 - General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel. g. A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. h. B633 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. i. E488 - Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. j. E1512 - Testing Bond Performance of Bonded Anchors. k. F436 - Hardened Steel Washers. l. F593 - Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. m. F594 - Stainless Steel Nuts. n. F844 - Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat), Unhardened for General Use. 2. ACI: a. 318, Chapter 17 - Anchoring to Concrete. b. 355.2 - Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete. c. 355.4 - Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete. 3. International Code Congress Evaluation Service - ICC-ES: a. AC-193 - Mechanical Anchors in Concrete Elements. b. AC-308 - Acceptance Criteria for Post-installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete Elements. 4. Michigan Building Code.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each anchor type to be furnished for each base material to which it will be fastened, including: 1. Anchor specific type, physical properties and installation procedures. a. General catalog sheets of anchors without specific reference are not acceptable. 2. Strength developed by anchor in each base material to which each is being fastened. 3. Anchor embedment depth in base material. 4. Anchor material. 5. ICC-ESR Report for each specific anchor indicating compliance to applicable building code.

03 15 16 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_15_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Post-Installed Anchors Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 15 16 Project Number 191453

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Provide special inspections of post-installed anchors in accordance with Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.”

B. Compliance: 1. Mechanical anchors shall comply with AC-193 and ACI 355.2. 2. Adhesive anchors shall comply with AC-308 and ACI 355.4.

C. Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Knowledgeable of the specific Manufacturer’s requirements for proper installation of post-installed anchors. 2. Anchor installers shall be properly trained by the anchor Manufacturer on Site. a. Anchor Manufacturer’s representative shall not be a distributor or third party. b. The installers to be trained shall be the actual person or persons installing the anchors, not the foreman, superintendent or similar supervisory personnel. c. The on Site training shall include training for installation of each anchor in each substrate on the Project for each trade. d. Each person installing the anchor shall be trained. e. Anchor installation training shall take place prior to the installation of the anchors. The installer shall have training verification available for review at any time.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Hilti.

B. Products of the following manufacturers are among those which may be considered equal based on Submittals reviewed by Engineer; approval or rejection of the proposed or equal will be at Engineer’s sole discretion: 1. Powers/Rawl. 2. Redhead. 3. Simpson.

C. If Contractor intends to substitute other than Basis of Design products, Contractor shall be responsible to submit substitution product data that proves equivalence including, but not limited to: 1. Capacities for specific anchor sizes, embedment lengths, and base materials into which the anchor will be fastened. 2. Capacity reduction factors for spacing and edge distance. 3. Material of each anchor type. 4. ICC ESR report applicable to each anchor type.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Submerged or subject to becoming wet: Stainless steel in accordance with ASTM F593. 2. Dry Areas: Mild steel, galvanized in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III.

2.3 POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS

A. Anchors that Resist Loads Through Mechanical Friction or Keying Forces: 1. Expansion Anchors Approved for Use in Cracked Concrete: a. Wedge style anchor. b. Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ (ICC-ESR Report 1917). c. Capable of sustaining an ultimate load of 4 times the imposed load capacity in concrete when tested in accordance with ASTM E488.

03 15 16 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_15_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Post-Installed Anchors Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 15 16 Project Number 191453

2. Expansion Anchors Approved for Use in Uncracked Concrete: a. Wedge style anchor. b. Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 (ICC-ESR Report 2302). c. Capable of sustaining an ultimate load of 4 times the imposed load capacity in concrete when tested in accordance with ASTM E488. 3. Sleeve Anchors Approved for Use in Cracked and Uncracked Concrete: a. Expanding sleeve style anchor. b. Hilti HSL-3 (ICC-ESR Report 1545). c. Hex, acorn, round or flat head anchor or threaded anchor with hex nut as situation requires or as indicated on the Drawings. 4. Undercut Anchors Approved for Use in Cracked and Uncracked Concrete: a. Expanding sleeve, self-undercutting wedge style anchor. b. Hilti HDA (ICC-ESR Report 1546). c. Hex or flat head anchor or threaded anchor with hex nut as situation requires or as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Screw Style Anchors Approved for Use in Cracked Concrete: a. Hilti Kwik HUS EZ (ICC-ESR Report 3027). b. Capable of sustaining an ultimate load of 4 times the imposed load capacity in concrete when tested in accordance with ASTM E488. 6. Expansion Anchors Approved for Use in Solid Grouted Masonry: a. Wedge style anchor. b. Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 (ICC-ESR Report 1385). 7. Screw Style Anchors Approved for Use in Solid Grouted Masonry: Hilti Kwik HUS EZ (ICC-ESR Report 3056).

B. Anchors that Resist Loads Through an Injectable Chemical Adhesive: 1. In Concrete: Hilti HIT HY 200 Safe Set. 2. In Solid Grouted Masonry: Hilti HIT-HY 70. 3. In Hollow Brick or Hollow Masonry: Hilti HIT-HY 70 with screen tubes. 4. Anchored Material: Carbon steel or stainless steel threaded rods or deformed reinforcing bars as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Bonding Strength: Tested in accordance with ASTM E1512. 6. If installation temperatures of base materials fall below 41 degrees F, review cold weather applications with Manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Pre-Construction Conference: 1. At least 15 days prior to the installation of post-installed anchors, conduct a pre-installation conference at the Site. a. Repeat pre-installation conference as many times as is necessary to address all installers using post-installed anchors on the Project. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging the conference and agenda. 3. Agenda shall include, but not be limited to: a. Reviewed and approved post-installed anchors for use in the Project. b. Anchor installation training (to be performed by Manufacturer’s representative). c. Drilling requirements and restrictions for the anchors. d. Special inspection requirements.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install post-installed anchors: 1. In strict accordance with the installation instructions supplied by the Manufacturer. 2. In rotary hammer drilled holes, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 3. In drilled out holes of the proper depth and diameter cleaned of dust and debris according to the Manufacturer’s specific installation instructions.

03 15 16 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_15_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Post-Installed Anchors Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 15 16 Project Number 191453

B. Provide sizes, spacings, edge distances and embedment as indicated on the Drawings.

C. Anchors that Resist Loads Through an Injectable Chemical Adhesive: 1. Install in concrete with minimum age of 21 days, and in masonry with a minimum age of 7 days. 2. Do not apply load until adhesive has properly cured and developed specified strength where cure time shall be as called out in the Manufacturer’s literature based on prevailing environmental conditions at the time of installation.

END OF SECTION 03 15 16

03 15 16 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_15_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 21 16 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 21 16 – EPOXY-COATED REINFORCING STEEL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and placement of epoxy coated concrete reinforcement.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ACI: a. 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. c. 315R - Manual of Engineering and Placing Drawings for Reinforced Concrete Structures. d. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. ASTM Specifications: a. A185 - Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. A775 - Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 3. AWS: D1.4 - Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. 4. CRSI: a. Manual of Standard Practice. b. Reinforcing Bar Detailing. c. Placing Reinforcing Bars.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Prepare Shop Drawings in accordance with ACI 315 and 315R and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and Reinforcing Bar Detailing. Include the Following: 1. Number, size, length, mark, and location of epoxy-coated reinforcement. 2. Bending diagrams.

B. Manufacturer's Literature: For epoxy coating. 1. Manufacturer's product data. 2. Verification that the product has been tested and approved in accordance with ASTM A775.

C. Certified Mill Test Reports: 1. Submit upon request by Engineer. 2. Showing physical and chemical analysis for each heat of reinforcement used on Project.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver reinforcement free of loose rust, scale, paint, oil coating damage and structural defects.

B. Storage: 1. Store coated reinforcement on Site so as to prevent damage to reinforcement and to epoxy coating. 2. Store coated reinforcement on padded or wooden cribbing off the ground.

03 21 16 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_21_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 21 16 Project Number 191453

C. Handling: 1. Contact areas of handling and hoisting systems shall be padded or be made of or other acceptable material. 2. Use multiple pick-up points to lift bundles of coated steel to prevent bar to bar abrasion due to bundle sag. 3. Pad bundling bands or fabricate bands of nylon or other acceptable material.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. All concrete reinforcement and accessories shall be new, free from rust, scale, paint, oil and structural defects immediately before application of epoxy coating. 2. Reinforcement shall be the sizes indicated on the Drawings.

B. Epoxy Coating Material: 1. Corrosion Protection Coatings: a. One part, heat curable, thermosetting powdered epoxy. b. Conforming with ASTM A775. 2. Epoxy Coating Patching Material: a. Compatible with factory applied epoxy coating. b. Conforming with ASTM A775.

C. Reinforcing Bars: 1. ASTM A615. 2. Yield Stress: Fy = 60,000 psi. 3. Deformed unless noted otherwise; smooth where specifically indicated on the Drawings.

D. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. ASTM A185. 2. Yield Stress: Fy = 65,000 psi. 3. Plain, cold drawn, electrically welded fabric.

E. Accessories: 1. Chairs, bolsters, anchors, spacers, stirrups, ties and other devices as required for spacing and fastening reinforcement in place shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Supports for epoxy coated reinforcement shall be epoxy coated or shall be made of a dielectric material. 3. At exposed underside of concrete, use plastic-tipped chairs and bolsters. 4. Fasten coated reinforcing with plastic -, nylon -, or epoxy-coated steel tie wire.

2.2 FABRICATION

A. General: 1. Fabricate reinforcement to the dimensions indicated on the Drawings and the reviewed Shop Drawings, in accordance with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Tolerances: As indicated in ACI 117. 3. Bundle and tag reinforcement with suitable identification to permit checking, sorting and placing. 4. Welding: a. Not permitted unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. b. When permitted, comply with AWS D1.4. c. No tack welding permitted.

B. Hooks: 1. Bend hooks in accordance with ACI 318. 2. Cold bend bars in such a way that will not damage the reinforcement.

03 21 16 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_21_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 21 16 Project Number 191453

C. Epoxy Coating: 1. Minimum 6 mils thick and uniform. 2. Coat reinforcement after fabrication. 3. Repair damage to epoxy coating in accordance with: a. ASTM A775. b. Epoxy-coating Manufacturer's recommendations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLACEMENT

A. Place epoxy-coated reinforcement in accordance with: 1. Shop Drawings reviewed by Engineer. 2. CRSI Placing Reinforcing Bars and Manual of Standard Practice. 3. Tolerances indicated in ACI A117.

B. Clearance: 1. Preserve clear space between bars of not less than 1 times the normal diameter of round bars. 2. In no case let the clear distance be less than 1-inch or less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size of aggregate. 3. In the absence of specific cover requirements on the Drawings, provide the following minimum concrete cover for reinforcement: a. Cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3 inches. b. Exposed to Earth, Weather or Water: 1) No. 6 Through No. 18 Bars: 2 inches. 2) No. 5 Bars, 5/8-Inch Wire and Smaller: 1-1/2 inches. c. Not Exposed to Weather or in Contact with the Ground: 1) Slabs, Walls and Joists: a) No. 14 and No. 18 Bars: 1-1/2 inches. b) No. 11 Bars and Smaller: 3/4-inch. 2) Beams, Girders and Columns: 1-1/2 inches.

C. Splices: 1. Comply with ACI 318 and this Section. 2. In the absence of specific lap requirements on the Drawings, lap in accordance with ACI 318, Class B.

D. Corner Bars: 1. Provide corner bars for all horizontal wall steel. 2. In the absence of specific lap requirements on the Drawings, lap in accordance with ACI 318, Class B.

E. Field Cutting and Bending: Field cutting or bending of bars will be permitted only under special conditions approved by Engineer.

F. Field Welding: 1. In accordance with AWS D1.4. 2. Only when specifically indicated on the Drawings. 3. Performed with adequate ventilation. 4. No tack welding permitted.

G. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Block up, lap, and tie all welded wire fabric reinforcement. 2. Lap welded steel fabric 1 at sides and ends. 3. Install welded wire 1-inch from top of slab.

03 21 16 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_21_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 21 16 Project Number 191453

H. Bar Supports: 1. Rest epoxy-coated steel reinforcement supported from formwork on coated wire bar supports, or on bar supports made of dielectric material or other suitable material. 2. Coat wire bar supports with dielectric material for a minimum distance of 2 inches from the point of contact with the coated steel member. 3. Reinforcing Bars Used as Support Bars: Epoxy coated.

I. Slabs On Grades: 1. Do not hook up welded wire fabric; either tie on supports at correct elevations, or lay on partial slab thickness of fresh concrete just prior to placing remainder of slab. 2. For chairs or bolsters resting on soil, place on either: a. Sand plates. b. Concrete bricks set flush with soil to provide bearing surface for chairs or bolsters.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Notification: 1. Notify special inspector when reinforcing is in place so Engineer may review the reinforcement placement. 2. Provide a minimum of 24 hours notice prior to placement of concrete.

B. Repair: 1. Repair areas of damage resulting from fabrication, handling, cutting or welding in accordance with: a. Coating Manufacturer's recommendations. b. ASTM A775. 2. Provide proper ventilation during patching operations.

END OF SECTION 03 21 16

03 21 16 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_21_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 31 00 – STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of cast-in-place concrete.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Publications: a. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates, including Appendix X1. b. C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. c. C94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. f. C227 - Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Cement-Aggregate Combinations (Mortar-Bar Method). g. C260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. h. C289 - Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali-Silica Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method). i. C295 - Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. j. C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. k. C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. l. C618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. m. C939 - Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced - Aggregate Concrete. n. C989 - Ground Iron Blast Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars. o. C1105 - Standard Test Method for Length Change of Concrete Due to Alkali-Carbonate Rock Reaction. p. C1107 - Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic Cement Grout (Nonshrink). q. C1116 – Specification for Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete. 2. ACI – American Concrete Institute: a. 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. c. 221.1R - Report on Alkali-Aggregate Reactivity. d. 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. e. 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. f. 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. g. 304.2R - Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. h. 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. i. 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. j. 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. k. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. l. 350R - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. m. 503.2 - Standard Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive. 3. MDOT - Standard Specifications for Construction. 4. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: CRD C621 - Grout. 5. AASHTO - Provisional Standard: TP 23-93 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete Using Microwave Oven Drying.

03 31 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer’s Literature: 1. Concrete Mix Designs: a. Furnish mix designs. b. Mix Design Content: 1) Dry weights of cementitious materials. 2) Saturated surface - dried weights of fine and coarse aggregates. 3) Quantities, type and name of mix design contents. 4) Weight of water. 5) Type of mixing to be used as indicated in Item 11 of ASTM C94. 6) Supplier’s test results documenting the supplier’s standard deviation of production and required target average compressive strength (f’ cr ). 7) Supplier’s test records documenting that required target average compressive strength (f’ cr ) can be achieved with submitted mix design. c. Submit to Engineer and obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 2. Product Data: a. Submit for each component of mix design. b. Curing Agents: 1) Submit for each type of curing agent. 2) Include application rate required for each type of curing agent. 3. ASR: a. If aggregate to be used in the Project’s concrete mixes has ASR potential submit results of tests performed in accordance with ASTM C1567 or comparable ASTM test of concrete mixes using the same materials and sources as intended for use on this Project, demonstrating the elimination of ASR. b. Mortar bars constructed of cementitious materials and coarse and fine aggregates shall produce an expansion of less than 0.10% at 14 days in an accelerated test. c. Submittal may utilize testing within previous 2 years if materials and sources tested are the same as intended for use on this Project.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Mix Designer Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the development of concrete mix designs. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the mix design procedures specified herein.

B. Batching, Installation and Placement Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the batching of concrete, fabrication and installation of the materials and placement of concrete. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Submittals.

C. Special Inspections of Concrete: 1. In accordance with Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.”

2. Test Reports: Submit reports of tests of production concrete, to include: a. Concrete compression. b. Alkali reactivity potential of fine and coarse aggregates. c. Yield, air content and slump tests. d. Water content.

D. Alkali-Aggregate Reactivity Potential: 1. Determine in accordance with Appendix X1 of ASTM C33, ACI 221.1R and the tests stated therein. 2. Nonreactive aggregates shall be imported if local aggregates exhibit unacceptable potential reactivity and will harm the finished concrete.

03 31 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I. 2. Do not use different types of cement, different Manufacturers of cement, or different degrees of fineness.

B. High Early Cement: Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type III, only with Engineer’s approval.

C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.

D. Ground-Granulated Blast Furnace (GGBF) Slag: ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120.

E. Aggregates: 1. Grade aggregates according to procedures of ASTM C136. 2. Coarse Aggregates: a. ASTM C33-5S, Number 57 (1-inch) or MDOT 6AA, crushed limestone. b. ASTM C33-5S, Number 8 for concrete mixes in the Proportioning Schedule requiring 3/8-inch maximum coarse aggregate. 3. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33 or MDOT 2NS.

F. Water: Clean, fresh and potable.

G. Admixtures: 1. General: a. No admixture shall contain more than 0.1% water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. b. No admixture shall contain calcium chloride. 2. Air-Entraining: ASTM C260. 3. Mid-Range Water Reducer (MRWR): ASTM C494, Type A. 4. Water Reducing and Retarding (WR&R): ASTM C494, Type D. 5. Water Reducing and Accelerating (WR&A): ASTM C494, Type E. 6. High Range Water Reducing (HRWR): ASTM C494, Type F. 7. Corrosion Inhibitor: a. Calcium nitrite based. b. DCI or DCI-S by W.R. Grace & Company; Rheocrete 222+ or Rheocrete SWI by BASF Admixtures; Eucon CIA by The Euclid Chemical Company; or equal.

H. Curing Agents: 1. Curing agents shall comply with ASTM C309. 2. Provide products which are compatible with coatings specified. 3. Manufacturer shall guarantee that Manufacturer’s material is compatible with the intended application. 4. Maximum VOC Limit: 350 g/L. 5. No wax based compounds allowed. 6. No acrylics allowed where coatings are to be applied. 7. Curing Compound: a. Water based, dissipating. b. Type 1 - Clear or translucent without dye.

I. Base Plate and Equipment Grout: 1. Dry Pack Grout, Euclid Chemical; Five Star Grout; or equal. 2. Prepackaged natural aggregate non-shrink grout. 3. Comply with the Corps of Engineer’s CRD-C621.

03 31 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

4. Comply with ASTM C1107, Grade B: a. When tested at a fluid consistency of 25 to 30 seconds in accordance with ASTM C939. b. At temperature extremes between 50 and 80 degrees F. c. At 30 minutes extended working time.

J. Epoxy Bonding Agent: 1. Surface Applied: Resi-Bond, by Dayton Superior; or equal. 2. Mixed with Surfacing or Patch Material: Acryl 60r by Thoro; or equal.

K. Synthetic Fiber Reinforcing: 1. Grace ; PSI Fiberstrand 150; or equal. 2. Specific Gravity: 0.91. 3. Length: 1/2-inch minimum; 1-inch maximum.

L. Grout Fill for Wall and Slab Blockouts: 1. Sika Grout 212 by Sika Corporation. 2. Dry Pack Grout by the Euclid Chemical Company. 3. Or equal; product selection is based on application.

M. Moist Curing Blankets: 1. Hydrasorb by Fortifiber Building Systems Group; or equal. 2. Polypropylene coated moisture retentive blankets.

2.2 MIXES

A. Delegated Design: 1. The proportioning of concrete mix designs is a delegated design. 2. The concrete Supplier shall be responsible for selection of the mix proportions in accordance with Option C as defined in ASTM C94 with the minimums as specified herein. 3. Proportions of materials for concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 211.1, in order to produce concrete with the specified compressive strength, minimal shrinkage, good placability and durability, and other specified properties.

B. Proportioning Based on Supplier’s Past Performance Test Records: 1. For mix design 1. 2. Cementitious Content: a. Bid using the quantity of sacks of cementitious materials per cubic yard of concrete necessary to meet the requirements of this Specification. However, base the bid on an absolute minimum cementitious content of 5.5 sacks per cubic yard of concrete. b. Provide additional cementitious material, if required, to meet other requirements of this Specification. 3. Meet the mix design criteria as noted in the Proportioning Schedule in this Section, regardless of the method of determining the required target average compressive strength below. 4. To ensure concrete of adequate strength, the mix designer shall select and document concrete proportions in accordance with ACI 318. This will determine the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ) of the concrete as supplied by the concrete production facility. The procedure is described below: a. The required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ) of the concrete shall exceed the specified compressive strength (f ’ c). b. Determine the amount by which the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ) must exceed the specified compressive strength (f ’ c) by 1 of the following: 1) Standard Deviation Approach: a) Where the concrete production facility has 15 or more consecutive tests for concrete composed of similar materials and with specified strengths within 1,000 psi of that specified for proposed work, calculate a standard deviation. b) This standard deviation is a measure of the variability of strength produced by the production facility for concrete of similar proportions. c) Calculate the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ) using this standard deviation and the appropriate formulas as given in ACI 318.

03 31 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

2) ACI Required f ’ cr Approach: a) Where the concrete production facility does not have test records meeting the required criteria, the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ) must exceed the specified compressive strength (f’ c) by 1,000 psi or more, in accordance with ACI 318 requirements. c. Provide documentation to demonstrate that the proposed concrete mix proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ). Documentation shall consist of 1 of the following: 1) Past Performance Test Records: a) Where the concrete production facility has 10 or more field strength test records for concrete produced with similar materials and under similar conditions, those tests may be used to demonstrate that the proposed concrete proportions will produce the required target average compressive strength (f ’ cr ). 2) Trial Mix Test Records: a) Where the concrete production facility does not have field strength test records for concrete produced with similar materials and under similar conditions, establish concrete proportions based on trial mixtures in accordance with ACI 318. d. Submit mix design, test records, calculations and other documentation to Engineer at least 14 days prior to placement. 1) Should trial mixes be required because of the lack of qualifying test records, place no concrete until results from the 28-day tests have been reviewed by Engineer.

C. Proportioning Schedule: Refer to the Proportioning Schedule at the end of this Section for specific proportioning requirements.

D. Climatic Conditions: Concrete mix design shall be adjusted for climatic conditions.

E. Synthetic Fiber Reinforcing: 1. Rate of Application: a. Grace Micro Fibers: 1 pound per cubic yard of concrete. b. Other Approved Products: 1-1/2 pounds per cubic yard of concrete.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Production and Delivery: 1. Ready mixed concrete shall be batched, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Concrete Delivery Tickets: a. Before unloading each batch of concrete at the Site, furnish a delivery ticket on which is printed, stamped or written the following information: 1) Name of concrete batch plant. 2) Serial number of ticket. 3) Date and truck number. 4) Name of Contractor. 5) Job name and location. 6) Specific class or designation of concrete. 7) Amount of concrete (cubic yards). 8) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates. 9) Type, name and amount of admixture. 10) Type, brand and amount of cement. 11) Total water content by producer (or water-cement ratio). 12) Maximum size of aggregate. 13) Weights of fine and course aggregates. 14) Absorption of fine and course aggregates. 3. Concrete delivered when the outdoor temperature is lower than 40 degrees F shall arrive at the Site having a temperature of not less than 60 degrees F and not greater than 90 degrees F unless otherwise specified or permitted by the Engineer. 4. Discharge of the concrete shall be completed within 1-1/2 hours after introduction of mixing water to the cement or 1 hour after arriving at the Site, whichever is sooner, unless otherwise specifically approved by the Engineer.

03 31 00 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLACEMENT

A. General: Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R.

B. Preplacement Inspection: 1. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete the formwork installation, reinforcing steel and items to be embedded or cast-in. 2. Notify other trades to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as required. 3. Ensure that forms have form release agents evenly applied in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Notify special inspector at least 24 hours in advance of placing.

C. Handling: 1. Handle concrete from mixer to place of final deposit in carts, buggies, conveyors, pumps, or crane buckets. 2. Do not deliver concrete by methods with a free fall of more than 3 feet. 3. Crane buckets shall have a reinforced rubber chute which shall extend into formwork to minimize free fall of concrete and to eliminate separation of materials. 4. Take every possible precaution to prevent separation or loss of ingredients while transporting concrete. 5. Do not place concrete into standing water (unless approved tremie procedures are followed), and do not displace standing water with fresh concrete.

D. Method and Rate: 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers in walls to avoid flowing along the forms. 2. Horizontal layers shall not exceed 18 inches in thickness and placed in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 3. Carry on placement at such a rate that concrete surfaces not yet to grade shall not have reached their initial set before additional concrete is placed.

E. Compaction: 1. Mechanically vibrate concrete to thoroughly embed reinforcement and fixtures. 2. Apply mechanical vibration directly to concrete. 3. Apply vibration at point of deposit and in area of freshly placed concrete. 4. Vibrations shall be of sufficient duration to accomplish thorough compaction and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures, but shall not be long enough to cause segregation of mix. 5. Withdraw vibrator at the rate of 1-1/2 inches per second. 6. Use vibrators designed to operate with vibratory element submerged in concrete, maintaining a speed of not less than 6,000 impulses per minute. 7. Comply with ACI 309R. 8. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. 9. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. 10. Avoid inserting vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set by scheduling placement of concrete layers and concrete delivery.

F. Retempering: 1. Do not add water to the concrete once it has left the concrete Supplier’s plant. 2. Concrete which has stood for 60 minutes is unacceptable and shall be immediately removed from the premises, unless the use of the concrete is specifically approved by the Engineer.

G. Site Redosing with Water Reducer: Not permitted.

03 31 00 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

H. Cold Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Heating materials. b. Providing insulating blankets and windbreaks. c. Heated enclosures. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures. 4. Straw or similar materials shall not be allowed. 5. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 6. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade.

I. Hot Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 305R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Cooling materials. b. Concrete placement during cooler hours of the day. c. Providing shading and windbreaks. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures.

3.2 SURFACE TREATMENT

A. Wall Finishes: 1. Refer to Division 03 Section “Concrete Forming” for formwork facing materials and required finishes. 2. Definitions: a. Smooth Form Finish: A surface that has fins removed completely and tie holes, defects, and bug holes larger than 1/2-inch are patched. b. Grouted Smooth Finish: A surface which is brushed blasted to open bug holes and voids. The surface is then wetted and a grout is applied consisting of 1 part Portland cement and 1 part fine sand mixed with enough water and epoxy bonding agent in a 50:50 ratio to produce a consistency to hold (without sagging) on vertical and overhead surfaces. Add white cement as needed to match color of surrounding concrete. Scrub grout into voids, remove excess grout, and rub to a smooth uniform surface. No texture should be developed with this procedure. c. Profiled Grouted Finish: The same as the grouted smooth finish with the exception that when the excess grout is removed, a residual with a fine uniform profile remains over the entire surface. This profile, suitable for applying coatings, should have a uniform pattern throughout the construction and generally run in a vertical direction on wall surfaces. 3. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, or in the following, walls shall have a smooth form finish.

B. Patching: 1. General: a. Patch tie holes, defective concrete areas and bug holes greater than 1/2-inch diameter. b. Patches shall be acceptable to Engineer and reasonably match the adjacent concrete construction or the defective concrete shall be replaced. c. Patches in liquid containing structures shall be liquid tight. 2. Patch Materials: a. Mortar with proportions and admixtures as close to the proportions of the concrete to be patched as possible. 1) For exposed surfaces, mix different proportions of gray and white cement until exact color of surrounding concrete is obtained. 2) Reduce coarse aggregate size to pea stone for patches under 1-1/2 inches thick. 3) Omit coarse aggregate for patches under 1/2-inch thick. 4) Mix mortar with water and epoxy bonding agent in 50:50 ratio. 5) Do not exceed the w/cm ratio specified for the surrounding concrete. a) Utilize water reducer, not water, if a greater slump than provided by the allowed water content is required to develop the workability required for the patch location. 3. Preparation: a. Sound concrete with a hammer or chains to determine limits of defective concrete. b. Mark limits of patch with chalk or paint. c. Limits of patch shall be straight and patch areas square or rectangular-shaped. Avoid acute angles.

03 31 00 – 7 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

d. Saw cut marked limits perpendicular to member face to a depth of 1/2-inch to 5/8-inch into concrete, measured from concrete surface. e. Diamond blade saw or grinder with abrasive disk suitable for cutting concrete are acceptable for cutting marked limits. f. Exercise caution during saw cutting to avoid damaging reinforcement and other embedded items. g. Remove concrete from within marked limits to minimum depth of 3/4-inch using 15 pound maximum electric or pneumatic chipping hammers or hand tools, leaving a rough surface meeting CSP-7 as defined by ICRI. h. If the removal of defective concrete exposes reinforcement continue removal to provide a minimum of 3/4-inch clearance on all sides of (including behind) reinforcement, but deeper if necessary to reach sound concrete. i. After removals are complete, but prior to final cleaning, inspect cavity and exposed reinforcement. Notify Engineer for inspection; inspection will be at Engineer’s option. j. Clean and air blast limits of removal to remove grit and deleterious material. k. Pre-dampen cavity surface with clean water. Concrete surfaces shall be saturated surface dry (SSD) with no free water at time of patch placement. l. Immediately prior to placing patch material, scrub neat cement mix into the surface of the patch area. 4. Patch Method: a. Use form and fill method or trowel fill method as determined by Contractor for patch location and conditions. b. Form and Fill: 1) Forms and Form Release Agent: In accordance with Division 03 Section “Concrete Forming”. 2) Vibrate patch material to consolidate concrete, encapsulate embedded items, fill to patch limits and eliminate air pockets. Do not over vibrate. 3) Leave forms in place for a minimum of 3 days. 4) Immediately after removing forms, either wet cure or apply a minimum of 2 coats of curing compound in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. c. Trowel Fill: 1) Work patch material thoroughly into prepared area, around embedded items, fully filling to the limits of the patch area and eliminating air pockets. 2) Screed and trowel surface of patch to match the profile of the surrounding concrete. 3) Immediately after surface, either wet cure or apply at least 2 coats of curing compound in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Protect freshly applied concrete from premature drying and maintain with minimal moisture loss at a relatively constant temperature for a minimum of 7 days.

C. Finishing Floors: 1. Unless noted otherwise provide the following on floors and slabs: a. Provide monolithic troweled finish. b. Vibratory screeding is required on concrete slabs. c. Suggested Finishing Procedure: 1) Use highway straight edge to eliminate high and low spots. 2) After screeding and as soon as concrete has set sufficiently, float surface with compactor power floats. 3) Steel trowel surface. d. Burnish slabs to smooth, hard, dense finish free from trowel marks, blemishes and irregularities. e. Finish exterior platforms, walks, drives and steps to a broom surface. Leave a 2-inch border around panels in sidewalks and platforms. f. At slab areas which receive a topping or grout base and tile, only power floating is required. 2. If no indication is given, comply with 1999 ACI 302.1R, Table 2.1.

D. Floor Finish Tolerances: 1. In accordance with ACI 117 and 302.1R. 2. Interior building floors shall have a maximum sag of 1/8-inch under a 10-foot straight edge. 3. No “bird bath” allowed on sloping floor slabs.

03 31 00 – 8 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

E. Curing Agents: 1. General Locations: a. Curing: Surfaces not specified with curing and sealing compounds. b. Curing and Sealing: Vault top slabs exposed to pedestrian or vehicular traffic. 2. General: a. Apply in strict accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions. b. Coordinate curing compound chemical compatibility with coating subcontractor or finish surface subcontractor. Make adjustments at no additional cost to the Owner with the approval of the Engineer if necessary to ensure compatibility. 3. Curing Compound: a. Apply immediately to slab areas requiring curing compound and immediately to walls after forms are removed. b. Roll or spray compound in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions. Apply each application at the rate in gallons per square foot and number of coats required to meet ASTM C309.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Keep freshly placed concrete from damage due to low temperatures when the mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F (4.5 degrees C) in accordance with ACI 306R.

3.4 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS

A. Comply with ACI 318, Sections 6.3 and 6.4, and ACI 301, Section 6.

B. Construction Joints: 1. Construct a keyway at construction joints in concrete. 2. In reinforced concrete, provide lap of reinforcing steel at construction joints, except where specifically indicated otherwise.

C. Embedments: 1. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling the proper placing of embedded pipe, conduit and other fixtures. 2. Comply with ACI 318 requirements. a. Embedments shall not impair or reduce the strength of the structure. 3. Lay out locations of electrical and mechanical components prior to actual placement and obtain approval from Engineer before placing concrete. 4. Pipes and Conduits: a. Shall not displace reinforcing from its design locations. b. Shall not displace more than 4% of the concrete area on which strength is calculated or which is required for fire resistance. c. Outside diameter shall not be larger than 1/3 the overall thickness of the slab, wall or beam in which it is embedded. d. Shall not be spaced closer than 3 diameters apart. e. In structures with 2 layers of reinforcement, shall be placed between the layers. f. Maintain minimum concrete cover of 3/4-inches. Increase cover to 1-1/2 inches for concrete exposed to weather. g. Place additional reinforcing with an area greater than or equal to 0.002 times the area of the concrete section perpendicular to the piping or conduit.

3.5 SPECIFIC ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTION

A. Footings: 1. Provide required footings and equipment foundations for mechanical, electrical and architectural trades. 2. Adjustments will be made in Contract price if deeper footings are required in accordance with prior approval of Engineer.

B. Slab Construction: 1. Build slab construction as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Place inserts and other accessories as required accurately in locations indicated.

03 31 00 – 9 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

3. Lay out locations of electrical and mechanical components prior to actual placement and obtain approval from Engineer before placing concrete. 4. Chamfer corners. 5. Locate construction joints where indicated on the Drawings. 6. Joint locations shall be reviewed by Engineer prior to placing concrete.

C. Chamfer: Chamfer exposed concrete edges 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.

D. Miscellaneous Items: Perform concrete work for mechanical and electrical trades including but not limited to vaults, valve and meter pits, light pole bases and machine bases.

3.6 LEAK AND CRACK REPAIRS

A. Repair areas not meeting the acceptance criteria. 1. Water stopped construction joints which leak shall be repaired by Contractor at no cost to Owner. 2. Leaking cracks which have formed as a result of Contractor’s level of care in construction shall be repaired by Contractor at no cost to Owner.

B. After leak repairs have been made, excess repair materials shall be removed from the surface and injection ports shall be removed and patched.

03 31 00 – 10 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Structural Concrete Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 31 00 Project Number 191453

3.7 PROPORTIONING SCHEDULE

Mix Design 1

Use Structures Minimum Cementitious Content (94 lb sack) Note (1)

Fly Ash (8) 0

GGBFS 30% to 40% Entrained Air (percent) 6 ± 1 -1/2

Maximum w/c Ratio (2) 0.45

Specified Maximum Coarse Aggregate 1″

Minimum Compressive Strength (psi) (4) 4,000

Slump Before Adding 1-4 Water Reducer (inches) (See Note 3 below)

Slump After Adding 4-8 Water Reducer (inches) (See Note 3 below) HRWR (7) Water Reducing or Admixture Type MRWR (6) Dosage in accordance with Manufacturer’s Fiber Reinforcing recommendations Dosage in accordance with Manufacturer’s Corrosion Inhibitors recommendations

NOTES:

1. Refer to mixes in Part 2 of this specification. 2. w/c – Water to cementitious products ratio. All fly ash plus GGBF slag plus cement shall be included with w/c ratio calculation. 3. Slabs which slope more than 1/4-inch per foot shall have a slump after adding water reducer of 2-5 inches. 4. The compressive strength specified here and on the Drawings is the actual required specified compressive design strength (f ’ c) at 28 days (unless noted otherwise) for the concrete structures on this Project, and is not to be considered the target strength (f ’ cr ) which the concrete Supplier is required to achieve. 5. Ratio of weight of fine aggregate to weight of coarse aggregate shall not be less than 0.50. 6. The amount of mid-range water reducing admixture (MRWR) added shall be approximately 3 to 12 ounces per 100 pounds of cement, to achieve specified slump. 7. The amount of high range water reducing admixture (HRWR) added shall be approximately 12 ounces per 100 pounds of cement, to achieve specified slump. 8. Ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS) may be substituted for fly ash, if fly ash is not available.

END OF SECTION 03 31 00

03 31 00 – 11 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_31_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Precast Concrete Vaults Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 48 29 Project Number 191453

SECTION 03 48 29 – PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the design, furnishing and installation of precast concrete vaults, grade rings, and accessories.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials: HS-20 - Highway Truck Loading. 2. ACI - American Concrete Institute: a. 304 - Recommend Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. b. 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 3. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials: a. A185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. b. A615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. c. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. d. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. e. C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. f. f.C857 - Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures. 4. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction. 5. PCI - Prestressed Concrete Institute: MNL-116 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. General: 1. Precast concrete vault sections with integral base and separate cover. 2. Two piece construction, keyed to fit to each other as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Panelized, bolted, construction: Not allowed. 4. Sizes and cast-in holes, inserts, and anchor bolts as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Haunches: Not allowed. 6. 6-inch minimum base, wall, and top slab thickness.

1.5 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Manholes: 1. Codes: a. Design in accordance with ACI 318, ASTM C857, and local building codes. b. Detail in accordance with ACI 318, CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction, and local building codes. 2. Loads: a. Design for dead, live, and impact loads. b. Design for AASHTO HS-20 wheel load at grade over top or adjacent to structure.

03 48 29 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_48_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Precast Concrete Vaults Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 48 29 Project Number 191453

c. Lateral pressure coefficient for determining lateral soil pressure or lateral pressure due to wheel load shall be 0.25 minimum, 0.50 maximum. d. Minimum Soil Unit Weight: 120 pcf. e. Minimum Concrete Unit Weight: 150 pcf. 3. Detailing: a. Provide ACI 318 Class B splices where splices are required. b. Provide 2 inches minimum clear cover for reinforcing steel. c. Provide supplementary reinforcing steel at openings as required for strength.

B. Grade Rings: Design in accordance with ASTM C478.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings to include the following: 1. Dimensions. 2. Elevations. 3. Sections. 4. Joint details. 5. Reinforcing details. 6. Locations and sizes of holes and cast in devices.

B. Design Calculations: 1. Submit for precast vaults. 2. Submit upon request by Engineer. 3. Required Information: a. Design loads. b. Strength calculations. c. Sizing of reinforcement.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Precast units shall be manufactured by a producer who has been in the precast business for not less than 5 years and is qualified to fabricate the type of work specified herein.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Handle units with caution to prevent damage during delivery or storage and in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.

B. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Kerkstra Precast, Jenison, Michigan; Grand Valley Concrete Products, Grand Rapids, Michigan; Advance Concrete Products, Highland, Michigan; or reviewed equal.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Concrete for Precast Vaults: 1. Cement: ASTM C150. 2. Aggregates: ASTM C33. 3. Air-Entrainment: 5% ± 1-1/2%. 4. Mixing Water: Clean, potable. 5. Concrete Strength: f'c = 4,500 psi.

03 48 29 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_48_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Precast Concrete Vaults Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 03 48 29 Project Number 191453

B. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Wire Mesh: ASTM A185, Fy = 65,000 psi. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Fy = 60,000 psi.

C. Waterproof Bead: Waterstop Rx by American Colloid Company; or equal.

D. Joint Materials: 1-inch x 1-inch butyl .

E. Manhole Steps: 1. 10 inches deep x 10 inches wide. 2. Tread: a. Depth: 5 inches. b. Rail Height: 2 inches. 3. Plastic, reinforced with 3/8-inch diameter steel bar.

F. Castings: 1. Model R-1642 by Neenah Foundry Company; Model 1040 by East Jordan Iron Works; or equal. 2. Heavy duty, solid lid with watertight seal and machined bearing surfaces.

G. Grade Rings: In accordance with ASTM C478.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Concrete Finish: 1. As-cast, smooth form finish. 2. Remove fins, patch tie holes, and imperfections.

B. Joints: Apply waterproof bead to cold joints cast in as part of fabrication process.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install precast units in conformance with: 1. The Shop Drawings reviewed by Engineer. 2. The Manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Prepare subgrade below precast concrete vaults in accordance with Division 31 Section “Excavation and Fill for Utilities.”

C. Set units so that keys match firmly, with no rocking or nonuniform bearing.

D. Apply joint materials as indicated on the Drawings.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:

A. Installation Tolerances: 1. Precast Units: a. Elevation: ± 1/2-inch. b. Level: ± 1/4-inch in 10 feet.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Prior to acceptance of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean installed materials and related areas.

END OF SECTION 03 48 29

03 48 29 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \03_48_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Metal Fabrications Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 05 50 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 05 50 00 – METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing, fabrication and erection of metal fabrications, including the major items listed below: 1. Steel shapes cast in concrete. 2. Galvanizing of selected items. 3. Base plates, setting plates and anchor bolts for columns. 4. Columns. 5. Beams.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the pertinent provisions of the following: 1. ASTM Standard Specifications: a. A36 - Structural Steel. b. A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. c. A48 - Gray Iron Castings. d. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. e. A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. f. A276 - Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. g. A307 - Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi, Tensile Strength. h. A325 - Structural Bolts, Heat-Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. i. A501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. j. A563 - Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. k. A780 - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged Hot-Dip Galvanized Coatings. l. A992 - Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing. m. B633 - Electro-Deposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. n. D520 - Zinc Dust Pigment for Paint. o. E488 - Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. p. E1512 - Testing Bond Performance of Adhesive-Bonded Anchors. q. F436 - Hardened Steel Washers. r. F593 - Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. s. F594 - Stainless Steel Nuts. t. F1267 - Expanded Metal, Steel. u. F1554 - Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105 ksi Yield Strength. 2. AISC publications: a. Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges (excluding Section 4.2.1). b. Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. c. Detailing for Steel Construction. d. Manual of Steel Construction. e. Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts. 3. AWS publications: a. ANSI/AWS A5.1 - Carbon Steel Electrodes for Shielded Arc Welding. b. ANSI/AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel. 4. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers: a. ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 - Heavy Hex Structural and Askew Head Bolts. b. ANSI/ASME B18.6.3 - Slotted and Recessed Head Machine Screws. c. ANSI/ASME B18.21.1 - Lock Washers. d. ANSI/ASME B18.22.1 - Plain Washers.

05 50 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \05_50_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Metal Fabrications Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 05 50 00 Project Number 191453

5. Federal Specifications: FS FF-B-588C(1) - Bolt, Toggle, and Expansion Sleeve, Screw. 6. American Hot-Dip Galvanizers Association. 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For all members to be furnished to include: 1. Detail Drawings of Members and Connections: a. In accordance with AISC - Detailing for Steel Construction. b. Size and number of bolts. c. Dimensions. d. Connection angles and plates. 2. Erection Drawings: Locate and identify members. 3. Welding: In accordance with AWS welding symbols. 4. Type of material and finish.

B. Mill Certification Tests: Submit in compliance with Michigan Building Code.

C. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for the installation of anchor bolts and other devices.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabrication and Erection Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the type of work being performed. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

B. Welders, Welding Operators and Tackers Qualifications: 1. Qualified by tests in accordance with Section 5 of AWS D1.1. 2. Qualification Papers: a. Given by an independent testing laboratory. b. Dated no earlier than 6 months prior to beginning of Project. 3. Engineer, at Engineer's discretion, may accept evidence of previous qualifications.

C. Steel Fabricators: 1. Certified under the AISC Quality Certification Program for Category I - Conventional Steel Structures, or under other quality control program acceptable to building official in accordance with building code, prior to fabrication. 2. The quality control program shall permit work on fabricator’s premises without special inspection.

D. Testing of Welds, Bolts and Shear Studs: In accordance with Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.”

E. Inspection of Steel Fabrication and Erection: In accordance with Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.”

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in original, unbroken, brand marked containers or wrapping as applicable.

B. Handle and store materials in a manner which will prevent deterioration, damage, contamination with foreign matter, damage by weather or elements, and in accordance with Manufacturer's directions.

C. Reject damaged, deteriorated or distorted material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new material at no additional cost to Owner.

05 50 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \05_50_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Metal Fabrications Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 05 50 00 Project Number 191453

D. Embedded Items: 1. Includes anchor rods and other anchorage devices which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or masonry. 2. Delivered on the Project Site in time to be installed before the start of cast-in-place concrete or masonry operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Materials shall be new, top quality of their respective kinds, standard sizes and fabricated in a shop whose principal business is the items specified in this Section.

B. Yield Stress and Type of Steel: 1. For Wide Flange Shapes: ASTM A992 with yield stress of 50,000 psi. 2. For S Shapes, Channels, Angles, Bars, Plates and Rods: ASTM A36 with yield stress of 36,000 psi. 3. For Rectangular and Square Tubular Shapes: ASTM A500 with yield stress of 46,000 psi. 4. For Round Tubular Shapes: ASTM A501 with yield stress of 36,000 psi, or ASTM A53 with yield stress of 35,000 psi.

C. Cast Iron: Soft, gray iron in accordance with ASTM A48, true to pattern, smooth and straight, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance.

D. Malleable Iron: High-grade white iron castings in accordance with ASTM A47, fully annealed and of uniform ductile structure throughout.

E. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276, Type 316 with yield stress of 30,000 psi

2.2 METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Edge Angles Cast In Concrete: ASTM A36 steel.

B. Fasteners: 1. Bolts: a. Use carbon or alloy steel, ASTM A325 3/4-inch diameter bolts or larger as required by connection design. b. Use ASTM A490 3/4-inch diameter bolts or larger only if required by connection design. c. If conditions require that galvanized materials be used, use ASTM A307 or A325 bolts. Do not galvanize A490 bolts, as that could possibly cause hydrogen embrittlement, and will affect hardness. d. Stainless steel: ASTM F593, used where conditions of severe corrosion could occur. 2. Nuts: a. Carbon Steel: ASTM A563. b. Stainless Steel: ASTM F594. 3. Washers: a. Hardened Steel Washers: ASTM F436. b. Plain Washers: ASME B18.22.1, round, carbon steel. c. Lock Washers: ASME B18.21.1, helical, spring type, carbon steel. 4. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.

C. Anchors: In accordance with Division 03 Section “Post-Installed Anchors”.

D. Other Materials: All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the work of this Section, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and as selected by Contractor subject to approval of Engineer.

05 50 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \05_50_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Metal Fabrications Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 05 50 00 Project Number 191453

2.3 FABRICATION

A. General: 1. Workmanship: Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion and defects. 2. Temporary Bracing: a. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing. b. Keep work in alignment. 3. Welding: a. Steel welding shall be performed in accordance with AISC Specification and AWS D1.1. b. Filler metal requirements for steel welding processes shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 and AWS A5.1. c. Welding shall be continuous along entire area of contact. 4. Normal structural steel fabrication tolerances will not be acceptable where in conflict with the intent and requirements of this Section. 5. Straightness tolerances, additive to deflection, shall not exceed ± 1/16-inch to 10 feet. 6. All cope, miter, and butt caps on exposed surfaces shall be made to the closest possible tolerances consistent with metal shop equipment and practice in order to provide a pleasing appearance.

B. Galvanizing: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. 2. 2 oz/ sq ft minimum. 3. Galvanize the following items: a. Items so indicated on the Drawings. b. Bumper posts and sleeves. c. Edge angles cast in concrete.

C. Galvanized Fasteners: 1. Hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A153. 2. Class C (1.25 oz/sq ft) minimum coating.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Workmanship: Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion and defects.

B. Erection: 1. Bracing: a. Provide all shoring, bracing and accessories required for complete erection. b. Safety and adequacy of bracing and temporary bracing are the responsibility of the Contractor.

C. Coordination: Supply to appropriate trades items to be cast into concrete, complete with necessary setting templates.

D. Tightening: 1. Tighten bolts snug-tight as defined by AISC, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. Where specifically indicated on the Drawings, finger-tighten nuts in connections where movement must be permitted, and tighten a jam nut over finger-tightened nut, or peen bolt threads, to prevent nut backoff.

E. Touch-up: Touch up all damaged galvanized areas with a zinc rich paint meeting ASTM D520 and ASTM A780.

F. Welding: Field welding shall be performed to the same standards and requirements of shop welding.

G. Protection: Where required, provide approved protection against galvanic action between contacts of dissimilar metal or situations that will cause deterioration of metal in contact or associated in any way.

05 50 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \05_50_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Metal Fabrications Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 05 50 00 Project Number 191453

3.2 CLEANING

A. Prior to acceptance of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean all installed materials and related areas.

END OF SECTION 05 50 00

05 50 00 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \05_50_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Waterproofing Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 07 10 15 Project Number 191453

SECTION 07 10 15 – WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of waterproofing over concrete areas and the major items listed below: 1. Self adhered sheet waterproofing.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standard Specifications, Methods, Test Methods and Classifications. a. C272 - Water Absorption of Core Materials for Structural Sandwich Construction. b. C719 - Adhesion and Cohesion of Elastomeric Joint Sealants Under Cyclic Movement (Hockman Cycle). c. C794 - Adhesion-in-Peel of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. d. C920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. e. C1193 - Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. f. D412 - Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension. g. D570 - Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics. h. D1621 - Compression Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. i. D1970 - Self Adhered Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection and Waterproofing. j. D4258 - Practice of Cleaning Concrete for Coatings. k. D4259 - Practice for Abrading Concrete. l. D4263 - Indicating Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method. m. D5385 - Hydrostatic pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes. n. D5957 - Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing Installations. o. D6135 - Application of Self-Adhering Modified Bituminous Waterproofing. p. E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. q. E154 - Methods of Testing Materials for Use as Vapor Barriers Under Concrete Slabs and as Ground Cover in Crawl Spaces. r. G21 - Recommended Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: For waterproof membrane, vapor retardant and protection board to include: 1. Technical data to demonstrate compliance with Specifications. 2. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures, including details and dimensions.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show locations and extent of waterproofing. 2. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashing, penetrations, inside and outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.

07 10 15 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \07_10_15.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Waterproofing Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 07 10 15 Project Number 191453

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabrication and Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings. 3. Authorized by Manufacturer to install Manufacturer’s products.

B. Manufacturer's Services: Provide Manufacturer's field service.

C. Source Limitation: Obtain waterproofing materials through one source from a single Manufacturer.

D. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Conduct conference at Project Site to comply with requirements of Division 01. 2. Review requirements for waterproofing, including surface preparation specified under other Sections. 3. Review substrate condition and pre-treatment, minimum curing period, weather conditions, special details, sheet flashing, installation procedures, testing and inspection procedures, and protection and repair procedures.

1.6 ADDITIONAL DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. All materials shall be delivered in original, unbroken, brand marked containers or wrapping as applicable.

B. Handle and store materials in accordance with Manufacturer's directions in a manner which will prevent deterioration or damage, contamination with foreign matter, and damage by weather or elements. Store rolls according to Manufacturer’s written instructions. Protect stored material from direct sunlight.

C. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no addition cost to Owner.

1.7 ADDITIONAL WARRANTY REQUIREMENT

A. In addition to the Guarantees outlined in the Terms and Conditions, upon completion of this portion of the work, and as a condition of acceptance, deliver to Architect 2 copies of a warranty signed by Contractor, and officer of the applicator firm, and the materials Supplier, in which the signatories state and affirm: 1. The work of this Section was completed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Should water penetrate through the work of this Section within 5 years following date of Substantial Completion of the Work, and promptly upon receipt of notice from Owner to that effect, the materials Supplier will provide such additional waterproofing and protection board materials as are required, and Contractor and applicator will provide such equipment, labor, and other materials as are required, to properly repair the area through which water penetrated. 3. Should the water penetration be due to faulty original workmanship or materials of this Section, the equipment, labor, and materials will be provided at no additional cost to Owner. 4. Should the water penetration not be due to faulty original workmanship or materials of this Section, the equipment, labor, and materials provided under this Article will be paid for promptly by Owner at the current rates of Contractor, applicator, and materials Supplier.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SELF ADHERED SHEET WATERPROOFING

A. Membrane shall be one of the following products or approved equivalent: 1. Bituthene by W.R. Grace and Company, Cambridge, MA 02140. 2. Mel-Rol by W.R. Meadows, Inc., Hampshire, IL 60140. 3. CCW-701 by Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing Div., Sapulpa, OK 74066. 4. Duramem 700 SM by Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, PA 19438.

07 10 15 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \07_10_15.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Waterproofing Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 07 10 15 Project Number 191453

B. Membrane: 1. 60-mil thick, self-adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils of rubberized asphalt laminated to 4-mil thick film release liner on adhesive side and formulated for application with primer or surface conditioner that complies with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Physical Properties: a. Tensile Strength: 250 psi minimum in accordance with ASTM D412, Die C, modified. b. Elongation: 300% minimum in accordance with ASTM D412, Die C, modified. c. Flexibility: Pass at minus 20 deg F in accordance with ASTM D1970. d. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch movement as tested by ASTM C836. e. Puncture Resistance: 40 lbf minimum in accordance with ASTM E154. f. Hydrostatic Head Resistance: 150 feet minimum in accordance with ASTM D5385. g. Water Absorption: 0.15% weight gain maximum after 48-hr immersion at 70 deg F in accordance with ASTM D570. h. Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perms in accordance with ASTM E96, Water Method.

C. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Primer: Liquid primer recommended for substrate by sheet waterproofing Manufacturer. 2. Surface Conditioner: Liquid waterborne conditioner recommended for substrate by sheet waterproofing Manufacturer. 3. Concealed Strip Flashing: Self adhering, rubberized asphalt composite sheet of same material and thickness as waterproofing membrane. 4. Substrate Patching Membrane: Low viscosity, 2-component, asphalt modified coating. 5. Mastic, Adhesives, and Tape: Manufacturer’s standard products compatible with membrane used. 6. Metal Termination Bars: Galvanized steel or aluminum bars 1-inch wide by 1/8-inch thick pre-drilled at 9-inch centers. 7. Protection Course: 1/4-inch thick semirigid sheets of or mineral reinforced asphaltic core, pressure laminated between two asphalt saturated fibrous liners. 8. Liquid Membrane: Liquid membrane recommended for pipe material by sheet waterproofing Manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance: 1. Verify that concrete has cured and aged minimum of 7 days. 2. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture: Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D4263.

B. Environmental Limitations: 1. Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by waterproofing Manufacturer. 2. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain, fog, or mist.

C. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of waterproofing materials.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Substrate Preparation: 1. Clean and prepare substrate according to Manufacturer’s written instructions: 2. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrate for waterproofing application.

B. Protection: Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage or overspray affecting other construction.

C. Cleaning: Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form-release agents, paints, curing compounds, and other penetrating contaminants or film-forming coatings from concrete.

07 10 15 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \07_10_15.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Waterproofing Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 07 10 15 Project Number 191453

D. Remove fins, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, and other voids.

E. Joints and Cracks: 1. Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrate. 2. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D4258. 3. Install sheet strips and center over non-moving joints and cracks exceeding 1/16-inch in width. 4. Bridge and cover expansion joints and discontinuous deck-to-wall and deck-to-deck joints with overlapping sheet strips: a. Invert and loosely lay first sheet strip over center of joint. b. Firmly adhere second sheet strip to first and overlap to substrate.

F. Corners: 1. Prepare, prime, and treat inside and outside corners according to ASTM D6135. 2. Install membrane strips centered over vertical inside corners. 3. Install 3/4-inch fillets of liquid membrane on horizontal inside corners and as follows: a. At footing-to-wall intersections, extend liquid membrane each direction from corner or install membrane strip centered over corner. b. At plaza deck-to-wall intersections, extend liquid membrane or sheet strips onto deck waterproofing and to finished height of sheet flashing.

G. Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing, and at drains and protrusions according to ASTM D6135.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF SELF ADHERED SHEET WATERPROOFING

A. Install self adhered sheets according to Manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations in ASTM D6135.

B. Primers: 1. Apply primer to walls or slab at required rate and allow to dry. 2. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. 3. Re-prime areas exposed for more than 24 hours.

C. Membrane Application: 1. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing from low point up to high point to ensure that side laps shed water. 2. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch minimum lap widths and end laps. 3. Overlap and seal seams and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation. 4. Apply continuous sheets over sheet strips bridging substrate cracks and construction joints. 5. Seal exposed edges of sheets with mastic or sealant at terminations not concealed by metal counter- flashing or ending in reglets. 6. If waterproofing ties into other waterproofing, install sheets and auxiliary materials so that systems are fully watertight.

D. Repairs: 1. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with these Specifications. 2. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters, and cover with patches extending 6 inches beyond repaired areas in all directions. 3. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not meet requirements, repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashing.

E. Install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing before starting subsequent operations.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Do not place backfill or concrete until Engineer has inspected finished waterproofing.

07 10 15 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \07_10_15.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Waterproofing Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 07 10 15 Project Number 191453

3.5 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected waterproofing.

B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction.

C. Protection of Insulation: 1. Protect installed board insulation from damage due to ultraviolet light, harmful weather exposure, physical abuse, and other causes. 2. Provide temporary coverings where insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction after installation.

D. Prior to acceptance of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean all related areas.

END OF SECTION 07 10 15

07 10 15 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \07_10_15.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Site Preparation Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 10 13 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 10 13 – SITE PREPARATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the major items listed below: 1. Clearing Site of above-grade trees, shrubs, and plant life. 2. Removal of the following man-made items: a. Walls. b. Fences. c. Planter Boxes. d. Similar improvements as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Removal of roots and stumps. 4. Removal of exposed rocks, boulders and debris.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the Work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. State DOT Current Standards: a. Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: Surface Improvements: Pavement, walks, drives, curbs, curb and gutter, improved lawns, monuments, property irons, reference points and similar improvements.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Permit to Store or Dump Removed Materials: 1. On property owned, leased or occupied by someone other than Owner. 2. Submit prior to storing or dumping. 3. Permit shall absolve Owner from responsibility for storing or dumping.

B. Pruning methods and procedures.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Trimming: Trimming of limbs and branches and the painting of tree wounds shall be actively supervised by a member of one of the following: 1. ASCA - American Society of Consulting Arborists. 2. ISA - International Society of Arboriculture. 3. NAA - National Arborist Associations.

B. Interference: 1. Ensure that Site preparation work does not unduly interfere with pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 2. Obtain Engineer's and governing authority's approvals prior to closing a public street.

31 10 13 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_10_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Site Preparation Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 10 13 Project Number 191453

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Burning: Not permitted.

B. Burial: Not Permitted.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Soil Erosion Control: Provide soil erosion control in accordance with Division 31 Section “Erosion and Sedimentation Controls” prior to starting Site preparation work.

B. Protection of Trees and Shrubs: 1. Protect trees and shrubs which are to remain from permanent damage by construction operations. 2. Prevent vehicles from driving within area under dripline of trees which are to remain.

C. Maintain designated temporary roadways, walkways, and detours for vehicular and pedestrian traffic.

3.2 APPLICATION

A. Clearing: 1. Remove items requiring removal under this Section from area indicated on Drawings. 2. Remove roots, rocks and boulders to a depth of 1-foot below finish grade in the following areas: a. Proposed structures. b. Proposed pavements and walks. c. Other areas where compaction of the subgrade is required.

B. Cutting: 1. Cut trees and brush a maximum of 18 inches above the ground. 2. Remove tree tops and limbs prior to cutting the entire tree if necessary to avoid damage to adjacent structures or trees that are not designated for removal. 3. The final cut shall be an even cut, parallel with the ground.

C. Prevent Construction Operations from Damaging or Disturbing: 1. Trees or roots of trees which are to remain. 2. Surface improvements which are to remain.

3.3 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL

A. General: 1. Remove and properly dispose of all material not needed to complete Project. 2. Dispose of excess material at a location off the Site. 3. Disposal of materials shall not violate laws, rules, regulations and the like regarding the filling of flood plains, wetlands and other environmentally sensitive areas. 4. Provide adequate controls to maintain disposal sites in a neat and safe conditions by periodic leveling of material, the control of erosion and such other practices as are necessary.

END OF SECTION 31 10 13

31 10 13 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_10_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 22 00 – GRADING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of the major items listed below: 1. Excavation. 2. Cutting and filling. 3. Rough and finish grading. 4. Disposal of excavated materials. 5. Topsoil. 6. Excess water control. 7. Pavement subgrade.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. AOAC - Association of Official Agricultural Chemists: Methods of Testing. 2. ASTM Standards: a. D422 - Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. b. D698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. c. D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. d. D2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. 3. State DOT Current Standards: a. Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: 1. Driving Surface: A pavement, curb, or sidewalk. 2. Excavation: Removing the following materials from their present location: a. Native below-grade material such as soil, rocks, boulders less than 1/2 cubic yard in volume, and buried trees. b. Man-made items such as, but not necessarily limited to: 1) Bituminous and concrete paving. 2) Curbs. 3) Riprap. 4) Head walls. 5) Underground utilities. 6) Manholes and catch basins. 7) Foundations. 8) Sidewalks. 3. Fill: Soil, native material, imported material or other material which is placed over the subgrade, or excavated areas; under roadways, parking areas, walks, buildings, or structures; and anywhere else on the Site. 4. Grading: The act of moving soil from one location on the Site to another to achieve the contours and elevations as indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified.

31 22 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

5. Hardpan: a. Cemented soil layers. b. Is not hard clay layers that are not cemented. 6. Imported Material: Soil material which is purchased by Contractor and hauled onto the Site. 7. Native Material: Soil and other natural earth materials, except rock, which are existing on the Site prior to the start of Work. 8. Pavement: Any combination of subbase, base course and concrete, bituminous or aggregate surface course, including shoulders, placed on a subgrade. Includes roadways, parking areas, driveways, and bituminous seal coat. 9. Rock Excavation: a. Excavation of igneous, metamorphic or sedimentary rock or hardpan which cannot be excavated without continuous drilling or blasting or continuous use of a ripper or other special equipment. b. Excavation of boulders of 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume. 10. Structure: A building, retaining wall, tank, footing, slab, or other similar construction. 11. Subbase: The layer of material placed on the subgrade as part of the pavement structure. 12. Subgrade: a. Below structures and below fill on the Site: The top elevation of the undisturbed native material after all topsoil is stripped off and excavation is completed. b. Below driving surfaces: The bottom elevation of the subbase. 13. Surface Improvement: All improvements beyond what might be encountered in an open unimproved field. 14. Undercut: Excavation of native material from below the bottom of footings, floors, structures, and subbases. 15. Utility Structure: Manhole, catch basin, valve chamber, junction chamber, water main valve, or other similar utility appurtenance. 16. Other Definitions: Other earthwork terms not defined in the Contract Documents shall be as defined in state DOT Standard Specifications for Construction.

1.5 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Quantities: Determine the required quantities of all earthwork materials and operations and use as the basis for the lump sum Bid.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing will be performed in accordance with Division 01 Section “Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Roadways, and Site Projects” and the Contractors Quality Control Plan.

B. Compaction: 1. Predominately Granular Soils: a. Density shall be determined by using the modified Proctor method, ASTM D1557. b. Compact fill to at least 95% maximum density. c. The first 12 inches of subgrade below all driving surfaces, structures, utility structures, and fill on the Site: 1) Shall be tested for density. 2) Compact to at least 95% maximum density if the existing density is below 95%. 2. Predominately Cohesive Soils: a. Density shall be determined by using the standard Proctor method, ASTM D698. b. Compact fill to at least 98% maximum density. c. The first 12 inches of subgrade below all driving surfaces, structures, utility structures, and fill on the Site: 1) Shall be tested for density. 2) Compact to at least 98% maximum density if the existing density is below 95%.

31 22 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Dust Control: 1. Use all legal means necessary to control dust on and near the Work and on and near all off-site borrow areas if such dust is caused by Contractor's operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from the condition of the Site when earthwork operations are suspended. 2. Treat haul roads, delivery roads, temporary site access roads and other surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the Site. 3. Scrape, broom, or vacuum adjacent streets to remove tracked dirt every Friday afternoon, or more often as necessary if directed by Engineer. Utilize vacuum if dust from brooming is excessive in opinion of Engineer.

B. Existing Structures, Utility Structures, and Utilities: 1. Call MISS DIG to locate all existing underground utilities prior to starting excavation. 2. Where utilities, utility structures, or structures are encountered which are in active use: a. Provide adequate protection for them. b. Be responsible for damages to them. 3. Provide stand-by utility service if temporary removal is necessary for a period exceeding 2 hours. 4. Where utility service connections to occupied buildings must be temporarily disconnected, give 48 hours notice to the affected occupants of the time and duration of the anticipated shut off. 5. Notify Fire Department 48 hours in advance if water main or fire supply line shutoff is required. 6. Raise, lower, or move underground utilities, utility structures, or structures which interfere with the utility, utility structure, or structure being constructed as part of this Work.

C. Special Filling Requirements: 1. Comply with the regulations of the MDOT and City of Lansing with regard to placing fill and compaction in their respective rights-of-way. 2. Obtain necessary permits for filling activities off Site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Approval Required: All material shall be subject to the approval of Engineer or independent testing laboratory. 2. Notification: For approval of imported material, notify Engineer or independent testing laboratory at least 1 week in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed borrow area, and permit Engineer or independent testing laboratory to sample as necessary from the borrow area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the material.

B. Material Sources and Uses: 1. Imported Material: a. Fill in undercut. b. Fill below structures, utility structures, or driving surfaces. c. Fill not below structures, utility structures, or driving surfaces. 2. Native material, unless quantity is not sufficient; then shall be imported material. a. Fill not below structures, utility structures, or driving surfaces.

C. Fill In Undercut: MDOT 902, Granular Material Class II.

D. Fill below structures, utility structures, or driving surfaces: MDOT 902, Granular Material Class II.

31 22 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

E. Fill Not Below Structures, Utility Structures, or Driving Surfaces: 1. Native material. 2. Exclusive of gray or blue clay, peat, organic matter, or frozen lumps. 3. Containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension. 4. Obtain approval for using native material as fill from Engineer or independent testing laboratory.

2.2 OTHER MATERIALS

A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by Contractor subject to the approval of Engineer or independent testing laboratory.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION

A. Topsoil: 1. Remove all topsoil to depth at which subsoil is encountered, from all areas under buildings, driving surfaces, and from all areas which are to be cut to lower grades or filled. 2. With Engineer's approval, topsoil to be used for finish grading may be stored on the Site. 3. Other topsoil may be used for fill in noncritical areas with approval of Engineer.

B. Obstructions: 1. Remove and dispose of buried trees, rocks, boulders, driving surfaces, pipes and the like, as required for the performance of the Work. 2. Exercise care in excavating around catch basins, inlets, and manholes. 3. Avoid removing or loosening castings or pushing dirt into utility structures. 4. Repair or replace damaged or displaced castings; remove dirt entering utility structures during the performance of the Work at no additional cost to Owner.

C. Cutting Paved Surfaces and Similar Improvements: 1. All cuts shall be a minimum of 1-foot wider than trench on each side. When the remaining width of paved surface is less than 4 feet, remove the entire paved surface. 2. Before removing pavement, mark the pavement neatly, paralleling pipe lines and existing street lines. Space the marks the width of the trench. 3. Concrete: a. Pavements: Saw cut if over 3 feet from expansion or construction joint, otherwise remove to joint. b. Sidewalks: Remove to joints. c. Curb and gutter: Remove to joints. 4. Final surface Course Bituminous: Saw cut joints unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 5. Do not disturb or damage the adjacent pavement. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, remove and replace the damaged pavement. 6. Contractor may tunnel under curbs that are encountered. Replace curb disturbed by construction. 7. Dispose of materials removed.

D. Utilities To Be Abandoned: 1. When pipes, conduits, sewers, or other utilities or utility structures are removed from the excavation leaving dead ends in the ground, fully plug such ends with brick and mortar. 2. Entirely remove abandoned utility structures unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 3. Remove from the excavation all materials which can be readily salvaged and store at a location designated by Owner. 4. All salvageable materials will remain the property of Owner unless otherwise indicated by Owner.

E. Undercut: 1. If soft material, which in the opinion of Engineer or independent testing laboratory is not suitable, is encountered below a structure, utility structure, or driving surface, Engineer may order the removal of this soft material and its replacement with specified material in order to make a suitable foundation for the construction of the structure, utility structure, or driving surface.

31 22 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

2. All undercutting made at the order of Engineer will be paid for on the basis of the actual quantity of material excavated. Do not proceed further until instructions are received and necessary measurements made for purposes of establishing additional volume of excavation. 3. No extra payment will be made if removal is required as a result of poor dewatering techniques. 4. Undercutting which is specifically indicated on the Drawings or herein specified, shall be included in the base Bid. 5. Soil removed may be used as fill in areas not below driving surfaces, structures, or utility structures. 6. Compact subgrade at bottom of undercut prior to placing fill. 7. Place and compact specified fill in undercut. 8. Lateral extent of undercut shall be a horizontal distance equal to the depth of undercut below structure, utility structure, or driving surface.

F. Excavating: 1. All excavation shall be by open cut from the surface except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. If required because of excess water conditions, place stone stabilization course prior to proceeding with construction. Place filter fabric over stone stabilization course.

G. Rock Excavation: 1. Notify Engineer prior to removal if rock is encountered. 2. Where rock is encountered within the excavation, expose the surface of the rock sufficient to permit adequate measurements to be taken before the rock excavation is started.

3.2 FILL

A. General: 1. Do not place fill until the subgrade been examined by Engineer or independent testing laboratory. 2. Place fill in even layers not exceeding 10 inches in depth and thoroughly compact as herein specified. 3. Do not place additional fill until compaction on a lift complies with specification requirements. 4. If an analysis of the soil being placed shows a marked difference from 1 location to another, the fill being placed shall not be made up of a mixture of these materials. 5. Handle each different type of material continuously so that field control of moisture and density may be based upon a known type of material. 6. Do not place fill following a heavy rain without first making certain on isolated test areas that compaction can be obtained without damage to the already compacted fill. 7. Do not place fill on frozen subgrade.

B. Compaction: 1. Select compaction equipment to achieve the required compaction without damaging adjacent structures, utility structures, or driving surfaces. 2. Suggested Equipment Selections: a. If soil is predominantly granular, use pneumatic tired or vibratory drum rollers loaded to not less than 325 pounds in accordance with rated inch of tire width. b. For clay fills, compact each layer with sheepsfoot rollers. Rollers shall have staggered rows of feet projecting not less than 7 inches from drum and shall be loaded to produce at least 200 pounds per square inch of tamping area in contact with the ground. c. Compact around structures and utility structures with hand operated vibrating compactors for granular soils and Barco rammer type compactors for clay soils.

C. Moisture: 1. Compact all fill with the moisture content as specified. 2. If fill material is too wet, provide and operate approved means to assist the drying of the fill until suitable for compaction. 3. If fill material is too dry, provide and operate approved means to add moisture to the fill layers.

31 22 00 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

3.3 GRADING

A. General: 1. Perform all rough and finish grading required to attain the elevations indicated on the Drawings. 2. Perform rough grading to an accuracy of ± 0.10 feet. 3. Perform finish grading to an accuracy of ± 0.05 feet. 4. Comply with all excavating and fill requirements specified herein during grading operations.

B. Grading Around Buildings: Control the grading around buildings so the ground is pitched to prevent water from running into the excavated areas of a building or damaging other Site features.

C. Treatment After Completion of Grading: 1. After grading is completed, permit no further excavation, filling, or grading, except with the approval of Engineer. 2. Use all means necessary to prevent the erosion of freshly graded areas during construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed.

D. Topsoil: All graded areas, outside of buildings and driving surfaces, shall receive 4 inches of topsoil.

3.4 EXCESS WATER CONTROL

A. Regulations and Permits: Comply with soil erosion control permits in accordance with Mich. P.A. 451, Part 91 of 1994, the Natural Resource and Environmental Protection Act, and all pertinent rules, laws, and regulations.

B. Unfavorable Weather: 1. Do not place, spread, or roll any fill material during unfavorable weather conditions. 2. Do not resume operations until moisture content and fill density are satisfactory to Engineer or independent testing laboratory.

C. Pumping and Drainage: 1. Provide, maintain, and use at all times during construction adequate means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from every source entering the excavations or other parts of the Work. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades, and do not disturb or displace adjacent soil. Use wells, portable pumps, temporary underdrains or other methods as is necessary. 3. Perform Pumping and Drainage: a. In such a manner to cause no damage to property or structures and without interference to the rights of the public, owners of private property, pedestrians, vehicular traffic, or the work of other contractors. b. In accordance with all pertinent laws, rules, ordinances and regulations. 4. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities. 5. Provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collected in depressions.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. General: 1. Remove and properly dispose of all excavated material not needed to complete filling and grading. 2. Dispose of excess excavated material at a location off the Site. 3. Disposal of all materials shall not violate laws, rules, regulations and the like regarding the filling of flood plains, wetlands and other environmentally sensitive areas. 4. Provide adequate controls to maintain disposal sites in a neat and safe conditions by periodic leveling of material and such other practices as are necessary. 5. Provide all soil erosion control measures necessary to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation of wetlands, rivers, ditches, or similar low lying areas.

31 22 00 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Grading Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 22 00 Project Number 191453

3.6 CLEANUP

A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all excess excavated material, trash, and debris resulting from construction operations. Remove equipment and tools. Leave the Site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to Engineer.

END OF SECTION 31 22 00

31 22 00 – 7 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_22_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 23 03 – EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of the major items listed below: 1. Excavation and trenching in earth and in rock. 2. Disposal of items from clearing and unsuitable or excess excavated materials. 3. Complete drainage of excavations. 4. Temporary or permanent sheeting, bracing and shoring of excavations. 5. Installation of normal and special foundations, bedding and backfill materials.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standard Specifications: a. D1556 - Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method. b. D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. c. D2321 – Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. d. D2922 - Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods. 2. State DOT Current Standards: a. Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: 1. Bedding: The material placed around a utility between 4 inches below to 12 inches above the utility the full width of the trench. 2. Driving Surface: A pavement, curb, or sidewalk. 3. Excavation: Removing the following materials from their present location: a. Native below-grade material such as soil, rocks, boulders less than 1/2 cubic yard in volume, and buried trees. b. Man-made items such as, but not necessarily limited to: 1) Bituminous and concrete paving. 2) Curbs. 3) Riprap. 4) Head walls. 5) Underground utilities. 6) Manholes and catch basins. 7) Foundations. 8) Sidewalks. 4. Extra Earth Excavation: Excavation of native material from below the normal trench bottom. 5. Foundation Material: The material placed in a trench undercut to replace extra earth excavation. 6. Hardpan: a. Cemented soil layers. b. Is not hard clay layers that are not cemented. 7. Imported Material: Soil material which is purchased by Contractor and hauled onto the Site. 8. Native Material: Soil and other natural earth materials, except rock, which are existing on the Site prior to the start of Work.

31 23 03 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

9. Normal Trench Bottom: The surface of the undisturbed native material at an elevation 4 inches below the bottom of the utility. 10. Pavement: Any combination of subbase, base course and concrete, bituminous or aggregate surface course, including shoulders, placed on a subgrade. Includes roadways, parking areas, driveways, and bituminous seal coat. 11. Rock Excavation: a. Excavation of igneous, metamorphic or sedimentary rock or hardpan which cannot be excavated without continuous drilling and blasting or continuous use of a ripper or other special equipment. b. Excavation of boulders of 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume. 12. Special Foundations: a. Specially constructed systems for support of underground utilities such as timber piling, concrete foundations and surcharge techniques. b. Extra earth excavation and placing imported or native materials are not special foundations. 13. Structure: A building, retaining wall, tank, footing, slab, or other similar construction. 14. Suitable Material: a. Native material excavated from the trench and approved as backfill by Engineer or independent testing laboratory. b. Not used under or within 1 on 1 slope of driving surfaces or structures. c. Placed between the top of the bedding or trench backfill as indicated on the Drawings and the bottom of the surface restoration. 15. Trench Backfill: a. The material placed between the top of bedding and the bottom of suitable material, the surface restoration or driving surface, as indicated on the Drawings. b. Used under and within 1 on 1 slope of driving surfaces or structures. 16. Utility Structure: Manhole, catch basin, valve chamber, junction chamber, water main valve, or other similar utility appurtenance. 17. Other Definitions: Other earthwork terms not defined herein or in the Contract Documents shall be as defined in state DOT Standard Specifications for Construction.

1.5 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Trench Bottom Suitability: 1. Be responsible for the suitability of the normal trench bottom in supporting the utility, bedding and backfill. 2. Notify Engineer and await Engineer's decision if a possible unsuitable condition exists. 3. Poor dewatering techniques or lack of excess water control shall not be a reason for additional payment for remedial measures.

B. Trench Wall Stability: 1. Be responsible for the trench configuration, including sheeting, shoring and bracing necessary to support trench side walls from collapsing. 2. Be responsible for the structural design and stability of a pipe-laying box if utilized on the Project to prevent trench walls from collapsing.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing: Testing will be performed in accordance with Division 01 Section "Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Roadways, and Site Projects." and the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan.

B. Compaction: 1. Determine density by the modified Proctor method, ASTM D1557. 2. Compact granular trench backfill and bedding to at least 95% maximum density. 3. Compact suitable backfill material to at least 90% maximum density. 4. The first 12 inches of native material at the bottom of utility trenches: a. Test for density. b. Compact to at least 95% maximum density (modified proctor) if the existing density is below 95% maximum density (MP). c. Compact clay soil to at least 98% maximum density in accordance with standard proctor ASTM D698, if below 98% maximum density (SP).

31 23 03 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: For imported materials: 1. Source. 2. State DOT classification. 3. Sieve Analysis.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Dust Control: 1. Use all legal means necessary to control dust on and near the Work and on and near off-site borrow areas if such dust is caused by Contractor's operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from the condition of the Site when earthwork operations are suspended. 2. Moisten or otherwise treat haul roads, delivery roads, temporary site access roads and other surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the Site. 3. Scrape, broom, or vacuum adjacent streets to remove tracked dirt every Friday afternoon, or more as necessary if directed by Engineer. Utilize vacuum if dust from brooming is excessive in opinion of Engineer.

B. Existing Structures, Utility Structures, and Utilities: 1. Call MISS DIG to locate existing underground utilities prior to starting excavation. 2. Where utilities, utility structures or structures are encountered which are in active use: a. Provide adequate protection for them. b. Be responsible for damage to them. 3. Provide stand-by utility service if temporary removal is necessary for a period exceeding 2 hours. 4. Where utility service connections to occupied buildings must be temporarily disconnected, give 48 hours notice to the affected occupants of the time and duration of the anticipated shutoff. 5. Notify Fire Department 48 hours in advance if water main or fire supply line shutoff is required. 6. Raise, lower, or move underground utilities, utility structures or structures which interfere with the utility or utility structure being constructed as part of this Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Approval Required: Material shall be subject to the approval of Engineer or independent testing laboratory. 2. Notification: For approval of imported material, notify Engineer or independent testing laboratory at least 1 week in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed borrow area, and permit Engineer or independent testing laboratory to sample as necessary from the borrow area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the material.

B. Material Sources and Uses: 1. Imported Material: a. Foundation material. b. Bedding. c. Pea stone. d. Trench backfill. 2. Native material unless quantity is not sufficient; then shall be imported material: Suitable material.

C. Foundation Material for Crushed Stone: 1-1/2-inch maximum size.

D. Bedding: 1. For Pipes Less Than 36 Inches: MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II modified to 100% passing a 1/2-inch sieve. 2. For Pipes 36 Inches and Larger: a. Pea stone bedding to spring line. b. Geotextile filter fabric over pea stone.

31 23 03 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

c. MDOT Granular Material Class II to 1-foot above pipe. 3. For Utility Structures: a. Sand gravel fill of such gradation that 100% will pass a 1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10% by weight is lost by washing, or b. MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II modified to 100% passing a 1/2-inch sieve.

E. Pea Stone: Clean stone with 100% passing a 3/8-inch sieve and 100% being retained on a No. 8 sieve.

F. Trench Backfill: MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II.

G. Suitable Material: 1. Native Material Which is Used as Backfill: a. Exclusive of gray or blue clay, peat, organic matter, or frozen lumps. b. Containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension. c. Having a moisture content such that material is capable of being compacted to 90% maximum density. 2. MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II if native material is not adequate in opinion of Engineer.

2.2 OTHER MATERIALS

A. Other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by Contractor subject to the approval of Engineer or independent testing laboratory.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Excavating, Backfilling and Compacting: 1. For Structures: In accordance with Division 31 Section “Excavation and Fill for Structures.” 2. For Utility Structures: In accordance with this Section.

B. Obstructions: 1. Remove and dispose of buried trees, rocks, boulders, driving surfaces, pipes and the like, as required for the performance of the Work. 2. Exercise care in excavating around catch basins, inlets and manholes. 3. Avoid removing or loosening castings. 4. Repair and replace damaged or displaced castings; remove dirt entering utility structures during the performance of the Work at no additional cost to Owner.

C. Cutting Paved Surfaces and Similar Improvements: 1. Cut pavement prior to excavating. 2. Cuts shall be a minimum of 1-foot wider than trench on each side. When the remaining width of paved surface is less than 4 feet, remove the entire paved surface. 3. Before removing pavement, mark the pavement neatly, paralleling pipe lines and existing street lines. Space the marks the width of the trench. 4. Concrete: a. Pavements: Saw cut if over 3 feet from expansion or construction joint, otherwise remove to joint. b. Sidewalks: Remove to joints. c. Curb and Gutter: Remove to joints. 5. Final Surface Course Bituminous: Saw cut joints unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 6. Do not disturb or damage the adjacent pavement. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, remove and replace the damaged pavement. 7. Contractor may tunnel under curbs that are encountered. Replace curb disturbed by construction. 8. Dispose of materials removed.

31 23 03 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

D. Utilities to be Abandoned: 1. When pipes, conduits, sewers or utility structures are removed from the trench leaving dead ends in the ground, fully plug such ends with brick and mortar. 2. Entirely remove abandoned utility structures unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 3. Remove from the excavation materials which can be readily salvaged and store on the Site. 4. Salvageable materials will remain the property of Owner unless otherwise indicated by Owner.

E. Extra Earth Excavation: 1. If soft material, which in the opinion of Engineer or independent testing laboratory is not suitable, is encountered below the normal trench bottom or below a utility structure Engineer may order the removal of this soft material and its replacement with specified material in order to make a suitable foundation for the construction of the utility or utility structure. 2. Extra earth excavation made at the order of Engineer will be paid for on the basis of the actual quantity of material excavated. Do not proceed further until instructions are received and necessary measurements made for purposes of establishing additional volume of excavation. 3. No extra payment will be made if removal is required as a result of poor dewatering techniques. 4. Special foundations shall be determined on an individual basis by Engineer in cooperation with Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

3.2 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING

A. General: 1. By open cut from surface unless designated otherwise. 2. Slope sides of trench adequately for protection of the Work and safety of workers.

B. Maximum Length of Open Trench: 200 feet.

C. Width: 1. Minimum Clearance on Each Side of Utility: a. To 16 Inches Diameter: 8 inches. b. Greater Than 16 Inches Diameter: Pipe outside diameter times 1.25 plus 12 inches. 2. Maximum Width of Trench at Top of Bedding: a. Up Through 30-Inch Diameter Utility: 16 inches plus utility diameter. b. Greater Than 30-Inch Diameter Utility: 24 inches plus utility diameter. 3. Maximum Width of Trench at Ground Surface: a. Not outside of the property line or easement. b. As required for protection of the Work and safety of workers. c. Use sheeting, bracing and shoring if required. 4. Provide sufficient space in the trench to permit the joint to be properly made.

D. Depth: 1. Excavate to provide the elevations, grades, and depths of cover indicated on the Drawings and herein specified. 2. The 4 inches of required bedding material below the utility may be omitted if: a. Approved by Engineer. b. Contractor arranges and pays for testing of the native material. c. The native material complies with MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II material, modified so that 100% passes a 1/2-inch sieve. d. The material is compacted as specified herein. 3. Excavate to the normal trench bottom elevation with an accuracy of ± 0.10 feet.

E. Rock Excavation: 1. Where rock excavation is encountered within the excavation, expose the surface of the rock sufficient to permit adequate measurements to be taken before the rock excavation is started. 2. Notify Engineer prior to removal if rock is encountered. 3. No utility shall be within 6 inches of rock. 4. Blasting: a. Only with permission of Engineer and in accordance with laws and regulations applying thereto. b. Secure permit if required. c. Notify utility and public agencies. d. Explosives shall be used with extreme care by experienced workers only.

31 23 03 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

e. Hours shall be fixed by Engineer. f. Contractor solely responsible for safety, damage and control of blasting operations.

F. Bedding: 1. Place the bedding material up to 1/8 the height of the utility. Compact as herein specified. 2. Accurately shape the bedding material to fit the pipe shape. Recess the bedding to relieve the pressure on the bell or other projecting utility joint. 3. After laying out the utility, tamp additional bedding in place up to the midpoint of the utility. Use hand- operated compactors to achieve the required compaction. 4. Place additional bedding up to 12 inches above the top of the utility. Use hand operated compactors to achieve required compaction. 5. Place bedding in maximum lifts of 10 inches. 6. No payment shall be made for aggregate or stone bedding when used for Contractor convenience.

G. Trench Backfill: 1. Use backfill material as each Drawing detail indicates and as the material is defined herein. 2. Place backfill in 12-inch lifts and compact as herein specified. Engineer will consider greater lifts if testing indicates that the required compaction is being achieved.

H. Utility Structures: 1. Place and compact specified bedding below utility structures. 2. Backfill around utility structures shall be of the same type backfill as that required for the trench in accordance with these Contract Documents. 3. Place backfill in 12-inch lifts and compact as herein specified.

3.3 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. General: Contractor responsibility and expense.

B. Disposal Sites: 1. Material desired by Owner shall be disposed of by Contractor in the following priority order: a. At locations designated by the Contract Documents. b. At locations on or within 2 miles of the Project Site designated by Owner after construction starts. c. At locations on the Project Site by written arrangement with individual property owners. d. Owner may choose not to accept certain materials, including but not necessarily limited to, items from clearing, muck, peat, marl and whole or broken man-made items removed by construction. 2. Material not desired by Owner shall be disposed of in a location determined by Contractor. 3. Disposal of materials shall not violate laws, rules, regulations and the like regarding the filling of flood plains, wetlands and other environmentally sensitive areas. 4. Provide adequate controls to maintain disposal sites in a neat and safe condition by periodic leveling of material, and such other practices as are necessary. 5. Provide soil erosion control measures necessary to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation of wetlands, rivers, ditches, or similar low lying areas.

3.4 EXCESS WATER CONTROL

A. Regulations and Permits: Comply with soil erosion control permit in accordance with Mich. P.A. 451, Part 91 of 1994, the Natural Resource and Environmental Protection Act, and all pertinent rules, laws, and regulations.

B. Unfavorable Weather: 1. Do not place, spread or roll fill material during unfavorable weather conditions. 2. Do not resume operations until moisture content and fill density are satisfactory to Engineer or independent testing laboratory.

C. Pumping and Drainage: 1. Provide, maintain and use at all times during construction adequate means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of water from every source entering the excavations or other parts of the Work. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades, and do not disturb or displace adjacent soil. Use wells, portable pumps, temporary underdrains, or other methods as necessary.

31 23 03 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 03 Project Number 191453

3. Perform Pumping and Drainage: a. In such a manner to cause no damage to property or structures and without interference to the rights of the public, owners of private property, pedestrians, vehicular traffic, or the work of other contractors. b. In accordance with pertinent laws, rules, ordinances, and regulations. 4. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities.

D. General: 1. Keep excavations dry during construction. 2. Remove water by use of wells, well points, portable pumps, bailing, drains, underdrains or other acceptable methods. 3. Provide crushed stone or gravel as required to aid dewatering operations. 4. Divert or temporarily reroute existing sewers and drainage of discharge lines to adequate and acceptable outlets during construction. Contractor responsible to ascertain availability of outlets. 5. Divert surface water from entering excavations by construction and maintenance of channels or berms. 6. Sediment traps and other soil erosion control measures shall prevent soil particles from entering any sewer, watercourse or similar conveyance. 7. Protect utilities, utility structures, and structures, existing and new, from hydrostatic uplift.

3.5 SHEETING, SHORING AND BRACING EXCAVATIONS

A. General: 1. Furnish, put in place and maintain sheeting, bracing and shoring as may be required to properly support the sides of excavations and to prevent movement of earth which could in any way injure the Work or adjacent property. 2. Exercise care in the removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing and timbering to prevent collapse or caving of the excavation faces being supported and damage to the Work and adjacent property. 3. A pipe-laying box may be used in lieu of sheeting.

B. Sheeting: 1. Do not install by jetting. 2. Remove as backfilling proceeds, unless ordered left in place by Engineer. Use care to fill and compact voids created by removal, especially below mid-height of utility. 3. Sheeting Left in Place: a. Requires written approval of Engineer. b. Cut off minimum of 2 feet below finished grade.

3.6 CLEANUP

A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all excess excavated material, trash, and debris resulting from construction operations. Remove equipment and tools. Leave the Site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to Engineer.

END OF SECTION 31 23 03

31 23 03 – 7 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_03.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Structures Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 06 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 23 06 – EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of the major items listed below: 1. Excavation. 2. Backfilling. 3. Sheeting. 4. Bracing. 5. Shoring. 6. Disposal of excavated materials. 7. Excess water control.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standards: a. D698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. b. D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. 2. MDOT: a. 2003 Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: 1. Driving Surface: A pavement, curb, or sidewalk. 2. Excavation: Removing the following materials from their present location: a. Native below-grade material such as soil, rocks, boulders less than 1/2 cubic yard in volume, and buried trees. b. Man-made items such as, but not necessarily limited to: 1) Bituminous and concrete paving. 2) Curbs. 3) Riprap. 4) Head walls. 5) Underground utilities. 6) Manholes and catch basins. 7) Foundations. 8) Sidewalks. 3. Fill: Imported material which is placed in structure undercut. 4. Hardpan: a. Cemented soil layers. b. Is not hard clay layers that are not cemented. 5. Imported Material: Soil material which is purchased by Contractor and hauled onto the Site. 6. Native Material: Soil and other natural earth materials, except rock, which are existing on the Site prior to the start of Work. 7. Pavement: Any combination of subbase, base course and concrete, bituminous or aggregate surface course, including shoulders, placed on a subgrade. Includes roadways, parking areas, driveways, and bituminous seal coat.

31 23 06 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_06.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Structures Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 06 Project Number 191453

8. Rock Excavation: a. Excavation of igneous, metamorphic or sedimentary rock or hardpan which cannot be excavated without continuous drilling or blasting or continuous use of a ripper or other special equipment. b. Excavation of boulders of 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume. 9. Structure: A building, retaining wall, tank, footing, slab, or other similar construction. 10. Structure Backfill: Soil or other material which is placed against walls or sides of structures. 11. Subbase: The layer of material placed on the subgrade as part of the pavement structure. 12. Subgrade: a. Below structures and below fill on the Site: The top elevation of the undisturbed native material after all top soil is stripped off and excavation is completed. b. Below driving surfaces: The bottom elevation of the subbase. 13. Undercut: Excavation of native material from below the bottom of footings, floors, structures and subbases. 14. Utility Structures: Manhole, catch basin, valve chamber, junction chamber, water main valve, or other similar utility appurtenance. 15. Other Definitions: Other earthwork terms not defined in the Contract Documents shall be as defined in MDOT Standard Specifications for Construction.

1.5 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Excavation Side Stability: Be responsible for the structural design of all sheet piling, underpinning, shoring and bracing to prevent sides of excavation from collapsing and causing damage to adjacent structures, pavements, and materials.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing will be performed in accordance with Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests.”

B. Compaction: 1. Predominately Granular Soils: a. Density shall be determined by using the modified Proctor method, ASTM D1557. b. Compact fill and backfill to at least 95% maximum density. c. The first 12-inches of subgrade below all structures, fill and backfill on the Site: 1) Shall be tested for density. 2) Compact to at least 95% maximum density if the existing density is below 95%. 2. Predominately Cohesive Soils: a. Density shall be determined by using the standard Proctor method, ASTM D698. b. Compact fill and backfill to at least 98% maximum density. c. The first 12-inches of subgrade below all structures, fill, and backfill on the Site: 1) Shall be tested for density. 2) Compact to at least 98% maximum density if the existing density is below 98%.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: For imported materials: 1. Source. 2. MDOT classification. 3. Gradation.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Dust Control: 1. Use all legal means necessary to control dust on and near the Work and on and near all off-site borrow areas if such dust is caused by Contractor's operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from the condition of the Site when earthwork operations are suspended. 2. Moisten or otherwise treat haul roads, delivery roads, temporary site access roads and other surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the Site.

31 23 06 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_06.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Structures Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 06 Project Number 191453

3. Scrape, broom, or vacuum adjacent streets to remove tracked dirt every Friday afternoon, or more often as necessary if directed by Engineer. 4. Utilize vacuum if dust from brooming is excessive in opinion of Engineer.

B. Existing Structures, Utility Structures, and Utilities: 1. Call local utilities clearance service to locate all existing underground utilities prior to starting excavation. 2. Where utilities, utility structures, or structures are encountered which are in active use: a. Provide adequate protection for them. b. Be responsible for damages to them. 3. Provide stand-by utility service if temporary removal is necessary for a period exceeding 2 hours. 4. Where utility service connections to occupied buildings must be temporarily disconnected, give 48 hours notice to the affected occupants of the time and duration of the anticipated shutoff. 5. Notify Fire Department 48 hours in advance if water main or fire supply line shutoff is required. 6. Raise, lower, or move underground utilities, utility structures, or structures which interfere with the structure being constructed as part of this Work.

C. Special Backfilling Requirements: 1. Comply with the regulations of the city road engineering departments with regard to filling, backfilling and compaction in their respective rights-of-way. 2. Obtain all necessary permits for filling off Site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. All material shall be subject to the approval of independent testing laboratory. 2. For approval of imported material, notify independent testing laboratory at least 1 week in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed borrow area, and permit independent testing laboratory to sample as necessary from the borrow area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the material.

B. Material Sources and Uses: 1. Imported Material: a. Structure backfill below driving surfaces. b. Structure backfill not below driving surfaces. 2. Native material unless quantity is not sufficient; then shall be imported material: a. Structure backfill below driving surfaces. b. Structure backfill not below driving surfaces.

C. Granular Layer Below Floor Slabs: 1. Choose Either of the Following: a. Sand-gravel fill of such gradation that 100% will pass a 1/2-inch sieve and not more than 10% by weight is lost by washing. b. MDOT 902, Granular Material Class II modified to 100% passing a 1/2-inch sieve.

D. Structure Backfill Below Driving Surfaces: MDOT 902, Granular Material Class II.

E. Structure Backfill Not Below Driving Surfaces: 1. Native material. 2. Exclusive of gray or blue clay, peat, organic matter, or frozen lumps. 3. Containing no rocks or lumps over 3 inches in greatest dimension. 4. Obtain approval for using native material as backfill from independent testing laboratory.

2.2 OTHER MATERIALS

A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by Contractor subject to the approval of independent testing laboratory.

31 23 06 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_06.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Structures Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 06 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXCAVATION

A. Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting: 1. For Structures: In accordance with this Section. 2. For Utility Structures: In accordance with Division 31 Section “Excavation and Fill for Utilities.”

B. Bracing and Sheeting: 1. Do not install by jetting. 2. Furnish, put in place, and maintain all sheeting, bracing, and shoring as may be required to properly support the sides of all excavations and to prevent all movement of earth which could in any way injure the Work or adjacent property. 3. Exercise care in the removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing, and timbering to prevent collapse or caving of the excavation faces being supported and damage to the Work and adjacent property. 4. Do not leave any sheeting or bracing in the excavation after completion of the Work, unless approved by Engineer.

C. Obstructions: Remove and dispose of buried trees, rocks, boulders, driving surfaces, pipes, and the like, as required for the performance of the Work.

D. Cutting Paved Surfaces and Similar Improvements: 1. All cuts shall be a minimum of 1-foot wider than excavation on each side. When the remaining width of paved surface is less than 4 feet, remove the entire paved surface. 2. Before removing pavement, mark the pavement neatly. 3. Concrete: a. Pavements: Saw cut if over 3 feet from expansion or construction joint, otherwise remove to joint. b. Sidewalks: Remove to joints. c. Curb and Gutter: Remove to joints. 4. Final Surface Course Bituminous: Saw cut joints unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 5. Do not disturb or damage the adjacent pavement. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, remove and replace the damaged pavement. 6. Contractor may tunnel under curbs that are encountered. Replace curb disturbed by construction. 7. Dispose of materials removed.

E. Excavating: 1. All excavation shall be by open cut from the surface except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. All excavations for structures shall be made in such manner and to such depth and width as will give ample room for building the structures and for bracing, sheeting, and supporting the sides of the excavation, for pumping and draining groundwater and wastewater which may be encountered, and for the removal of all materials excavated. 3. Excavate to the required cross section and elevation indicated in the Drawings. Subgrade shall not vary more than 0.1 feet above or below the established elevations. 4. All depressions caused by excess excavation, traffic or rolling shall be filled with MDOT 902 Granular Material Class II or approved fill and rerolled and compacted in place as specified herein. 5. If required because of excess water conditions, place stone stabilization course prior to proceeding with construction. Place filter fabric over stone stabilization course.

F. Frost Protection: Protect bottoms of excavations from frost.

3.2 STRUCTURE BACKFILL

A. General: 1. Remove debris from excavations before backfilling. 2. Do not backfill against foundation walls until: a. Approved by Engineer. b. All indicated perimeter insulation is in place. 3. Protect insulation during filling operations. 4. Wherever possible, backfilling shall be simultaneous on both sides of walls to equalize lateral pressures.

31 23 06 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_06.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Excavation and Fill for Structures Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 06 Project Number 191453

5. Do not backfill on only 1 side of vertically spanning walls unless walls are adequately shored or permanent construction is in place to furnish lateral support on both top and bottom of wall. 6. Place all backfill in layers not exceeding 9 inches in depth. 7. Do not place backfill on frozen subgrade.

3.3 EXCESS WATER CONTROL

A. Regulations and Permits: Comply with soil erosion control permit in accordance with Mich. P.A. 451, Part 91 of 1994, the Natural Resource and Environmental Protection Act, and all pertinent rules, laws, and regulations.

B. Unfavorable Weather: 1. Do not place, spread, or roll any fill material during unfavorable weather conditions. 2. Do not resume operations until moisture content and fill density are satisfactory to independent testing laboratory.

C. Pumping and Drainage: 1. Provide, maintain, and use at all times during construction adequate means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from every source entering the excavations or other parts of the Work. 2. Dewater by means which will ensure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades, and do not disturb or displace adjacent soil. Use wells, portable pumps, temporary underdrains or other methods as is necessary. 3. Perform Pumping and Drainage: a. In such a manner to cause no damage to property or structures and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property, pedestrians, vehicular traffic, or the work of other contractors. b. In accordance with all pertinent laws, rules, ordinances and regulations. 4. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities. 5. Provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collected in depressions.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL

A. General: 1. Remove and properly dispose of all excavated material not needed to complete backfilling. 2. Dispose of excess excavated material at a location off the Site. 3. Disposal of all materials shall not violate laws, rules, regulations and the like regarding the filling of flood plains, wetlands and other environmentally sensitive areas. 4. See Section 1.8 of this Specification for disposal requirements for material excavated from General Motors’ property. 5. Provide adequate controls to maintain disposal sites in a neat and safe condition by periodic leveling of material and such other practices as are necessary. 6. Provide all soil erosion control measures necessary to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation of wetlands, rivers, ditches, or similar low lying areas.

3.5 CLEANUP

A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all excess excavated material, trash, and debris resulting from construction operations. Remove equipment and tools. Leave the Site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to Engineer.

END OF SECTION 31 23 06

31 23 06 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_06.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Dewatering Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 19 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 23 19 – DEWATERING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Sections includes the design, furnishing and installation of a dewatering system. 1. Determination by Contractor: a. Determine the need for a dewatering system. The water table does fluctuate seasonally and dewatering will be required at certain times of the year. b. Contractor may choose between a well dewatering system by a qualified dewatering Subcontractor and an open excavation pump and bail system by either a qualified dewatering Subcontractor or Contractor's own labor forces.

1.3 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Design: 1. The design of the dewatering system used shall be the responsibility of Contractor. 2. The dewatering system selected shall result in a dry excavation that is not in a quick condition. 3. Design dewatering system so that no silts, clays or other fine grained materials are removed from the natural geological formation. 4. Wells shall be 12-inch diameter, minimum. 5. Provide wells to 10 feet below the bottom of the excavation minimum, unless an impervious material is encountered. 6. Monitor the dewatering system at frequent intervals, including nights and weekends, as necessary, so that an equipment failure will not cause significant delay. Ensure that standby equipment is available in case of equipment or power failure. 7. Maintain lowered water table continuously (day and night) until the structure to be built or the installation of utilities is completed to such an extent that no damage from hydrostatic pressure, flotation or other causes will result.

B. Protection of Adjacent Property: 1. Design, construct, and operate system so that no damage occurs to adjacent property, structures, and wells. 2. Monitor adjacent property, structures, and wells to ensure no damage occurs. 3. Correct damages to adjacent property, structures and wells due to installation or operation of dewatering systems.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Delegated Design Submittals: Include the following for Dewatering plan: 1. System description. 2. Number, size, and length of wells. 3. Estimated pumping rate. 4. Pumping equipment. 5. Discharge location. 6. Sedimentation control procedures.

31 23 19 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_19.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Dewatering Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 19 Project Number 191453

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with the Dewatering Well Act, Soil Erosion Control Act, and other state and local laws that affect dewatering work. 2. Obtain all permits necessary to perform dewatering operation, including, but not necessarily limited to: a. Soil erosion control permit, or modifications to existing permit. b. All new discharge permits and modifications to existing discharge permits.

B. Settlement and Groundwater Monitoring: In accordance with Division 01 Section “Monitoring of Existing Conditions.”

1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate Dewatering Work with Scheduling of Other Trades: 1. To ensure adequate protection of personnel and materials. 2. In a manner that will not unduly delay the Project.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 QUALIFIED DEWATERING SUBCONTACTORS

A. Kelley Contract Dewatering Company, Grand Rapids, Michigan; Griffin Dewatering Corporation, Hammond, Indiana; Contract Dewatering Services, Inc., Saranac, Michigan; DeWind Dewatering Service, Inc., Holland, Michigan; or equal.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Utilize all materials as necessary to perform the dewatering work including wells, pumps, screens, gravel packs, observation wells, piping, power source and standby gas or diesel equipment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION

A. Disposal of Water: 1. Establish means and methods for disposal of all water pumped from the dewatering system which conform to all applicable laws, rules and codes. 2. Construct and maintain a sedimentation basin or other structures and measures to comply with discharge permit. 3. Monitor discharge to ensure compliance with permits, and to ensure that no damage to receiving ditch, stream, or sewer is occurring. 4. Discontinue discharge if damage to receiving ditch, stream, or sewer is occurring, and repair damage.

3.2 CLEANING

A. Prior to completion of the work of this Section, clean all affected areas.

END OF SECTION 31 23 19

31 23 19 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_19.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Flowable Fill Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 24 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 23 24 – FLOWABLE FILL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of flowable fill.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standards, Specifications, Methods, Test Methods and Classifications: a. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. b. C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. c. C94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. d. C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. e. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. f. C260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. g. C618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 2. ACI - American Concrete Institute: a. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. b. 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. c. 304.2R - Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods. d. 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. e. 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. 3. MDOT: a. 2012 Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Formwork: The design and construction of all formwork shall be the responsibility of Contractor.

B. Mix Proportions: Select flowable fill proportions according to the procedures specified herein to achieve the specified performance requirements.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Design Data: 1. Submit flowable fill mix design. 2. Required Information: a. Dry weights of cement. b. Saturated surface-dried weights of fine aggregate. c. Quantities, type and name of all mix design contents. d. Weight of water.

B. Test Reports: 1. Submit reports of trial mix and field compression, air content and slump tests. 2. Furnish copies to Engineer and Contractor.

31 23 24 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_24.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Flowable Fill Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 24 Project Number 191453

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the installation of the materials. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed mix designs.

B. Flowable Fill Supplier Qualifications: 1. Ready-mix concrete producer. 2. Experienced in design and control of flowable fill.

C. Testing of Flowable Fill: In accordance with concrete testing provisions of Division 01 Section “Special Inspections and Tests,” except as follows: 1. Air entrainment, unit weight and slump only need to be determined for each set of cylinder samples, not more often. 2. Cylinders shall be air cured at room temperature in the cylinder molds.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I. 2. Do not use different types or manufacturers of cement interchangeably without Engineer's approval.

B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Type C or F.

C. Aggregates: 1. Grade aggregates according to procedures of ASTM C136. 2. Fine Aggregate: MDOT 902 Fine Aggregate 2NS.

D. Water: Clean, fresh, and potable.

E. Admixtures: 1. Chlorides: a. No admixture shall contain more than 0.1% water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. b. No admixture shall contain calcium chloride. 2. Air-Entraining: Daravair series or Darex series, by W.R. Grace & Company; Micro Air, by Master Builders; or equal. 3. Stable Air Generator: Darafill, by W.R. Grace & Company; Flow-Air, by Axim Concrete Technologies; or equal.

2.2 MIXES

A. Methods of Proportioning Mixes: 1. Past performance: Only if required test data is available and submitted.

B. Proportioning by Past Performance: 1. Select proportions of materials for flowable fill in accordance with ACI 211.1, in order to produce flowable fill that: a. Is within the specified compressive strength range. b. Has good placability and low segregation. c. Is self-leveling, self-compacting and self-curing. 2. The target compressive strength of the flowable fill shall be an average of the maximum and minimum values of specified compressive strength.

31 23 24 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_24.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Flowable Fill Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 24 Project Number 191453

3. Documentation: a. Where the flowable fill production facility has 10 or more field strength tests for flowable fill produced with similar materials and under similar conditions, these tests may be used to demonstrate that the proposed proportions will produce flowable fill within the specified compressive strength range. b. Where the flowable fill production facility does not have test records specified herein, flowable fill proportions shall be established based on trial mixtures in accordance with Article 2.2 C. 4. Provide mix design, test records and other documentation to Engineer at least 14 days prior to placement. 5. Should trial mixes be required, place no flowable fill until results from the 28-day tests have been reviewed and approved by Engineer.

C. Mix Design Performance Requirements: 1. Mix 1: a. Flowable fill which may be hand excavated in the future. b. Compressive Strength Range f’c: 40 to 75 psi at 28 days. c. Slump: 8 to 10 inches, minimum. d. Air Content: 15% to 35% utilizing stable air generator.

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Production and Delivery: 1. Batch, mix and transport flowable fill in accordance with ASTM C94. 2. Furnish a delivery ticket with each batch of flowable fill before unloading at the Site, on which is printed, stamped or written the following information: a. Name of ready-mix batch plant. b. Serial number of ticket. c. Date and truck number. d. Name of Contractor. e. Job name and location. f. Specific class or designation of flowable fill. g. Amount of flowable fill (cubic yards). h. Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates. i. Type, name and amount of admixture. j. Type, brand and amount of cement and fly ash. k. Total water content by producer (or water-cementitious ratio). l. Maximum size of aggregate. m. Weight of fine aggregate. 3. Flowable fill delivered in an outdoor temperature lower than 40 degrees F shall arrive at the Site of the Work having a temperature of not less than 50 degrees F and not greater than 90 degrees F unless otherwise specified or permitted by Engineer's representative. 4. Complete the discharge of the flowable fill within 2-1/2 hours after introduction of mixing water to the cement or 2 hours after arriving at the Site, whichever is sooner.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Preplacement Inspection: 1. Before placing flowable fill, inspect and complete the formwork installation. 2. Notify other trades to permit the installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work, as required.

B. Components: 1. Seal pipes, manholes and similar components not intended to be filled. 2. Restrain from floatation.

31 23 24 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_24.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Flowable Fill Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 23 24 Project Number 191453

3.2 PLACEMENT

A. General: 1. Ensure flowable fill fills all cavities required to be filled. 2. Avoid dislocation of components. 3. Place in lifts if required to prevent floatation or to limit fluid pressures on formwork, walls, flexible wall pipe, or similar conditions. 4. Wait 24 hours, minimum, between the start of subsequent placement lifts.

B. Handling: 1. Handle flowable fill from mixer to place of final deposit in chutes, carts, buggies, conveyors, pumps or crane buckets. 2. Do not deliver flowable fill by a method with a free fall of more than 3 feet. 3. Take every possible precaution to prevent separation or loss of ingredients while transporting flowable fill.

C. Rate: Carry on placement at such a rate that flowable fill surfaces not yet to grade or lift shall not have reached their initial set before additional flowable fill is placed.

D. Retempering: Do not add water to the flowable fill once it has left the ready-mix plant.

E. Cold-Weather Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Heating materials. b. Providing insulating blankets and windbreaks. c. Use heated enclosures. 3. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 4. Do not place on frozen subgrade.

F. Hot-Weather Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 305R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Cooling materials. b. Placement during cooler hours of the day. c. Providing shading and windbreaks.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Cold Weather: 1. Keep all freshly placed flowable fill from damage due to low temperatures when the mean daily temperature is below 40 degrees F (4.5 degrees C) in accordance with ACI 306R. 2. Protect flowable fill from freezing until hardened, 36 hours minimum.

B. Loading: Protect flowable fill from construction, traffic or other loads until sufficient strength has been reached.

END OF SECTION 31 23 24

31 23 24 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_23_24.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 25 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing, installation and maintenance of soil erosion and sedimentation control measures.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. Soil erosion and sedimentation control rules and guidelines of: a. Michigan Department of Environment, Great Lakes, and Energy (EGLE). b. Lansing Board of Water and Light. 2. MDOT Current Standards: a. 2012 Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans. c. 2000 Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Manual.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Mulch blankets. 2. Geotextile fabric. 3. Seed mixtures. 4. Fertilizer. 5. Sediment Log.

B. Informational Submittals: Name and certification of registered storm water operator.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Stop Work Order: 1. Owner reserves the right to issue a Stop Work Order if soil erosion and sedimentation controls are not properly installed or maintained. 2. Work performed under a Stop Work Order will not be considered for payment. 3. Costs resulting from delay due to issuance of a Stop Work Order shall be the responsibility of Contractor.

1.6 ADDITIONAL DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in original, unbroken, brand marked containers or wrapping as applicable.

B. Handle and store materials in a manner which will prevent deterioration, damage, contamination with foreign matter, damage by weather or elements, and in accordance with Manufacturer's directions.

C. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no additional cost to Owner.

31 25 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_25_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 25 00 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MATERIALS

A. Mulch Blanket: 1. Biodegradable: a. Straw: North American Green S-75; or equal. b. Coconut: North American Green C-125; or equal. c. Straw and Coconut: North American Green SC-150; or equal. 2. Non-Degradable: : North American Green P-300; or equal. 3. Anchoring Staples or Pins: a. Hardwood stakes at least 6 inches long; or b. North American Green Bio-Stake blanket pins at least 6 inches long; or c. Steel wire staples at least 6 inches long.

B. Geotextile Fabric: Non-woven. 1. In accordance with MDOT qualified products list.

C. Silt Guard: 1. Above Ground Filters: a. The Silt Saver by Silt Saver, Inc.; or equal. b. Nonwoven polypropylene filter with needle punched holes. c. High density polyethylene frame. 2. Below Ground Filters: a. Siltsak by ACF Environmental. b. Geotextile fabric silt sump. c. 200 gallons per minute per square foot (GPM/SF) permeability. d. Manufactured to meet size of inlet.

D. Dewatering Filter Bags: Made From Geotextile Blanket: 1. Manufacturer: a. Ultratech International, Inc.: Ultra Dewatering Bag. b. Pactec: Geopac. c. Or equal.

E. Geotextile Silt Fence: 1. Manufacturer: a. Synthetic Industries, Terra Tex SC. b. Exxon, GTF-180. c. Or equal.

F. Sediment Log: 1. Manufacturer: a. American Excelsior Company, Curlex Sediment Log. b. Hanes Geo Components, Log. c. Or Equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Standards: 1. Achieve Effective Erosion Control: a. Provide all materials. b. Promptly take actions necessary to prevent off Site sedimentation. 2. Maintain erosion controls. 3. Remove temporary soil erosion and sedimentation control measures once permanent measures are established and accepted by the Engineer. 4. Sweep streets weekly, or more frequently if required, or directed by Engineer.

31 25 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_25_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 25 00 Project Number 191453

B. Site Evaluation: 1. Conduct a field evaluation of the Site: a. Prior to start of the Work. b. With representatives of: 1) Engineer. 2) Lansing Board of Water and Light.

3.2 TEMPORARY VEGETATIVE COVER

A. General: 1. Provide temporary seed if permanent measures will not be placed within 15 days of initial disturbance and area will not undergo further earth change within 15 days of initial disturbance: 2. Within 15 days from the time final grade has been established, provide permanent soil erosion and sedimentation control measures.

B. Seed: Apply uniformly at a minimum rate of 70 pounds per acre.

C. Mulch: As needed to effectively control soil erosion.

3.3 MULCH BLANKET

A. Direction of installation, patterns and other requirements in accordance with Manufacturer's directions.

B. Location: Where indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

3.4 GEOTEXTILE SILT FENCE

A. Install silt fence in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.

B. Location: Where indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

3.5 SEDIMENT LOG

A. Install silt fence in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.

B. Location: Where indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

3.6 STEAM TUNNEL CONSTRUCTION

A. During construction conform to the following general rules: 1. Minimize the amount of earth disturbed at any one time. 2. Establish a construction sequence which includes adequate erosion control. 3. As much as practicable, direct roadway and sidewalk storm water away from the construction area. Direct diverted storm water to a stable on-Site area. 4. Protect trench side slopes with plastic to prevent erosion of trench slopes. 5. Collect runoff from the Site in sediment basins, traps or through filters. 6. Establish an inspection and maintenance schedule, paying special attention to the beginning of the various stages of construction. 7. Keep in mind that the primary objective is to keep the soil on Site.

3.7 AIRBORNE SEDIMENT

A. Dust Control: 1. Use legal means necessary to control dust on and near the Work and on and near off Site borrow areas if such dust is caused by Contractor’s operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from the condition of the Site when earthwork operations are suspended.

31 25 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_25_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Erosion and Sedimentation Controls Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 25 00 Project Number 191453

2. Treat haul roads, delivery roads, temporary Site access roads and other surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the Site, and as directed by Engineer. 3. Periodically scrape and broom adjacent streets and paved areas to remove tracked dirt.

B. Wind Erosion: 1. Erect and maintain barriers to prevent migration of windblown sediment off Site. 2. Conduct operations in such a manner as to minimize the amount of Site area exposed to wind erosion. 3. Be responsible for removal of windblown sediments deposited off Site, including costs for repairs required due to sediment deposition and removal.

END OF SECTION 31 25 00

31 25 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \31_25_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Earth Retention System Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 58 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 31 58 00 – TEMPORARY EARTH RETENTION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the design, furnishing, installation, and removal of a temporary earth retention system and associated items: 1. Mandatory Locations: a. Engineer has reviewed the geotechnical reports, soil borings and locations of items on the Site and has determined that a temporary earth retention system is required for construction of Manhole 37. b. Design and provide the temporary earth retention system for the mandatory locations. 2. Determination by Contractor: a. For locations which are not specified as mandatory temporary earth retention system locations. b. Determine the need for temporary earth retention systems. c. Design and provide the temporary earth retention systems.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. MDOT: a. Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The descriptions included herein shall not relieve Contractor of design liability. Contractor shall be responsible to select and design a temporary earth retention system that meets the criteria specified herein.

B. System Design Criteria: 1. Temporary Earth Retention System: a. Capable of safely carrying soil, hydrostatic loads and construction surcharge imposed on the retention system as determined by the Contractor. b. Permits construction as indicated. c. Will not damage existing underground utilities and adjacent structures. d. Permits dewatering of excavation without loss of surrounding soil into the excavation. e. Configured to not allow ground water to migrate through the walls. f. Steel and concrete components that do not interfere with final construction may be left in place at no extra cost to Owner. g. Does not utilize tiebacks or internal bracing. h. Wood components shall be removed from final installation. i. Required bracing shall be sequenced with construction of structure components, and earth retention design shall account for each stage of the sequence. 2. Tremie Placed Cut Off Slab: a. At the Contractor’s option design and install a concrete slab, to be placed by tremie methods, to cut off groundwater infiltration through the bottom of the temporary earth retention system. b. Coordinate the design of both the dewatering system and the temporary earth retention system with the Contractor’s choice to provide or not provide a tremie placed concrete cut off slab. c. Design the slab to resist the full hydrostatic pressure due to groundwater level expected at the time of construction, with a minimum factor of safety of 1.25.

31 58 00 - 1 Z:\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\31_58 _00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Earth Retention System Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 58 00 Project Number 191453

C. Suggested Temporary Earth Retention System: The following is a suggestion of what type of temporary earth retention system the Contractor might use, subject to Contractor’s selection and design. 1. Cantilevered steel sheet piling without bracing or tiebacks. 2. Steel sheet piling internally braced. 3. Steel soldier piling installed and wood lagging with geotextile fabric between soil and lagging, lapped at breaks in continuity.

1.5 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Perform the structural design of the temporary earth retention system and tremie placed concrete and provide the material and labor as determined by the structural design, but no less than the minimum requirements specified herein.

B. Engineer may order additional bracing, strength, or depth for adequacy of the temporary earth retention system, and additional thickness or material strength for the tremie placed concrete. These additions shall not be the cause for a claim for additional cost to the contract. Neither shall they relieve Contractor of responsibility for the sufficiency of the strength of the system.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: To Include: 1. Plans, layouts and sections. 2. Member sizes and locations. 3. Material strengths. 4. Locations and depths. 5. Bracing sizes, locations, and connections details. 6. Sequences of bracing placement and removal.

B. Mix Design: For tremie placed concrete.

C. Structural calculations reflecting each loading condition. Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of design responsibility.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications: 1. Temporary earth retention system and tremie placed concrete shall be installed by a Contractor who has been in the business for not less than 5 years and is qualified to design and install them. 2. Fabrication and Installation Personnel: a. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. b. Knowledgeable of the specific system used. 3. Design Personnel: a. Registered professional engineer in the State of Michigan. b. With 10 years minimum experience in structural design of earth retention systems and tremie slabs similar in complexity to this Project.

B. Monitoring of Existing Conditions: In accordance with Division 01 Section “Monitoring of Existing Conditions.”

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Supply the necessary materials, connections, and equipment as required to construct the temporary earth retention system.

31 58 00 - 2 Z:\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\31_58 _00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Temporary Earth Retention System Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 31 58 00 Project Number 191453

B. Tremie Placed Concrete: 1. Select concrete components in accordance with ACI 301 and the requirements of the Contractor’s design. 2. Include anti-washout admixture.

C. Provide sheet piling with interlocking joints between panels to minimize water leakage.

D. Provide piling to reach the required depth in 1 piece; splicing is not allowed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Depth: Install temporary earth retention system to a depth below the required excavation as required by the design.

B. Protection of Waterproofing: If removed, removal of temporary earth retention system components shall not damage waterproofing applied to the exterior of the concrete walls.

C. Steel Components Remaining In Place: Should Contractor choose to allow steel components to remain in place, no additional price shall be added to the contract.

D. Minimum Requirements for Tremie Placement: 1. Tremie Pipes: a. 8-inch diameter minimum for gravity placement. b. Rigid, to maintain discharge alignment. c. Steel; aluminum not permitted. d. Smooth interior surface with watertight joints. 2. Maintain minimum 5 feet of concrete head over tremie discharge point throughout placement. 3. If tremie discharge is lifted above level of surrounding concrete, withdraw tremie pipe, replace tremie plugs and reestablish tremie seal in placed concrete. 4. Plug tremie pipe ahead of initial concrete placement to prevent contamination mixing of tremie concrete with water. 5. Do not raise and lower tremie pipe to induce concrete flow; if concrete will not flow by gravity, use pumps.

3.2 CLEANING

A. Prior to completion of the work of this Section, clean all affected areas.

END OF SECTION 31 58 00

31 58 00 - 3 Z:\2019\191453\WORK\SPECS\31_58 _00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Aggregate Base Courses Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 11 23 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 11 23 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes furnishing and installation of the major items listed below: 1. Base course. 2. Subbase.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the Work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standard Test Methods: a. D1556 - Density and Unit Weight of Soil In Place by the Sand-Cone Method. b. D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. c. D2922 - Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods. 2. State DOT Current Standards: a. Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Terms: 1. Base Course: The layer of specified material of designed thickness placed on a subbase or a subgrade to support a surface course. 2. Pavement Structure: Combination of subbase, base course, and surface course, including shoulders, placed on a subgrade. 3. Plan Grade: Vertical control grade indicated on the Drawings. 4. Roadbed: The portion of the roadway between the outside edges of finished shoulders, or the outside edges of berms back of curbs or gutters, when constructed. 5. Roadside: The portion of the right-of-way outside of the roadway. 6. Roadway: The portion of the right-of-way required for construction, limited by the outside edges of slopes and including ditches, channels, and all structures pertaining to the Work. 7. Shoulder: The portion of the roadway contiguous with the traveled way for accommodation of stopped vehicles, for emergency use, and for lateral support of base and surface courses. 8. Subbase: The layer of specified material of designed thickness placed on the subgrade as a part of the pavement structure. 9. Subgrade: The portion of the earth grade upon which the pavement is to be placed.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: For aggregate: 1. Source. 2. MDOT classification. 3. Sieve analysis.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing of Aggregate Materials: In accordance with Division 01 Section "Special Inspections and Tests."

32 11 23 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_11_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Aggregate Base Courses Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 11 23 Project Number 191453

B. Compaction: 1. Determine density by the modified Proctor method, ASTM D1557. 2. Compact subbase and base course to at least 98% maximum density at a moisture content not greater than optimum.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Dust Control: 1. Use all legal means necessary to control dust on and near the Work and on and near off-site borrow areas if such dust is caused by Contractor's operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from the condition of the Site when earthwork operations are suspended. 2. Moisten or otherwise treat haul roads, delivery roads, temporary Site access roads and other surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on the Site.

B. Existing Utility Structures: 1. Where utility structures are encountered which are in active use: a. Provide adequate protection. b. Be responsible for damage. 2. Adjust utility structures to meet plan grade.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Approval Required: Material shall be subject to the approval of independent testing laboratory. 2. Notification: For approval of materials, notify independent testing laboratory at least 1 week in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed stockpile area, and permit independent testing laboratory to sample as necessary from the stockpile area for the purpose of making acceptance tests to prove the quality of the material.

B. Subgrade: In accordance with Division 31 Section “Grading.”

C. Material Source: Imported Material: 1. Subbase. 2. Base course.

D. Subbase: 1. MDOT 902, Granular Material Class II. 2. Thickness compacted in place: 12 inches.

E. Aggregate Base Course: 1. MDOT 902, Dense Graded Aggregate 21AA. 2. Thickness Compacted in Place: 8 inches under HMA Pavement and Parking Lot; 6 inches under concrete pavement.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Subgrade: 1. Prepared in accordance with Division 31 Section “Grading.” 2. Maintain in a smooth and compacted condition until the subbase or base course has been placed. 3. Proof roll subgrade prior to placing subbase or base course. 4. No base course shall be placed on the subgrade until it has been approved by Engineer.

32 11 23 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_11_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Aggregate Base Courses Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 11 23 Project Number 191453

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Subbase: 1. Smooth, spread and compact. 2. Place in one layer, provided that the depth of the compacted layer does not exceed 15 inches. 3. Where the specified depth of subbase is more than 15 inches, place material in layers of approximately equal thickness. 4. Construct to the grade and cross section as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Should the subgrade at any time prior to or during the placing of subbase become soft or unstable to the extent that rutting occurs in the subgrade or to the extent that subgrade material is forced up into the subbase materials, the operation of hauling and placing subbase shall be immediately discontinued. Where subgrade material has become mixed with the subbase material, the mixed material shall be removed and disposed of. After the subgrade has been corrected to the specified condition, new subbase material shall be placed and compacted as specified above. 6. Shape to specified crown and grade within a tolerance of plus 1-inch and maintain in smooth condition. 7. Do not place on a frozen, soft, unstable or rutted subgrade. 8. Remove, dispose of and replace subbase material, at Contractor’s expense, if it becomes mixed with subgrade material. 9. Proof roll subbase prior to installation of base course.

B. Base Course: 1. Do not place aggregate base on frozen, soft, unstable or rutted subgrade, subbase, or aggregate base. 2. Additives may be used to ease compaction, shaping, and maintenance of the aggregate surface. 3. Do not rut or distort the subbase material or aggregate base during spreading. 4. Place in uniform layers to such a depth that when compacted, the course will have the thickness indicated on the Drawings. 5. The compacted depth of each layer shall not be more than 6 inches nor less than 3 inches. 6. Compact each layer of aggregate. 7. Place aggregate shoulder material in conjunction with the top layer of aggregate base material. 8. Shape to the crown and grade within a tolerance of ± 0.05 feet unless otherwise specified. The surface of each spreading operation shall be continuously maintained in a smooth condition. 9. Roll the shaped surface, when required, to provide thorough compaction. 10. Where the existing surface is very irregular, the use of a scarifier may be required. Wetting may be required to facilitate shaping the surface and to assist in providing compaction. 11. Remove, dispose of and replace aggregate base material, at the Contractor’s expense, if it becomes mixed with the subbase or subgrade material. 12. Final shaping and compacting shall be accomplished by use of a subgrade machine operating on crawler tracks, or by the use of a maintainer or surface planer, with a rigid frame. 13. If the subgrade, subbase, or aggregate base is damaged due to the Contractor’s operations or by traffic, restore to the specified condition at Contractor’s expense.

END OF SECTION 32 11 23

32 11 23 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_11_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 12 16 – ASPHALT PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of the Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) base course, HMA leveling course, and HMA surface course.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Comply with standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents except for those having different revision dates as referenced in the codes or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM - Current Standards: a. D977 - Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt. b. D979 – Sampling Bituminous Paving Mixtures. c. D1188 - Test Method for Bulk Specific Gravity and Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Using Paraffin-Coated Specimens. d. D2041 – Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity and Density of Bituminous Paving Mixture e. D2950 - Test Method for Density of Bituminous Concrete in Place by Nuclear Method. f. D2995 - Estimating Application Rate of Bituminous Distributors. 2. Asphalt Institute (AI): a. MS-2 Mix Design Methods. b. SP-1 Performance Grade Asphalt Binder Specification and Testing. c. IS-210 Procedures for Improving the Precision of HMA Volumetric Calculations. 3. AASHTO – Current Standards: a. M 323 Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design. b. MP-1 Superpave Performance-Graded Binder Specification. c. MP-15 Use of Recycled Asphalt Shingles as an Additive in HMA Mixtures. d. PP-53 Design Considerations When Using Recycled Asphalt Shingles in New HMA Mixtures. e. T 245 – Resistance to Plastic Flow of Bituminous Mixtures using a Marshall Apparatus. f. T 283 - Moisture Susceptibility of Asphaltic Concrete Mixtures. g. T 304 - Uncompacted Void Content of Fine Aggregate, Method A. h. T 312: Preparing and Determining the Density of Hot-Mix Asphalt Specimens by Means of the Superpave Gyratory Compactor. 4. United States Department of Transportation - Federal Highway Administration: a. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 5. State DOT Current Standards: a. Standard Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans. c. Design Pavement Guidelines d. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.

32 12 16 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. HMA Mix Design: 1. Job Mix Formula (JMF) previously approved by state DOT. a. Michigan DOT Form 1931 2. Job Mix Formula (JMF) not previously approved by state DOT: a. Michigan: MDOT 1855 mod form or Form 1911 with regression table. 3. Aggregates: a. Source, type, gradation and other required information to evaluate aggregates in accordance with current standards. b. Certification that aggregates used in HMA mix meet DOT specifications.

B. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Contractor’s Quality Control Plan for projects with more than 1,500 tons or greater than 1 day paving

C. Provide a detailed schedule for construction.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Pre-Paving Meeting: 1. Required for projects greater than 1,500 tons or more than 1 day paving; 2. Optional for projects less than 1,500 tons or 1 day paving. 3. Meeting held at a time mutually agreed upon with Engineer, Owner (optional), Contractor and subcontractors involved in the paving work. 4. Discussion of proposed schedule and methods of accomplishing all phases of the paving work. 5. Minutes distributed to all in attendance.

B. Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design.

C. Testing of HMA Materials: 1. In accordance with Division 01 Section "Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Roadways, and Site Projects." 2. In accordance with approved Contractor’s Quality Control Plan. 3. In accordance with all applicable standards.

D. Weight Slips: Furnish weight slips to Engineer, or engineer’s representative for material incorporated in the Project to verify that the required tonnage has been applied.

1.6 ADDITIONAL DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation.

B. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Reclaimed Asphaltic Materials (RAM): 1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) and/or Fractionated Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (FRAP) as percent of total weight of the mixture: a. HMA Base: Maximum 35%. State DOT blending requirements; AASHTO M323. b. HMA Binder/Leveling: Maximum 25%. Use virgin binder one grade softer, for both high and low temperature, than specified if RAP greater than 20%. c. HMA Surface: Maximum 20%. No change in binder selection.

32 12 16 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

d. HMA Mixtures With Polymer Asphalt: Maximum 10%. e. Greater than 25% RAP/FRAP or Combination: Use virgin asphalt binder grade in accordance with State DOT blending requirements and AASHTO M 323. 2. Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles (RAS): a. In accordance with State DOT requirements. b. May replace up to 5% of RAP/FRAP component in HMA mixture. c. Maximum Particle size = 1/2-inch. d. Maximum deleterious materials = 1.5% 3. Bond Coat: SS-1h, CSS-1h. 4. City Streets: a. Leveling Course: 1) HMA Mixture: 3E3. 2) Asphalt Cement PG: 64-28. b. Top Course: 1) HMA Mixture: 5E3. 2) Asphalt Cement PG: 64-28.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. Pavers: 1. Provide an approved self-powered machine capable of spreading and finishing the bituminous mixture to the cross section and grade as indicated on the Drawings. a. Supporting wheels, treads, or other devices that ride on the prepared base. b. Screeds the full width of the bituminous mixture being applied using an oscillating or vibrating screed. c. Equipped with a hopper and an automatic material-depth control device so that each distributing auger and corresponding feeder responds automatically to provide for a constant level of mix ahead of the screed unit to the full width being paved. 2. Provide paver with approved automatic screed control: a. System of sensor-operated devices, which follow reference lines or surfaces on one or both sides of the paver. b. Adjust speed of the paver to produce the best results. 3. When approved extensions are added to the main screed, provide with the same vibrating screed or tamper action as the main unit of the paver, except for paving variable width areas. a. Equip the extensions with a continuation of the automatically controlled spreading augers to within 18 inches of the outside edge of the extension, or as directed. b. Provide the main screed and any extensions with an approved method of heat distribution and retention. 4. For Shoulders and Widening: a. A self-propelled mechanical spreader capable of maintaining the proper width, depth, and slope without causing segregation of the material. b. For base courses up to 10-1/2 feet in width and for leveling and top courses up to 8 feet in width.

B. Rollers: 1. Provide rollers and maintain rolling patterns to achieve required densities to produce a neat, tightly bonded joint that meets surface tolerances 2. Steel-Wheeled Rollers: a. Self-propelled, vibratory or static, tandem rollers; or self-propelled static 3-wheeled rollers. b. Vibratory Rollers: 1) Capable of reversing without backlash and equipped with spray attachment for moistening all rollers and scrapers. 2) Frequency of at least 2,400 vpm and amplitude setting low. 3) Equipped with a shutoff to deactivate the vibrators when roller speed is less than 0.5 mph and provision to lock in the manufacturer’s recommended speed. 3. Pneumatic-Tired Rollers: a. Self-propelled type with a total weight, including ballast, not less than 8 tons nor greater than 30 tons. b. Equipped with a minimum of 7 wheels situated on the axles in such a way that the rear group of tires will not follow in the tracks of the forward group, but will be so spaced that a minimum tire path overlap of 1/2-inch is obtained.

32 12 16 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

c. Smooth tires capable of being inflated to the pressure recommended by the Manufacturer of the roller or as directed. d. Tire Pressures: Maximum variation 5 psi.

2.3 PAVEMENT MARKINGS

A. Marking paint shall meet Federal Specification GSA-FSSTT-P-115E Type 1.

B. Size and Color: 4-inch width, white, yellow, blue or other color depending on intended use. 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 2. In accordance with guidelines, State MUTCD and FHWA – MUTCD.

C. Traffic paint shall be spray type for stripe marking. Contractor may use one of the following: 1. Repcolite 47610 Traffic Marking Paint: - white and 47660 Traffic Marking Paint - yellow. 2. Sherwin Williams – Setfast Low VOC Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint TM 5623 (White), TM 5627 (Yellow).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Test subgrade, subbase or aggregate base for density. 1. Rework surfaces that have become too wet or dry to provide the required density. Do not pave on wet or saturated aggregates. 2. Required Density: Minimum 95% of Maximum Density ASTM D1557.

B. Proof or Test Rolling: 1. Field test the uniformity and stability of the subgrade and subbase. 2. Loaded dump truck or other approved equipment over entire area in each of 2 perpendicular directions. 3. Areas indicated or as designated by Engineer or field representative. 4. In presence of Engineer or field representative. 5. Repair/undercut unstable or yielding areas as directed.

C. Fine Grading: 1. Immediately prior to placing paving materials, test the subgrade or aggregate base course for conformity to the elevations and cross-section as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Fine grade as necessary to bring base course into conformance with the proper elevation and cross- section. 3. Compact areas which have been re-graded to minimum 95% Maximum Density ASTM D1557.

D. Do not place HMA material until the surface to be paved upon has been inspected and approved by Engineer.

E. Immediately before placing the bituminous material, remove excess loose material remaining on the surface.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Weather and Seasonal Limitations: 1. As required by DOT Construction Specifications. 2. Do not schedule paving if local radar shows rain in forecast, unless paving can be completed prior to rain event.

B. Transportation of Mixtures 1. Use trucks that have tight, clean, smooth metal beds from which the entire quantity of the mixture is discharged smoothly into the spreading equipment. 2. Maintain temperature of the mixture discharge from the hauling unit at the target placement temperature or as directed. a. Acceptance Range for HMA at Point of Discharge: 1) Minimum 250 degrees F to maximum 350 degrees F. 2) HMA mixes less than 250 degrees F or greater than 350 degrees F at point of discharge: a) Do not place mix unless approved by Engineer.

32 12 16 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

b) Remove mix from Site and dispose off Site unless approved by Engineer. c) No additional cost to project. b. If transporting at prevailing temperature below 50 degrees F or when haul times exceed 30 minutes, insulate truck beds and ensure all covers are fastened. 3. Apply approved release agent to hauling unit to prevent adhesion of the mixture to the bed surface.

C. Placement of the Mixture: 1. To the fullest extent practicable, spread all mixtures with an asphalt paver. a. In areas inaccessible to a paver, mixtures may be spread with a motor grader or mechanical device approved by the Engineer. b. Complete placement of each course over the full width of the section under construction on each day’s run unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 2. Provide a uniformly finished surface at all times, free from tearing or other blemishes that would require hand work. 3. Spread all mixtures without segregation to the cross sections indicated on the Drawings. 4. When paving ramps or shoulders, or when the grade of a concrete gutter or other existing installation must be met, use the automatic grade reference and slope control devices as directed. 5. Whenever a breakdown or malfunction of the automatic controls occurs, operate the equipment manually for the remainder of the normal working day, provided this method of operation will produce results as required. 6. Coordinate the spreading of the mixture with the required roller coverage, considering the rate of cooling of the mixture as affected by lift thickness and environmental conditions. 7. Coordinate the work such that at the completion of each day’s paving operations, all lanes will have been resurfaced to within 1 load of the same point-of-ending.

D. Placing Bituminous Leveling and Top Course Mixtures: 1. Place HMA in lifts not to exceed the maximum application rates as recommended by State DOT for the mixture specified. 2. Place the HMA mixture by an approved self-propelled mechanical paver to such a depth that when compacted, it will have the thickness specified or as directed 3. Adjust the paver to that speed which gives the best results for the type of paver being used and which coordinates satisfactorily with the rate of delivery of the mixture to the paver to provide a uniform rate of placing the mixture without intermittent operation of the paver. 4. When delays result in slowing paving operations such that the temperature of the mat immediately behind the screed falls below 200 degrees F: a. Stop paving and place a transverse construction joint. b. If the temperature of the mat falls below 190 degrees F prior to any rolling - remove and replace the mat at Contractor’s expense. 5. Place the HMA mixture to the required cross section and as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Whenever the temperature of the previously placed mat falls below 170 degrees F prior to placement of the adjacent mat: a. Tack coat the vertical edges of the initial mat with bituminous bond coat material before the mixture is placed on the adjacent section. b. In placing the mixture adjacent to joints, and rake or broom to provide a dense smooth connection. 7. Connections with existing surfaces at the beginning and ending of resurfacing sections and at intersections. a. Construct by feathering out the mix at the rate of approximately 1-inch per 25 feet, unless butt joints are used. b. After compaction has been completed, spray the first 3 feet of the joint and 1-foot of area not surfaced with bituminous bond coat, sanded, and rolled. c. This work shall be accomplished within the concurrent construction season. 8. If the lanes are being constructed with 2 or more pavers in echelon, match the loose depth of bituminous mixture from each paver at the longitudinal joints. 9. Thickness: In place compacted thickness tested in accordance with ASTM D3549. a. Thickness must be within 1/4-inch of specified thickness during both leveling and top course paving.

32 12 16 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

10. Smoothness requirements: After final rolling, the surface may be tested longitudinally by Engineer using a 10-foot straightedge at selected locations. The variation of the surface from the testing edge for the straightedge between any 2 contacts with the surface shall at no point exceed the following limits: a. For HMA Base Course Mixtures: 1) For Lower Courses: 3/4-inch. 2) For Top Course: 3/8-inch. b. For HMA Leveling and Top Course Mixtures: 1) Multiple Course Construction: 1/8-inch for top course, 1/4-inch for lower courses. 2) Single Course Construction: 1/4-inch. c. Pavement at castings and valve boxes must be flush or a maximum of 1/4-inch higher than casting. In no case shall casting be higher than pavement. d. Any bird bath remaining after 24 hours after a rain event is unacceptable and subject to Engineers direction for remediation. Possible repairs might include saw cut and removal or reheating and rolling pavement to eliminate bird bath. 11. Correct variations in excess of the specified tolerance as directed. Remove and replace pavement as directed by Engineer. 12. Weighing Loads: Each load of bituminous mixture accepted by Engineer shall be weighed to the nearest 20 pounds on an approved scale having an automatic print-out system. 13. Weather and Seasonal Limitations: a. Do not place HMA or apply tack/bond coat when precipitation is imminent or when surface moisture will prevent satisfactory curing. b. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer in writing, temperature requirements for placing HMA mixtures will be in accordance with the table below. c. HMA paving will not be allowed below minimum temperatures in table or when there is frost on or in the grade or on the existing surface.

Target Placement Temperatures

Temperature of the Surface Being Overlaid Rate of Application of Bituminous Material (lbs/square yard)

<120 120 to 200 > 200

35 to 39 330 degrees F

40 to 49 330 d egrees F 315 degrees F

50 to 59 330 degrees F 315 degrees F 300 degrees F

60 to 69 315 degrees F 300 degrees F 285 degrees F

70 to 79 300 degrees F 285 degrees F 270 degrees F

80 to 89 285 degrees F 270 degrees F 270 degrees F

90 and over 270 degrees F 270 degrees F 270 degrees F

E. Rolling: 1. Compact each layer of HMA to the required density, free of all roller marks. 2. Begin rolling of the HMA mixture as soon after placing as it will bear the roller without undue displacement, picking up the mat, or cracking. a. Roll longitudinally at the extreme sides of the lanes and proceed toward the center of the pavement, overlapping on successive trips by at least half the width of the drive wheel of the roller. b. Complete alternate passes of the roller using slightly different lengths. 3. Complete the required roller coverage during the period of time in which the temperature of the mixture is sufficient for the roller coverage to be effective in compaction of the mixture. 4. Use tandem steel-wheeled rollers for the final rolling operation on each layer of HMA. 5. Keep surface of steel rollers completely moist with water when rolling. 6. Operate vibratory rollers in the static mode when used for finish rolling or pinching the joint.

32 12 16 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

7. In Areas Inaccessible to Rollers: a. Thoroughly compact the mixture with hot, hand tampers or with mechanical tampers. b. Trench rollers or rollers filled with compression strips may be used in depressed areas.

F. Bond or Tack Coat: 1. Clean contact surfaces of sand, dirt, or other objectionable material before applying bond coat. 2. Apply to existing bituminous material and to the vertical edge of the adjacent pavement or curb and gutter, prior to applying new bituminous when: a. Paving over milled surface. b. Paving over old pavement. c. Paving over new pavement. d. Adjacent pavement face that is below 170 degrees F. 3. Distributor Vehicle: a. Use identical overlapping nozzle spray pattern. b. Maintain temperature and pressure that result in a constant uniform application rate. c. Provide means for determination of the volume of tack applied to a surface area. 4. Apply tack coat to vertical surfaces and provide uniform application. 5. Application Rate: a. 0.05 to 0.1 gallons per square yard for paved surfaces. b. Increase application rate 20 to 30% for milled or very rough surfaces. c. Increase application rate 50% for vertical edge of adjacent pavement or structure. d. Calculate yield by dividing gallons used by square yards covered. 6. Prevent bond or tack coat from coming into contact with structures near the areas to be paved. 7. Allow emulsified asphalt tack coat to break, as indicated by color change from brown to black before HMA paving is placed. 8. Do not place tack coat if local radar shows rain in forecast, unless paving can be completed prior to rain event.

G. Acceptance Density Range: 1. Low Volume Roads/Parking Lots: a. Acceptable Range: 93 to 97% of the TMD. b. Average Daily Density: ≥ 94%. 2. Medium/Heavy Volume Roads: a. Acceptable Range: 92 to 96% of the TMD. b. Average Daily Density: ≥ 93%. 3. For smaller projects, the engineer may elect to accept the project without density testing: a. Compact all patching, widening, wedging, base, leveling and surface layers of asphalt paving until no further consolidation is visible under the action of the compacting equipment and roller marks are eliminated b. Use two or more rollers per paver if placing more than approximately 165 tons of mixture per hour. c. Basis of Acceptance: Engineer’s visual examination.

H. Construction Joints: 1. Thoroughly compact all joints to produce a neat, tightly bonded joint that meets surface tolerances and density requirements. 2. Transverse Joints: a. Construct when mixture placement operations are suspended b. Thoroughly compact the forward end by rolling before the mixture has cooled. c. When work is resumed, vertically cut the end for full depth of the layer unless a formed edge is constructed as approved by the Engineer. d. When road must remain open to traffic construct temporary taper before allowing traffic on new surface: 1) Cut vertical joint and remove excess HMA. 2) Place burlap, or paper as a bond breaker ahead of and against the vertical face. 3) Place HMA against the bond breaker and taper from new mat to existing surface. 4) Extend temporary taper 5 feet for each inch of mat thickness or as directed by Engineer. 5) Thoroughly compact and cool the temporary taper.

32 12 16 – 7 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Asphalt Paving Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 12 16 Project Number 191453

3. Longitudinal Joints: a. Construct parallel to centerline of road. b. Multiple Lift Construction: Offset minimum 6 inches from previously placed joint. c. Vertical Longitudinal Joint: 1) Apply uniform tack coat over joint face of existing pavement with a surface temperature less than 170 degrees F. 2) Place HMA so that it uniformly overlaps the first lane approximately 1 inch 3) Roll the longitudinal joint from the hot side, 1/2 foot to 1 foot away from the joint for the first pass. 4) Subsequent Passes: Overlap the cold side by 1/2-foot to 1 foot. d. Tapered Overlapping Longitudinal Joint: 1) Taper the HMA mat at the slope no greater than 1:12. 2) Extend tapered portion beyond the lane width. 3) Place 1/2-inch to 1 inch notch at the top of the taper on all courses of paving. 4) Compact the formed taper section with a weighted roller as wide as the taper. 5) Apply uniform tack coat to the surface of the taper before the adjacent lane is placed. e. Longitudinal Joint Compaction: 1) Joint Density: Minimum 90% TMD (G mm ). 2) Joint Density with echelon paving; same as adjacent mat.

3.3 PAVEMENT MARKING

A. Apply pavement marking in accordance with state DOT and FHWA requirements.

B. Clean pavement surface of sand, dirt, oil, and free of foreign material.

C. Pavement surface shall be dry: 1. Apply waterborne paint when the surface temperatures of the pavement is 50 degrees F or higher. 2. Apply regular dry paint when the surface temperature of the pavement is 25 degrees F or higher. 3. Wait at least 14 days after the surface is placed to apply regular dry pavement markings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

D. Follow Drawings for layout of pavement markings, symbols, and the like.

E. Apply pavement marking uniformly to the surface, with sharp and well-defined edges.

F. Protect pavement marking from traffic crossing over uncured paint.

G. Apply second coat of paint to areas designated by Engineer just prior to Project completion.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Prior to acceptance of the work, clean the pavement and related areas to remove dirt and stones.

END OF SECTION 32 12 16

32 12 16 – 8 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_12_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 13 14 – CONCRETE WALKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of concrete walks.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Publications: a. A820 - Steel Fibers for Fiber Reinforced Concrete. b. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. e. C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. f. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. g. C260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. h. C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. i. C330 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. j. C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. k. C618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 2. ACI – American Concrete Institute: a. 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. c. 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. d. 303R - Guide to Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete Practice. e. 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. f. 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. g. 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. h. 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 3. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: 1. Provide mix design for concrete to be supplied. a. Include quantities and sources of all aggregates, cement, cementitious materials, and admixtures to be used. b. Submitted from a state DOT certified testing laboratory regularly engaged in designing and testing concrete for exterior paving. c. Use test results for mix design from within the past 12 months. 2. Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s product data with application and installation instructions for admixtures, curing compounds, expansion joint fillers and sealants. 3. Alkali-Silica Reactivity (ASR): a. Submit to Engineer ASTM C1260 Accelerated mortar bar test, and ASTM C1293 Concrete prism expansion for ASR from aggregate supplier. b. Documentation may include previous testing (within previous 2 years) of materials and sources intended for use. c. Documentation may include previous testing (within previous 2 years) from other projects or records provided by the material suppliers.

32 13 14 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I or I/II. 2. Do not use different types of cement, different manufacturers of cement, or different degrees of fineness.

B. Cementitious Materials or Cement Substitutes: 1. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. 2. Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBFS): a. ASTM C989 Grade 100 minimum. b. Use only as a blending material with Type I or Type IA Portland cement. 3. Silica Fume, Dry-Densified: a. ASTM C1240. b. Use only as a blending material with Type I or Type IA Portland cement. 4. Reduce the cement quantity up to a maximum of 25% for fly ash substitution or up to 40% for GGBFS substitution. 5. Fly ash or GGBFS weight additions must equal the weight of the cement reduction. 6. For concrete containing Portland cement, fly ash and GGBFS in the same mix design, reduce the cement quantity up to 40%, with the maximum fly ash quantity not exceeding 15%.

C. Aggregates: 1. Grade aggregates according to procedures of ASTM C136, Class M, Exposure 4. 2. Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33-5S, Number 57 (1-inch), crushed limestone. 3. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. 4. Test all aggregates for alkali-silica reactivity and provide mitigation method, if required.

D. Water: Clean, fresh and potable.

E. Admixtures: 1. General: a. No admixture shall contain more than 0.1% water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. b. No admixture shall contain calcium chloride. 2. Air-Entraining: a. Comply with ASTM C260. b. Daravair series or Darex series, by W.R. Grace & Company; Micro Air, by BASF Admixtures, Inc.; or equal.

F. Curing Agents: 1. Curing agents shall comply with ASTM C309. 2. Provide approved products by Symons Corporation, W.R. Meadows, L & M Chemical, Master Builders or Dayton-Superior which are compatible with floor coatings or toppings specified. 3. Compounds: a. Curing: 1) 1600 White by W.R. Meadows. 2) Day-Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W) by Dayton Superior. 3) Resi-Chem Clear Cure by Symons. 4) Confilm by Master Builders. 5) L & M Cure by L & M Chemical.

2.2 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN

A. Design mix to project normal-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement aggregate, air-entrained add mixture and water producing the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi (min) at 28 days. 2. Air Content: 5.5% to 8.0% 3. Slump: 0 to 3 inches unless mid-range water reducer is used then slump may 6 inches Water Cement Ratio: 0.5 maximum.

32 13 14 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

B. Alkali-Silica Reactivity (ASR): 1. The Concrete supplier is required to evaluate the fine aggregates (only) used in the production of the concrete for ASR. 2. Submit to the Engineer ASTM C1260 Accelerated mortar bar test for ASR from the aggregate supplier. 3. Submit to the Engineer ASTM C1293 concrete prism expansion for ASR from the aggregate supplier if available, or if necessary. 4. Documentation may include previous testing of materials so long as material source has not changed, and test is not more than 2 years old. 5. No ASR mitigation is required if aggregates are non-reactive where ASTM C1260 accelerated mortar bar test expansion is less than 0.10% at 14 days, or if ASTM C1293 Concrete prism expansion is less than 0.04% at 1 year. 6. If ASTM C1260 mortar bar test results is more than 0.10% expansion at 14 days, ASTM C1293 concrete prism test is required to be performed before aggregates can be used. 7. ASR mitigation is required if aggregates are found to be moderately reactive where ASTM C1293 Concrete prism expansion is equal to or greater than 0.04%, but less than 0.12% at 1 year. 8. Aggregates will not be accepted if ASTM C1293 Concrete prism expansion is equal to or greater than 0.12% at 1 year.

C. Mitigation Methods for Moderately Reactive Aggregates: 1. In accordance with DOT approved Specifications. 2. Use low Alkali Cements: a. Submit mill test report data and calculations for Cement and Fly ash. b. Maximum Alkali content of cementitious materials (cement and fly ash) (Na2Oe) (Na2O equivalent) ≤ 3.5 lbs/cyd. c. Maximum Alkali content in cement (Na2Oe) (Na2O equivalent) ≤ 0.7%. d. Maximum lime CaO in Fly ash ≤ 20%. e. Minimum Silica in Fly ash SiO2 ≥ 35%. f. Total oxides in Fly ash (SiO2 + Al2O3 + Fe2O3) ≥ 60%. 3. Demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed mix combination to resist the potential for excessive expansion caused by ASR using current and historic data: a. ASTM C1567 (14 day test) using both coarse and fine aggregate and all cementitious materials. b. Mortar bars constructed of cementitious materials and coarse and fine aggregates must produce an expansion of less than 0.10%.

2.3 DETECTABLE/TACTILE WARNING SURFACES

A. in accordance with City of Lansing Requirements. Plastic frame set in concrete.

2.4 FORM WORK

A. Provide necessary form work to provide concrete dimensions indicated on the Drawings ±1/2 inch. 1. Forms to be straight and true, minimum 1 5/8-inch thick wood, full depth of concrete or steel forms. 2. All curved radius pours to be smooth deflectable steel.

2.5 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Joint fiber shall be pre formed, composed of either blended, bonded flexible and waterproof fiber meeting the requirements of AASHTO M213 or polyvinyl chloride with fabric strand.

B. Reinforcement: Proflex by Oscoda Plastics; or approved equal.

C. Full depth of concrete.

2.6 SEALANTS

A. Joint sealant to be gray elastomeric silicone or sealant conforming to ASTM 920: Sonoborn SL-2; or equal.

32 13 14 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GRADING

A. Provide smooth base of granular material compacted to 95% of its maximum density in accordance with ASTM D1557.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Weather and Temperature Limitations: 1. Do not place concrete when the temperature of the air is at or expected to drop below 40 degrees F for at least 7 days after placing. 2. Do not place concrete if portions of the base, subbase, or subgrade layer are frozen, or if the grade exhibits poor stability from excessive moisture levels. 3. Do not place concrete when the temperature of the air is above or expected to exceed 85 degrees F for at least 7 days after placing.

B. Cold Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Heating materials. b. Providing insulating blankets and windbreaks. c. Heated enclosures. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures. 4. Straw or similar materials shall not be allowed. 5. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 6. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade.

C. Hot Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 305R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Cooling materials. b. Concrete placement during cooler hours of the day. c. Providing shading and windbreaks. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures.

D. Slope: 1. All walks should have a cross slope of a minimum 1% and maximum 2% sloped toward a curb or lower elevation. 2. No walks should exceed 5% longitudinal slope.

E. Preparation of Base: 1. Excavate to the required depth and to a width that will permit forming. 2. Remove unsuitable material below the required depth and replace with sound earth. 3. Shape and compact the base to conform to the section indicated on the Drawings.

F. Forms: 1. Use fixed forms. 2. Apply form releasing agent to prevent concrete from bonding to forms. 3. Provide straight, full depth forms free of warp and strong enough to resist springing during concrete placement. 4. Firmly stake fixed forms to prohibit movement.

G. Reinforcing: Reinforce all concrete walks with welded wire fabric pulled up 2 inches into concrete.

H. Placing and Finishing Concrete: 1. Place all concrete in accordance with ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R. 2. Moisten base before placing concrete. 3. Place concrete and consolidate, including along the faces of the forms, before finishing.

32 13 14 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

4. Place and finish in a continuous operation. 5. When replacing gutters along with concrete walk ramps, construct the gutter to the same dimensions and profile and use the same reinforcement pattern as the existing gutter. 6. Float the surface just enough to produce a smooth surface free from irregularities. 7. Round edges and joints with an approved finishing tool. 8. Broom finish concrete walks and ramps by drawing a fine-hair broom across the concrete surface, perpendicular to the line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to the Engineer.

I. Joints: 1. General: Comply with ACI 318-6.3, 6.4, and ACI 301, Section 6. Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated on the Drawings. Contraction joints for curbs shall be provided at 10 foot intervals and 20 foot spacing for slabs, unless shown otherwise. Construct weakened plane joints for a depth equal to at least 1/4 concrete thickness, as follows: a. Tooled Joints: Form weakened-plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with a recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with a jointer. b. Sawed Joints: Form weakened-plane joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. 3. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. 4. Expansion Joints: Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks and other fixed objects, unless otherwise indicated. Locate expansion joints at 100 feet on center along linear lengths of curb and walks, and at points of radii of curbs unless otherwise indicated. 5. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, and not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface for joint sealant. 6. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than 1 length is required, or clip joint filler sections together.

J. Thickness: Except as otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, provide a minimum thickness of 4 inches.

K. Where walkways cross driveways, provide a minimum thickness of 6 inches.

L. Ramps: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 2. No ramp shall exceed 1:12 slope. 3. Stamp fresh concrete to form detectable warnings or place detectable warning domed plates in fresh concrete in accordance with Manufacturer’s instructions on ramp surface. 4. ADA domes to be 24 inches wide, full width of ramp.

M. Backfilling: 1. After the concrete has gained sufficient strength, remove fixed forms and backfill with sound earth. 2. Compact and level the backfill 1-inch below the surface of the concrete.

3.3 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screening and floating. Use hand method only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture.

B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10 foot straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish.

32 13 14 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

C. Work edges of slabs, and formed joints with an edging tool, and round to 1/2 inch radius, unless otherwise indicated. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface.

D. After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1. Exterior slabs, sidewalks, flow channels, flumes, curbs, and other similar concrete pavement types shall have a non-slip finish by scoring the surface with a fine-hair broom, perpendicular to the line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Retaining walls, wing walls, light pole bases, and other surfaces exposed to view upon completion of work shall be given a rubbed finish as specified below: a. Immediately upon removal of the forms, the surfaces to be rubbed shall be pointed up, thoroughly wetted and then rubbed with a No. 20 carborundum brick and water so as to produce a true, even, and smooth surface. When necessary to fill pinholes, and upon areas which have been reconstructed, rubbing shall be done by carborundum brick and a thin cement grout composed of 1 part of cement and 2 parts of fine washed silicone sand, all of which shall pass a No. 20 sieve. The surfaces finished with grout shall be carefully scraped with a steel edge so as to remove all surplus grout, after which it shall be given a final rub with a wood float until all skin and form marks shall be removed. No "wash" composed of cement and water, or cement, sand and water shall be used in this process.

E. Do not remove forms for 24 hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Engineer.

3.4 CURING

A. General: 1. After texturing operations have been completed and after the free water has left the surface, coat the concrete walk surface and sides of slip-formed concrete walks with a uniform layer of membrane curing compound. 2. Apply 1 coat of curing compound on non-grooved (broomed) surfaces and 2 coats on grooved ( raked) surfaces. 3. Apply not less than 1 gallon per 25 square yards of concrete for each application. 4. Apply the second coat after the first has dried sufficiently but do not exceed 2 hours between coats. 5. Keep the compound thoroughly mixed according to the Manufacturer’s recommendations. 6. Do not thin curing compound. 7. Reapply curing compound immediately to surfaces damaged by rain, joint sawing, foot traffic or other activities. 8. If fixed forms are removed during the curing period, coat the entire area of the sides of the concrete walk with curing compound immediately after removal of forms.

B. These requirements are minimum requirements only. Repair or replacement of concrete showing damage due to inadequate curing is required. All costs associated with this corrective work will be borne by the Contractor.

3.5 ADA TRUNCATED DOMES

A. Prior to installation, review mix design with concrete supplier and installer to ensure concrete has proper slump and will not set too rapidly to allow for proper installation.

B. Install system in accordance with Manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. Dome panels to be perpendicular and parallel with curb with no gaps between panels. Panels must be level and flush with adjacent concrete walk. Installation must be acceptable to Engineer or removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense.

C. Install top of domes flush with top of adjacent concrete along top and sides of plates. Install bottom of domes flush with concrete at lower end of plates.

32 13 14 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Walks Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 13 14 Project Number 191453

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect the walks from damage until acceptance of the Work.

B. Protect the concrete from freezing until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 1000 psi.

C. Maintain walks as clean as practical by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.

D. Sweep concrete walks and wash free of stains, discolorations, dirt and other foreign material just prior to final inspection.

3.7 DEFECTIVE WORK

A. The following list of deficiencies shall be considered defective work and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner: 1. Difference in elevation between panels of 1/2-inch or greater. 2. Cracks of any length that are 1/8-inch wide or wider. 3. Surface spalling covering in excess of 20% of the area of any 1 panel. 4. A hole that is 1/2-inch or greater in depth and 2 inches or greater in diameter. 5. Residual splatter that is 1/2-inch or higher and attached to a panel. 6. Elevation difference of 3/4-inch in 10 feet caused by settling, that has not caused an elevation difference between panels. 7. Multiple hairline cracking. 8. Footprints, bike tire tracks, animal tracks, or the like, created while concrete was not cured. 9. Improperly install tactile warning surface. 10. ASR cracking or potholing.

3.8 CLEAN-UP

A. For duration of work, Contractor is to maintain work area free of waste material, debris, and the like. 1. Contractor shall provide on-site containers as necessary for work of this Section. Locate as directed by Engineer.

B. Upon completion and when directed by Engineer, Contractor shall remove all excess material, debris, and equipment occasioned by the work.

END OF SECTION 32 13 14

32 13 14 – 7 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_13_14.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Brick Pavers Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 14 14 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 14 14 – BRICK PAVERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This work includes furnishing and installing brick paving bricks for use as pedestrian walkways. Clay paving bricks shall be furnished and installed to match the proposed patterns and dimensions as indicated on the Drawings.

B. All work shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications, as directed by the Engineer, and as specified herein.

1.3 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

A. Only the following City approved contractors can perform brick paver installation in the public right-of-way: 1. Pavers Plus, 3190 Madison SE, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49548; office: 616.530.0065; cell. (contact, Tim McCloskey): 616.437.4001. 2. Cobblestone Pavers, 7900 Webster, Freeland, Michigan 48623; office: 989.695.9920; fax: 989.695.9928; cell (contact, Dave Rohn): 989.737.7880.000. 3. Environmental Site Consultants, Inc., 92 Crescent Road., Waterford, Michigan 48327; office: 248.343.1449; fax: 248.683.4342; web address: www.environmentalsiteconsultants.com . 4. Moore Trosper Construction Co., 4224 Keller Road, Holt, Michigan 48842; office: 517.694.6310; fax: 517.694.1173.

1.4 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Brick Pavers, Crosswalk: Shall be on a unit price basis per square foot of brick pavers installed. Payment shall include brick pavers, concrete subbase, sand layer, all labor, material and equipment necessary to complete the work specified in this special provision and as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Brick Pavers, Sidewalk: Shall be on a unit price basis per square foot of brick pavers installed. Payment shall include brick pavers, concrete subbase, sand layer, all labor, material and equipment necessary to complete the work specified in this special provision and as indicated on the Drawings.

C. Salvage and Replace Brick Pavers: Shall be on the unit price basis per square foot of existing brick pavers salvaged and replaced in their original location. Payment shall include all labor, material and equipment necessary to remove, store and reinstall existing brick pavers within the project grading limits shown to be salvaged and replaced as indicated on the Drawings.

D. No additional compensation will be provided for coordinating placing of paving brick with existing brick paving or for saw cutting brick and placing them around sign posts, poles, manholes, valve boxes, and other obstacles.

E. For salvaged and replaced brick pavers, no additional compensation will be provided for any differences in the preparation of the granular and concrete base courses when matching what is found in the field. Any existing brick pavers damaged by the Contractor during the removal, storage and installment shall be replaced at no additional cost.

F. The sample panel will not be measured and paid for separately, unless incorporated into the location of the final brick pavers.

32 14 14 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WO RK \SPECS \32_14_14.DO CX Lansing Board of Water and Light Brick Pavers Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 14 14 Project Number 191453

G. The following pay item numbers will apply to this section as listed in the contract documents unit price pay item list: Item Code Description Unit 8020150-7 Brick Pavers, Crosswalk Sft 8020151-7 Brick Pavers, Sidewalk Sft 8020152-7 Salvage and Replace Brick Pavers Sft

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals: Submit shop drawings and brick samples to the Engineer for review and approval. Submit test results meeting the ASTM requirements for compressive strength, cold water absorption, abrasion and efflorescence.

B. Samples: For Sample Panel: The Contractor shall install 60 square feet of sand setting bed and pavers on- site in the pattern indicated in the Drawings to form a sample panel for approval by the Engineer. Any depressions, joint or alignment problems, or other deficiencies shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer before proceeding with further work. The intent is to establish the quality of workmanship which shall be maintained throughout the project. Any portion of the remainder of the work not conforming to the sample shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The sample panel, if approved, may be incorporated into the work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Clay Pavers: 1. Manufacturer: Belden, Glen Gery Brick or Pine Hall Brick. Supplied by: a. Belden Brick Fraser, Michigan 48026, telephone 810.294.5400. b. Young Bros. & Daly Lansing, Michigan 48906, telephone 517.484.5431. 2. Requirements: Solid clay pavers, of the size indicated, in accordance with ASTM C902, Class SX. 3. Proposed Pavers: a. Color: Red and to be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. b. Size: 8 inch X 4 inch X 2.25 inch; 8 inch X 8 inch X 2.25 inch. c. Texture: Smooth finish repressed with chamfered edges. d. Running Bond: Old Smokie by Glen Gery Brick. e. Soldier Course: K&W by Glen Gery Brick. f. Existing brick pavers damaged during construction shall be replaced with new brick pavers matching the original color and material. Existing brick paver information will be indicated on the Drawings.

B. Bedding Sand: The bedding sand material shall be 2NS in accordance with Section 902 of the Standard Specifications.

C. Joint Filler: The joint filler material shall be 2MS in accordance with Section 902 of the Standard Specifications.

D. Concrete: The concrete base course shall be Grade P1 in accordance with Section 601 of the Standard Specifications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. This work shall be thoroughly reviewed by the Engineer before starting to establish the exact limits of work.

B. Notify adjacent property owners of work which may affect their property. The Contractor shall take care to prevent the disruption of business activity within the project area.

32 14 14 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WO RK \SPECS \32_14_14.DO CX Lansing Board of Water and Light Brick Pavers Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 14 14 Project Number 191453

C. For preparation of brick paver crosswalks to be located within existing paved areas, sawcut through the existing HMA road section according to the crosswalk limits shown on the plans. Coordinate removal limits with the Engineer prior to sawcutting.

D. For areas where the existing brick pavers are to be salvaged and replaced the granular and concrete base courses shall be prepared to match the existing section thicknesses, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.

3.2 BASE PREPARATION

A. Before the granular base is placed, the subgrade shall be prepared. Soft and yielding soil shall be removed and replaced with suitable soil. The subgrade shall be compacted to 95% of its maximum unit weight in accordance with Section 301 of the Standard Specifications. The subgrade shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before the granular base is placed. The granular base shall be placed in uniform layers and compacted to 95% of its maximum unit weight in accordance with Section 301 of the Standard Specifications. The compacted depth of each layer shall not be more than 6 inches. The concrete base course shall be trimmed to the required grade and cross section within a tolerance of 1/8 inch.

3.3 CONCRETE BASE COURSE

A. For Brick Pavers, Crosswalk, construct a 10-inch thick non- reinforced concrete base course under the brick pavers at all locations specifying brick pavers unless otherwise noted. Before the concrete base course is placed, a granular base shall be prepared as specified above. The concrete base course shall extend from the curb to the concrete headers. Refer to the Special Provision for Concrete Header for further requirements.

B. For Brick Pavers, Sidewalk, construct a 6-inch thick non- reinforced concrete base course under the brick pavers at all locations specifying brick pavers unless otherwise noted. Before the concrete base course is placed, a granular base shall be prepared as specified above. The concrete base course shall extend from the back of the new curb to the limits of the brick pavers as indicated on the plan sheets. Refer to the Special Provision for Concrete Header for further requirements.

C. The finished surface of the concrete base course shall be at the proper slope and grade to allow for the installation of the sand bedding layer and brick pavers to match the curb and concrete headers.

D. Drain holes shall be drilled through the concrete base course into the granular base, leaving a neat flush surface for the sand bedding. Drain holes shall be 1/2 inch in diameter and 24 inch on center starting 6 inches from edge of header.

3.4 SAND BEDDING

A. The bedding sand shall be spread and screened loose in a uniform layer. The loose sand shall be protected against precompaction by pedestrian traffic, rain, or other methods. Drain holes shall be filled with sand to minimize voids.

3.5 CLAY PAVING BRICK

A. Do not use pavers with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations or other defects which may be visible.

B. Paving brick shall be installed in accordance to the manufacturer's instructions.

C. The paving brick shall be laid on the loose, screened sand bed and in such a manner to obtain the approved pattern as indicated in the plans. Contractor shall lay out brick pavers to ensure whole bricks are used to obtain the pattern indicated in the plans. Paving brick shall be installed from several pallets simultaneously to insure dispersion of variations in color between batches.

D. Where cutting of brick is required, bricks shall be sawcut evenly without chipping or cracking. Cuts shall be made in a manner that does not affect the structural integrity of the brick. Chisel cutting of brick is not acceptable.

32 14 14 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WO RK \SPECS \32_14_14.DO CX Lansing Board of Water and Light Brick Pavers Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 14 14 Project Number 191453

E. After laying the paving brick in sand bed, they shall be compacted with a mechanical vibrating compactor to achieve consolidation of the sand bedding and to bring them to the desired level and profile. The compactor shall be of a type acceptable to the brick paver manufacturer. A rubber cover on the compactor or placement of a sand cushion over the brick pavers shall be required to prevent damage to pavers. Damaged paving brick shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost.

F. The finished surface shall be in accordance with the lines, grades, and levels depicted in the plans. The surface shall not deviate by more than 1/8 inch from a 10 foot long straight edge laid in any direction.

G. Sample Panel: In accordance with the requirements of Submittals specified herein.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean materials installed under this Section.

END OF SECTION 32 14 14

32 14 14 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WO RK \SPECS \32_14_14.DO CX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Curbs and Gutters Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 16 13 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 16 13 – CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of concrete curbs and gutters.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Publications: a. A820 - Steel Fibers for Fiber Reinforced Concrete. b. C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates. c. C39 - Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. d. C94 - Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. e. C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. f. C150 - Specification for Portland Cement. g. C260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. h. C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. i. C330 - Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete. j. C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. k. C618 - Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. 2. ACI – American Concrete Institute: a. 117 - Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. b. 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. c. 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. d. 303R - Guide to Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete Practice. e. 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. f. 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. g. 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. h. 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: Provide mix design for concrete to be supplied.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing: Testing will be performed in accordance with Division 01 Section "Testing Services for Buried Utilities, Roadways, and Site Projects" and the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cement: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type I or I/II. 2. Do not use different types of cement, different manufacturers of cement, or different degrees of fineness.

B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C.

32 16 13 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_16_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Curbs and Gutters Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 16 13 Project Number 191453

C. Aggregates: 1. Grade aggregates according to procedures of ASTM C136, Class M, Exposure 4. 2. Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33-5S, Number 57 (1-inch), crushed limestone. 3. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33.

D. Water: Clean, fresh and potable.

E. Admixtures: 1. General: a. No admixture shall contain more than 0.1% water soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. b. No admixture shall contain calcium chloride. 2. Air-Entraining: a. Comply with ASTM C260. b. Daravair series or Darex series, by W.R. Grace & Company; Micro Air, by BASF Admixtures, Inc.; or equal.

F. Curing Agents: 1. Curing agents shall comply with ASTM C309, Type 2 white. 2. Provide approved products by Symons Corporation, W.R. Meadows, L & M Chemical, Master Builders or Dayton-Superior: a. 1600 White by W.R. Meadows. b. Day-Chem Rez Cure (J-11-W) by Dayton Superior. c. Resi-Chem Clear Cure by Symons. d. Confilm by Master Builders. e. L & M Cure by L & M Chemical.

G. Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Deformed reinforcing bars. 2. ASTM A615, Fy = 60,000 psi. 3. Required only when indicated on the Drawings.

2.2 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN

A. Design mix to project normal-weight concrete consisting of Portland cement aggregate, air-entrained add mixture and water producing the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi (min) at 28 days. 2. Air Content: 5.5% to 8,0%. 3. Slump: 0 to 3 inches unless mid-range water reducer is used then slump may 6 inches. 4. Water Cement Ratio: 0.5 maximum.

2.3 FORMWORK

A. Provide necessary formwork to provide concrete dimensions indicated on the Drawings ±1/2 inch. 1. Forms to be straight and true, minimum 1 5/8-inch thick wood, full depth of concrete or steel forms. 2. All curved radius pours to be smooth deflectable steel.

2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Joint fiber shall be preformed, composed of either blended, bonded flexible and waterproof fiber meeting the requirements of AASHTO M213 or polyvinyl chloride with fabric strand or ASTM D1751 fiber joint filler.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GRADING

A. Provide smooth base of granular material compacted to 95% of its maximum density in accordance with ASTM D1557.

32 16 13 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_16_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Curbs and Gutters Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 16 13 Project Number 191453

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Weather and Temperature Limitations: 1. Do not place concrete when the temperature of the air is at or expected to drop below 40 degrees F for at least 7 days after placing. 2. Do not place concrete if portions of the base, subbase, or subgrade layer are frozen, or if the grade exhibits poor stability from excessive moisture levels. 3. Do not place concrete when the temperature of the air is above or expected to exceed 85 degrees F for at least 7 days after placing.

B. Cold Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 306R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Heating materials. b. Providing insulating blankets and windbreaks. c. Heated enclosures. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures. 4. Straw or similar materials shall not be allowed. 5. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 6. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade.

C. Hot Weather Concrete Operations: 1. Comply with the recommendations of ACI 305R. 2. Recommended Protective Measures: a. Cooling materials. b. Concrete placement during cooler hours of the day. c. Providing shading and windbreaks. 3. Advise Engineer of planned protective measures.

D. Preparation of Base: 1. Excavate to the required depth and to a width that will permit forming. 2. Remove unsuitable material below the required depth and replace with sound earth. 3. Shape and compact the base to conform to the section indicated on the Drawings.

E. Forms: 1. Use fixed forms. 2. Apply form releasing agent to prevent concrete from bonding to forms. 3. Provide straight, full depth forms free of warp and strong enough to resist springing during concrete placement. 4. Firmly stake fixed forms to prohibit movement.

F. Reinforcing: 1. Place reinforcement in accordance with CRSI placing reinforcement bars and Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Tolerances indicated in ACI 117. 3. 3-inch minimum cover.

G. Placing and Finishing Concrete: 1. Place all concrete in accordance with ACI 304R and ACI 304.2R. 2. Moisten base before placing concrete. 3. Place concrete and consolidate, including along the faces of the forms, before finishing. 4. Place and finish in a continuous operation. 5. When replacing gutters along with concrete walk ramps, construct the gutter to the same dimensions and profile and use the same reinforcement pattern as the existing gutter. 6. Float the surface just enough to produce a smooth surface free from irregularities. 7. Round edges and joints with an approved finishing tool.

32 16 13 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_16_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Curbs and Gutters Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 16 13 Project Number 191453

H. Joints: 1. General: Comply with ACI 318-6.3, 6.4, and ACI 301, Section 6. Construct expansion, weakened-plane (contraction), and construction joints true-to-line with face perpendicular to the centerline, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 2. Weakened-Plane (Contraction) Joints: Provide weakened-plane (contraction) joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated on the Drawings. Contraction joints for curbs shall be 1-1/2 inch deep provided at 10 foot intervals unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 3. Construction Joints: Place construction joints at end of placements and at locations where placement operations are stopped for a period of more than 1/2 hour, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. 4. Install expansion joints at the spring point of curves of all radius curbs. For curbed islands install 2 expansion joints at opposite ends of island at spring points. 5. Install expansion joints 10 feet either side of catch basins, and every 300 feet longitudinally.

I. Backfilling: 1. After the concrete has gained sufficient strength, remove fixed forms and backfill with sound earth. 2. Compact and level the backfill 1-inch below the surface of the concrete.

3.3 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. After striking-off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screening and floating. Use hand method only where mechanical floating is not possible. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture.

B. After floating, test surface for trueness with a 10 foot straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide a continuous smooth finish.

C. After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing to create a non-slip finish by scoring the surface with a fine-hair broom, perpendicular to the line of traffic. Repeat operation if required to provide a fine line texture acceptable to the Engineer. Finish edges with 1/2-inch radius.

D. Do not remove forms for 24-hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by the Engineer.

3.4 CURING

A. General: After texturing operations have been completed and after the free water has left the surface, coat the concrete with 1 coat of a uniform layer of membrane curing compound.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect from damage until acceptance of the Work.

B. Protect the concrete from freezing until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of at least 1000 psi.

C. Maintain as clean as practical by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. The following list of deficiencies shall be considered defective work if found within 1 year of installation, and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner: 1. Gutters that pond more than 1/4-inch of water. 2. Cracks of any length that are 1/8-inch wide or wider. 3. A hole that is 1/2-inch or greater in depth and 2 inches or greater in diameter. 4. Residual splatter that is 1/2-inch or higher than adjacent concrete. 5. Elevation difference of 1/4-inch in 10 feet caused by settling or improper forming. 6. Footprints, bike tire tracks, animal tracks, or the like, created while concrete was not cured.

32 16 13 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_16_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Concrete Curbs and Gutters Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 16 13 Project Number 191453

3.7 CLEANING

A. Maintain work area free of waste, material and debris.

END OF SECTION 32 16 13

32 16 13 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_16_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pavement Markings Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 17 23 Project Number 191453

SECTION 32 17 23 – PAVEMENT MARKINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes parking lot and roadway striping consisting of providing and applying retroreflective permanent pavement markings in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Provide markings, shapes, spacing, and dimensions that conform to the State DOT Pavement Marking Standard Plans.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Comply with standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents except for those having different revision dates as referenced in the codes or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. TT-P-1952D, Federal Specification: Paint, Traffic and Airfield Marking, Waterborne. 2. United States Department of Transportation - Federal Highway Administration: Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). 3. State DOT Current Standards: Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: 1. Provide a detailed schedule for construction. 2. Provide manufacturer data sheet on each material to be used.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation.

B. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS

A. Marking paint shall meet Federal Specification GSA-FSSTT-P-115E Type 1.

B. Size and Color: 4-inch and 6-inch width, white, yellow, blue or other color depending on intended use. 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 2. In accordance with guidelines, State MUTCD and FHWA – MUTCD.

32 17 23 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_17_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pavement Markings Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 17 23 Project Number 191453

C. Materials to be Used: 1. Road Striping: Waterborne. 2. Road Stop Bars: Waterborne.

D. Traffic paint shall be spray type for stripe marking. Contractor may use one of the following, or equal: 1. Repcolite: a. 47610 Traffic Marking Paint; White. b. 47660 Traffic Marking Paint; Yellow. c. 47630 Traffic Marking Paint (Barrier Free Blue). 2. Sherwin Williams: a. Setfast Low VOC Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint; TM 5626 (White), TM 5627 (Yellow). b. Smart Mark Premium Alkyd Thermoplastic. c. Smart Mark Premium Hydro Thermoplastic. 3. Epoplex: LS90 Polyurea liquid pavement marking system.

E. Thickness (mil) For Single Application: 1. Waterborne: 15 mil (110 sq. ft./gallon). 2. Thermoplastic: 90 mil. 3. Polyurea: 20 mil.

F. If the Contract requires a second application of permanent pavement markings, complete 2 applications regardless of initial pavement marking conditions. Complete the second application from 14 days to 60 days after initial application in the same calendar year.

G. Apply the second application before the required 14 days if previously approved by the Engineer.

Minimum Material Plac ement Temperature and Seasonal Restrictions Minimum Air Minimum Dry Temperature (F) Pavement Material During Application Temperature (F) Start Date End Date Waterborne 50 50 May 1 Oct. 15 Low Temperature Waterborne 35 35 Oct. 1 May 1 Regular Dry 25 25 Oct. 1 May 1 Cold Plastic Tape With Contact Cement 60 60 May 1 Oct. 15 Cold Plastic Tape Primerless - without Surface preparation Adhesive 60 60 Jun. 1 Sept. 1 Cold Plastic Tape Primerless - with Surface preparation Adhesive 40 40 Apr. 15 Nov. 15 Thermoplastic 50 50 May 1 Oct. 15 Sprayable Thermoplastic 50 50 Apr. 15 Nov. 15 Polyurea 40 10 Apr. 15 Nov. 15

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare as indicated on the Drawings for layout of pavement markings, symbols, and all associated dimensions, details and requirements.

B. Measure pavement and mark pavement marking locations with chalk lines on parking lots or grease pencil to be sure all dimensions comply with the Drawings.

C. Before applying pavement markings, ensure the pavement surface is clean, dry and in sound condition. Remove any dust, oil, grease, dirt, loose rust and other foreign material. Air blast to remove material that prevents pavement markings from adhering to the pavement surface.

32 17 23 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_17_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pavement Markings Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 17 23 Project Number 191453

D. Apply longitudinal lines with certified self-propelled pavement marking equipment. Contact the Engineer for approval of using other equipment for special markings or areas inaccessible to self-propelled pavement marking equipment.

E. Provide self-propelled equipment certified with the Equipment Certification Guidelines for Pavement Markings. Certification is effective for 2 years. Operate marking equipment at no greater than the certified speed.

F. Use equipment capable of uniformly applying material to the required length and width. Provide equipment for placing centerlines, capable of applying a minimum of three 4-inch lines on a two-lane road in one pass. If applying multiple centerlines, use 3 spray guns positioned 6 inches on center. For two lane freeways, apply the lane line from the left lane.

G. Use equipment for placing hot-applied thermoplastic and sprayable thermoplastic material that can maintain the temperature recommended by the material manufacturer.

H. Prepare new and existing hot mix asphalt (HMA) surfaces open to traffic for 10 days or less with no oil drips, residue, debris, or temporary or permanent markings, by cleaning the marking area with compressed air.

I. Prepare new and existing Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) surfaces free of oil drips, residue, and debris, temporary, or permanent markings, by removing the curing compound from the area required for pavement markings.

J. Prepare existing HMA or PCC surfaces that do not have existing markings, but may have oil drip areas, or both, by scarifying the marking area using non-milling grinding teeth or shot blasting. Use of water blasting to scarify the marking area on PCC surfaces is allowed.

3.2 PAVEMENT MARKING

A. Apply pavement marking in accordance with state DOT and FHWA requirements.

B. For solid lines, apply 4 inch and 6 inch lines, no greater than 1/4 inch wider than the required width. Apply solid lines with no gaps or spaces. Apply a double line as either 2 solid lines or 1 solid line and 1 broken line.

C. Mix liquid materials during application. Do not thin materials. Uniformly apply pavement marking material at the rates indicated by the manufacturer.

D. Operate striping equipment to prevent traffic from crossing the uncured markings. Prevent vehicles from being sprayed.

E. Apply sharp, well-defined markings, free of uneven edges, overspray, or other visible defects, as determined by the Engineer. Ensure pavement marking lines are straight, or of uniform curvature. Pavement markings are subject to inspection by the Engineer. Remove pavement markings outside the required tolerances and re apply in the correct locations. Also reapply unprotected pavement markings damaged by traffic and remove tracked lines at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Ensure the material application rates, the temperature and seasonal application restrictions listed in the Table after Paragraph 2.1 G. Also ensure the additional requirements indicated in this Article for specific materials are met when applying any material, unless directed by the Engineer.

G. Protect pavement marking from traffic crossing over uncured paint.

H. Re apply lines washed away or otherwise damaged by rain at no additional cost to the Owner.

I. Regular Dry Paint: Wait at least 14 days after placing the pavement surface before applying regular dry pavement markings to new HMA wearing surface. The Engineer may consider waiving the 14 day waiting period if conditions dictate.

32 17 23 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_17_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pavement Markings Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 32 17 23 Project Number 191453

J. Cold Plastic: 1. Prepare the pavement surface and apply the cold plastic tape in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications. 2. Remove curing compound from new concrete surfaces before applying cold plastic tape. 3. Install cold plastic tape legends, crosswalks, and stop bars, as shown on the standard plan requirements, unless otherwise required in the Drawings.

K. Primerless – Without Surface Preparation Adhesive: 1. Ensure dry weather for at least 24 hours, and dry pavement surface before applying the primerless cold plastic tape marking. Clean the pavement surface using an air compressor with at least 185 cfm air flow and 120 psi. 2. Immediately after placement, roll transverse and special markings at least 6 times with a roller weighing at least 200 pounds.

L. Thermoplastic: 1. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the pavement is free of excess surface and subsurface moisture that may affect bonding. 2. Heat and apply the thermoplastic material within the temperature range recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Heat and apply the sprayable thermoplastic material within the temperature range recommended by the manufacturer.

M. Polyurea: 1. Ensure the pavement is free of excess surface and subsurface moisture that may affect bonding. 2. Surface preparation requirements for special, and longitudinal polyuria pavement markings depend on surface conditions.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Prior to acceptance of the work, clean the pavement and related areas to remove dirt and stones.

END OF SECTION 32 17 23

32 17 23 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \32_17_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 30 00 – SANITARY SEWERAGE UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of a sanitary sewer system.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standard Specifications: a. A48 - Gray Iron Castings. b. A167 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. c. A536 - Ductile Iron Castings. d. A746 - Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe. e. C14 - Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. f. C55 - Concrete Building Brick. g. C62 - Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). h. C76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. i. C139 - Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes. j. C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. k. C425 - Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings. l. C443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. m. C478 - Precast Concrete Manhole Sections. n. C700 - Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated. o. C923 - Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. p. D449 - Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and Waterproofing. q. D1527 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. r. D1784 -Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. s. D1785 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. t. D2239 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. u. D2241 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR-Series). v. D2282 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). w. D2680 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Pipe. x. D3212 - Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. y. D2751 - Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. z. D3034 - Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. aa. D3035 - Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) based on Controlled Outside Diameter. bb. D3212 - Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. cc. D3262 - Reinforced Plastic Mortar Sewer Pipe. dd. D3840 - Reinforced Plastic Mortar Pipe Fittings for Non-Pressure Applications. ee. D3965 - Rigid Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Compounds for Pipe and Fittings. ff. D4396 - Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) and Related Plastic Compounds for Nonpressure Piping Products. gg. F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. hh. F679 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings. ii. F794 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. jj. F2736 - 6 to 30 in. Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe And Double Wall Pipe.

33 30 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

kk. F2764 - 30 to 60 in. Polypropylene (PP) Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications. ll. F949 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings. 2. ASTM Standards: a. C12 - Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. b. C301 - Method for Testing Vitrified Clay Pipe. c. C497 - Method of Testing Concrete Pipe, Sections, or Tile. d. C822 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related Products. e. C828 - Practice for Low Pressure Air Test of Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines. f. C924 - Practice for Testing Concrete Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method. g. C969 - Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines. h. C1103 - Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Pipe Sewer Lines. i. C1479 - Standard Practice for Installation of Precast Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. j. D2321 - Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity - Flow Applications. k. D2412 - Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. l. D3839 - Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe and Reinforced Plastic Mortar Pipe. m. F402 - Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings. n. F1417 – Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air. 3. ANSI/AWWA: a. A21.4 - Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water. b. C111/A21.11 - Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 4. NASSCO - National Association of Sewer Service Companies: Recommended Specification for Sewer Collection System Rehabilitation.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: For Product Data: 1. Pipe materials certification. 2. Manholes certification. 3. Mandrel details and certification. 4. Manhole castings. 5. Resilient connector.

B. Informational Submittals: Submit Manufacturers' sworn statements that the pipe materials furnished comply with this Specification.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the installation of the materials and equipment used on the Project. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE MATERIALS

A. Sanitary Sewer Pipe: 1. General: a. One type for entire work, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. b. Except service leads or where a specific type is indicated on the Drawings.

33 30 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

2. Types: a. PVC (Solid Wall) - Pipe Diameter of 15 Inches or Less: 1) Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D3034 SDR 26: a) PVC Compound Cell Classification: ASTM D1784, 12454-B or 12454-C. 2) Joints: ASTM D3212, elastomeric gasket, push-on. 3) Gaskets: ASTM F477. b. PVC Composite (Truss): 1) Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D2680. 2) Joints: ASTM D2680, mechanical seal.

B. Sanitary Service Leads (Laterals): 1. Material: Ductile iron. 2. Wyes and Tees: a. Sanitary Sewer 8-Inch or 10-Inch Diameter: Wye. b. Sanitary Sewer 12-Inch Diameter or Larger: Tee. c. Cored with resilient rubber connector (boot) on all concrete pipe 18-inch diameter and greater. 3. Plugs or Stoppers: a. Air-tight seal. b. Removable without damage to pipe bell. c. Capable of holding 5 psig. d. Joints and gaskets to match sanitary sewers.

2.2 MISCELLANEOUS

A. Pipe Deflection Test Gage: 1. Manufacturer: Cherne Industries, Inc.; or equal. 2. Mandrel: a. 10-inch for 8-inch to 15-inch fin sets. b. 24-inch for 18-inch to 48-inch fin sets. 3. Fin O.D.: Not less than 95% of base inside pipe diameter. 4. Minimum 9 fins. 5. Allowable Maximum Deflection: 5% of diameter. 6. Provide proving rings to verify accuracy of test gage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Alignment and Grade: 1. If there is a grade discrepancy or an obstruction which is not indicated on the Drawings, notify Engineer and obtain instructions prior to proceeding. 2. Where Sanitary Sewer Crosses Water Main: a. Expose water main prior to laying sanitary sewer to verify existing depth. b. Maintain minimum clearance of 18 inches unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 3. Control: a. Laser Beam: 1) Check Line and Grade At: a) Set-up point, 25 feet, 50 feet, 100 feet and; b) 200 feet intervals thereafter. 2) Reset projector at each manhole.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: 1. Install pipe, fittings and appurtenances in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations except as herein specified or indicated on the Drawings: a. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2321. b. PVC Truss Pipe: ASTM D2321. c. Clay Pipe: ASTM C12.

33 30 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

d. Concrete Pipe: ASTM C1479. e. PVC Profile Pipe: ASTM D2321. 2. Prevent entrance of foreign material.

B. Pipe Laying: 1. Bearing: a. Support entire length of pipe barrel evenly. b. Provide bell holes at joints. 2. Direction: Commence at outlet and proceed up grade with spigot ends pointing in direction of flow. 3. Method: a. Clean socket, bell, gasket groove, and spigot. b. Set gasket. c. Apply lubricant to spigot. d. Center spigot end of pipe to be laid and push home against base of socket. e. Center pipe to form a sewer with uniform invert. 4. Allowable alignment deflection at any point along the pipe. a. Horizontal: 0.2 inches. b. Vertical: 0.02 feet of planned grade.

C. Jointing: 1. All lubricants, gaskets, and solvent cement to be furnished by pipe Manufacturer. 2. Gaskets: a. Surfaces of Joint: Clean and dry before lubricant is applied. b. Take care in laying that the pipe does not shift and that gasket remains in a home position after assembly.

D. Service Leads (Sanitary Sewer Laterals): 1. Locations: a. Service lead locations indicated on Drawings are schematic only to represent approximate locations and total number. b. Confirm exact service lead location with current property owner (if applicable) or Engineer. c. Unless otherwise directed, install service leads at center of vacant lots. 2. Alignment: Right angles to street centerline, except as indicated otherwise on the Drawings. 3. Grade: Uniform minimum of 1/8-inch per foot (1%). 4. Depth: a. Elevations at property line indicated on Drawings. b. If Drawings are not specific, depth shall be adequate to serve basement of existing building. c. At property line of vacant lots, mobile homes or structures not connected to sewer, minimum depth shall be 10 feet or as indicated on the Drawings. d. Record depth of end of lateral below finished grade. 5. Risers: a. In event of high groundwater, risers may be required, which decision shall be made by Engineer. b. Required if sanitary sewer is more than 12 feet below finished grade. 6. Plug ends air tight with standard pressure tight plug. 7. Markers: a. Install 2-inch x 2-inch pressure treated wood marking rod at end of each service lead extending vertically from end of lead to within 3 inches of ground surface. b. Place 2-inch-long galvanized lag bolt in end of wood rod. 8. Witnesses and Measurements: a. Wyes and Tees: 1) Measurement to center of nearest downstream manhole. 2) Note manhole by number indicated on Drawings. b. Ends of Service Leads: 3 measurements to permanent surface features.

E. Connections: 1. To Existing Structures: a. Opening: No larger than needed for new pipe. b. Brick or Block Structure: Relay and repoint loose blocks and bricks.

33 30 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

2. For Future Use: a. 4-Inch Through 21-Inch Diameter: Plug with standard cap or disc. b. 24-Inch and Larger: 1) Bulkhead with 8-inch thick brick and mortar. 2) 1/2-inch mortar plaster on outside of bulkhead.

3.3 CLEANING

A. Remove dirt and debris, including cemented or wedged material, from the inside of sewers and manholes before any testing or videotaping.

3.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. Observation: By Engineer.

B. Notification for Testing: Arrange with Engineer following backfill, cleaning and pretesting.

C. Equipment and Manpower: Provide everything required for testing.

D. Alignment and Grade Tests: 1. Visual: a. Each manhole to manhole section. b. Mirrors or Lights: Adequate to illuminate the section.

E. Low Pressure Air Test for Leakage: 1. Required for all types of pipe, except if sewer is live (in service). a. Plastic Pipe 4-Inch Through 36-Inch: ASTM F1417. 2. If the groundwater level is 2 feet or more above the top of the pipe at the upstream end or if the air pressure required for the test is greater than 9 psi gage, the air test should not be used until the groundwater level is lowered by pumping or dewatering. 3. Test each manhole to manhole section following completion of service leads, risers and other appurtenances. 4. Pressure: Initially 4.0 psi greater than groundwater back pressure for 2 minute duration. 5. Pressure Drop: a. Measure time interval for pressure drop from 3.5 psi to 2.5 psi greater than groundwater back pressure. Compare with the minimum test time. Measured time interval must be equal to or greater than the minimum test time. b. Test Time for Various Pipe Sizes:

Nominal Pipe Size, Time, Minutes Inches Minimum 250 Feet 300 Feet 400 Feet 10 9:26 9:53 11:52 15:49 12 11:20 14:15 17:05 22:47 15 14:10 22:15 26:42 35:36 18 17:00 32:30 38:27 51:16 21 19:50 43:37 52:21 69:48 24 22:40 56:58 68:22 91:10 27 25:30 72:07 86:32 115:22 30 28:20 89:02 106:50 142:26 36 34:00 128:12 153:50 205:07

6. Repair leaks and repeat tests until acceptable results are achieved.

F. Deflection Test for Plastic Pipe: 1. Go, No Go Gage: a. Pull go, no go gage through each section: 1) At least 30 days after completion of backfill. 2) Pulled by one person with no mechanical advantage.

33 30 00 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Sanitary Sewerage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 30 00 Project Number 191453

b. Go, no go gage will not pass: 1) Remove and replace section. 2) Undamaged pipe may be reused. 2. Vibratory Re-rounding Device: a. Use not permitted. b. Submit pipe Manufacturer's written approval of suggested equipment and method.

G. Internal Television Inspection of Sanitary Sewers: 1. General: a. Inspect all sanitary sewers using a closed-circuit color television camera. b. Provide Engineer with audio-video discs, DVD or Video CD, compatible with playback on any Region I American TV standard DVD player and written logs to document the internal television inspection: 1) Inspection shall proceed from downstream to upstream, unless otherwise approved by Engineer. 2) Written logs shall note the location of all sewer laterals and pipe deficiencies by distance from the downstream manhole. 3) The video shall include audio commentary regarding the sewer condition. c. Engineer will review the video and written logs to verify that the sanitary sewers were constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. d. The video shall verify that the sanitary sewers are clean and free of sediment and debris to the satisfaction of Engineer. Sanitary sewers not satisfactorily cleaned shall be promptly cleaned and reinspected by closed-circuit color television camera. e. Documentation of television inspection shall be provided and Engineer shall determine that the sewers were constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents before payment for completed sections of sanitary sewer will be recommended to Owner. 2. Performance Requirements: a. Inspection procedures and equipment shall meet the applicable standards as presented in the National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Recommended Specifications for Sewer Collection System Rehabilitation. b. Each section of sanitary sewer between manholes shall be television inspected separately utilizing a video camera and related equipment specifically designed for the purpose of internal sewer inspection. c. The camera speed shall not exceed 30 feet per minute. d. The camera shall be stopped for no less than 10 seconds at the entrance manhole, each service lateral, exit manhole, and at all points where the sewer is damaged or deficient. e. Lighting for the camera shall be adequate to allow a clear picture of the entire periphery of the sewer and shall be varied as required to be effective for all pipe diameters inspected. f. Cables and equipment used to propel the camera shall not obstruct the camera view or interfere with the documentation of the sewer conditions. g. The video recording shall be edited as necessary to produce a video sequence proceeding from the most downstream manhole to the most upstream manhole on the mainline run. Branch runs shall be shown in similar downstream to upstream sequencing, subsequent to the mainline sequence. h. The mobile recording studio shall have adequate space to accommodate up to 3 persons for the purpose of viewing the video monitor while the inspection is in progress. i. Whenever possible, the camera shall move in an upstream direction. j. The location of the camera in the sewer shall be monitored by an accurate measuring system which records the distance traveled from the downstream manhole on the video. k. All video and written logs shall be clearly labeled with the project name and location identification. l. If sewer has dirt and debris which prohibits video inspection, the sewer shall be cleaned and re-televised at no expense to Owner.

END OF SECTION 33 30 00

33 30 00 – 6 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_30_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Storm Drainage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 40 00 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 40 00 – STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of a storm sewer system.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Standards: a. A48 - Gray Iron Castings. b. A536 - Ductile Iron Castings. c. C14 - Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe. d. C55 - Concrete Building Brick. e. C62 - Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale). f. C76 - Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain and Sewer Pipe. g. C139 - Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes. h. C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. i. C443 - Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe Using Rubber Gaskets. j. C478 - Precast Concrete Manhole Sections. k. C497 - Method of Testing Concrete Pipe, Sections or Tile. l. C822 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Concrete Pipe and Related Products. m. C923 - Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes. n. C924 – Standard Practice for Testing Concrete Sewer Lines by Low-Pressure Air Test Method. o. C1103 – Standard Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Line. p. D449 - Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and Waterproofing. q. D520 - Zinc Dust Pigment for Paints. r. D2412 -Standard Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by Parallel-Plate Loading. s. D3212 - Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. t. D3350 - Standard Specifications for Polyethylene Plastic Pipes and Fitting Materials. u. F405 - Corrugated Polyethylene (PE) Tubing and Fittings. v. F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. w. F449 - Subsurface Installation of Corrugated Thermoplastic Tubing for Agricultural Drainage or Water Table Control. x. F667 - Large Diameter Corrugated Polyethylene Tubing and Fittings. y. F1417 - Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air. z. F2736 - Standard Specification for 6 to 30 in. Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe and Double Wall Pipe. aa. F2764 - Standard Specification for 30 to 60 in. Polypropylene (PP) Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications. 2. AASHTO Standard Specifications: a. M36 - Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated for Sewers and Drains. b. M167 - Standard Plate for Pipe, Pipe Arches, and Arches. c. M190 - Bituminous Coated Corrugated Metal Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arches. d. M218 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) for Corrugated Steel Pipe. e. M274 - Steel Sheet, Aluminum-Coated (Type 2) for Corrugated Steel Pipe. f. M252 - Corrugated Polyethylene Drainage Piping. g. M294 - Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 12 to 60-inch diameter.

33 40 00 – 1 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_40_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Storm Drainage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 40 00 Project Number 191453

h. M288 - Geotextiles Used for Subsurface Drainage Purposes as modified in MDOT Section 8.09.02. 3. State DOT Current Standards: a. Specifications for Construction. b. Standard Plans.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Abbreviations: 1. PE - Polyethylene pipe. 2. PVC - Polyvinyl chloride. 3. HDPE - High density polyethylene pipe. 4. EJ - East Jordan Iron Works.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Action Submittals: For Product Data: 1. Pipe. 2. Manholes. 3. Mandrel.

B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: Manufacturers' certification and sworn statement for underdrain materials.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabrication and Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

B. Testing of Material Installation: 1. Light or reflected light test for alignment. 2. Visual inspection for leakage and workmanship.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in original, unbroken, brand marked containers or wrapping as applicable.

B. Handle and store materials in a manner which will prevent deterioration, damage, contamination with foreign matter, damage by weather or elements, and in accordance with Manufacturer's directions.

C. Reject damaged, deteriorated or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace rejected materials with new materials at no additional cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. PE: Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.; Hancor, Inc.; or equal.

33 40 00 – 2 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_40_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Storm Drainage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 40 00 Project Number 191453

2.2 PIPE MATERIALS

A. PE Pipe: 1. General: a. ASTM D3350. b. Highway Culverts and Underdrains: 1) 3-inch to 10-inch Diameter: AASHTO M252. 2. Types: a. Type as indicated on the Drawings. b. Double walled. 1) 3-inch to 10-inch Diameter: AASHTO M252. c. Manufacturer: Hancor Sure-Lok; ADS N-12; or equal. 3. Filter Socks: a. Knitted polyester. b. AASHTO M288. 4. Joints: a. Gasketed Snap Coupler: 1) Integral bell. 2) Minimum Pull Apart Strength: 400 pounds. 3) AASHTO M294 4) Manufacturers: Hancor HI-Q Sure-Lok; ADS Prolink 5.0.; or equal. b. Split Coupler: 1) In conjunction with a plastic strap which can be tightened around the coupling. 2) Used for pipe diameter for which gasketed snap covers are not available. 5. Fittings: AASHTO M294.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Alignment and Grade: 1. If there is a grade discrepancy or an obstruction which is not indicated on the Drawings, notify Engineer and obtain instructions prior to proceeding. 2. Where Storm Sewer Crosses Water Main: a. Expose water main prior to laying storm sewer to verify existing depth. b. Maintain minimum clearance of 18 inches unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or approved by Engineer. c. Space joints equidistant from crossing. 3. Control: a. Level and Grade Rod: Check line and grade at each structure or cleanout, and 25 foot intervals thereafter. b. Laser Beam: 1) Check Line and Grade At: Set-up point, 25 feet, 50 feet, 100 feet and 100-foot intervals thereafter. 2) Reset projector at each manhole with a 600 feet maximum. c. Allowable Deflection: 1) Horizontal: 0.20 feet. 2) Vertical: 0.10 feet.

33 40 00 – 3 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_40_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Storm Drainage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 40 00 Project Number 191453

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: 1. Install pipe, fittings and appurtenances in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations except as herein specified or indicated on the Drawings. 2. Prevent entrance of foreign material.

B. Pipe Laying for Concrete PE Pipe: 1. Bearing: Support entire length of pipe barrel evenly with extra excavation at joints. 2. Direction: Commence at outlet and proceed up grade with spigot ends pointing in direction of flow. 3. Method: a. Wipe clean the socket of pipe last laid. b. Center spigot end of pipe to be laid and push home against base of socket. c. Center pipe to form a sewer with a uniform invert. 4. Install Polypropylene Pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321 and Manufacturer’s recommendations. 5. Install DuroMaxx pipe in accordance with ASTM D2321 and Manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. Jointing: 1. Mastic: a. Surfaces of Joint: Clean and dry before mastic is applied. b. Apply mastic to a depth of 1/2-inch or more before placing the pipe. c. Take care in laying that the pipe does not shift and that it remains in a home position after assembly. d. Remove mastic from inside the pipe for diameters 36 inches and larger. 2. Lubricants: As required for coated CSP pipe. As required for gaskets. 3. Gaskets: a. Surfaces of Joint: Clean and dry before lubricant is applied. b. Take care in laying that the pipe does not shift and that it remains in a home position after assembly. 4. External Sealing Band: a. In accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. b. Ensure stretch of band along bottom of pipe and prevent pulling the sealing band into the joint by keeping the weight of the pipe off the bedding until band is fully installed. 5. Geotextile Wrap: Wrap around joint surfaces. 6. Allowable Joint Tolerance: a. Maximum: 1/2-inch at newest surfaces of the joint. b. Allowable joint tolerance shall not affect the lines and grades and their permissible to tolerances.

D. Connections: 1. To Existing Structures: Relay and repoint loose blocks and bricks as required. 2. For Future Use: a. Bulkhead: With 8-inch thick brick and mortar and 1/2-inch plaster outside.

3.3 REPAIR

A. Treatment of Field Welds and Damaged Galvanized Steel Surfaces: 1. Clean with wire brush. 2. Two coats of zinc rich paint conforming to ASTM D520.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Debris: Remove all dirt and debris, including cemented or wedged material from the inside of all sewers, manholes, and catch basins.

B. Final Acceptance: Clean all sewers, manholes, and catch basins before requesting final acceptance.

33 40 00 – 4 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_40_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Storm Drainage Utilities Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 40 00 Project Number 191453

3.5 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. Observation: By Engineer.

B. Notification: Arrange for testing with Engineer following backfill, cleaning, and pretesting.

C. Equipment and Manpower: Provide everything required for testing.

D. Alignment and Grade Tests: 1. Visual: a. Each manhole to manhole section. b. Mirrors or Lights: Adequate to illuminate the section. 2. Laser Beam: a. Set Laser Beam and Target: 1) At respective manholes. 2) Sequentially at 3/4-inch Offset From: a) Invert. b) Crown. c) Left 1/4 point. d) Right 1/4 point. b. One or More Laser Beam Discontinuous: 1) Remove and replace section. 2) Undamaged pipe may be reused.

END OF SECTION 33 40 00

33 40 00 – 5 Z: \2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_40_00.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 60 05 – GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR HYDRONIC AND STEAM ENERGY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Energy Utility Distribution: As used in these Specifications, the steam energy utility distribution system includes steam and steam condensate piping external to tunnels and inside of tunnels as follows: 1. Low pressure steam. 2. Condensate from the drip leg connection to the trap. 3. Condensate from the trap discharge.

B. This Section includes specifying the general requirements for execution of that portion of the Work defined in Division 33 of these Specifications and as indicated on the Drawings for utility distribution system that is exposed outside and located in tunnels and vaults: 1. Major items include, but are not necessarily limited to: a. Miscellaneous support steel. b. Piping, fittings and valves. c. Piping and equipment insulation. d. Temperature and pressure gages. e. Demolition of existing mechanical work. f. Labor, materials, equipment, tools, supervision and start-up services. g. Mechanical systems testing. h. Instructions to Owner regarding operation. i. Incidental and related items necessary to a complete and functionally operational installation of the Work.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of Division 33 shall comply with the following: 1. ANSI: A13.1 - Standard for the Identification of Piping Systems. 2. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers: a. B31.1 - Power Piping. b. B31.9 - Building Services Piping. c. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: 1) Section I. 2) Section II. 3) Section IV. 4) Section VIII. 3. ASTM: A325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 4. Michigan: a. Building Code of 2012 including amendments. b. Mechanical Code 2012 including amendments.

1.4 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Construction details, components, accessories, sizes and model numbers indicated on the Drawings or in these specifications are used to indicate minimum levels of quality and coordination requirements.

33 60 05 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

B. Equipment supplied, whether as scheduled or selected from list of acceptable Manufacturers, must meet minimum requirements listed in specifications or on Drawings, be compatible with facility and intended use, and meet requirements for a functional system.

C. Drawings: 1. Are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangement of systems and work included. 2. Do not necessarily indicate every required valve, fitting, trap, thermometer, gage, duct, elbow, transition, turning vane, mounting support and access panel. 3. Shall not be scaled for measurement or installation location. 4. Shall not serve as Shop Drawings.

D. Schedules and model numbers shall not be used to: 1. Serve as final, definitive quantity requirements. Contractor shall make own count as indicated on Drawings. 2. Determine proper type or model with arrangement, mounting and accessories applicable.

E. Coordinate installation work of Division 33 with work of other trades to provide a complete and functional system.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: 1. Submit Drawings developed for coordination of trades consisting of scaled layout of piping, cable trays, and equipment including, but not limited to, sizes, dimensions, locations and slopes of horizontal runs. 2. Show interface and spatial relationships between piping, cable trays, equipment, and structural components as necessary to achieve proper coordination with other trades. 3. Steam Drip and Trap Circuit Layout Drawings: Submit for Engineer’s and Owner’s review, a dimensioned layout drawing for all trap circuits. Drawings shall be to scale and may be 3-dimensional or include sufficient section cuts to indicate spatial relationships of steam and condensate piping, drip legs, bleeders and valve orientation.

B. System Start-up Schedules: 1. Submit 2 weeks prior to earliest proposed date. 2. List time and date for the following for each system: a. Start-up. b. Demonstration.

C. Completion Reports: 1. Submit within 1 week after each system demonstration. 2. List time, date and persons present for the following for each system: a. Start-up. b. Demonstration. 3. Include Manufacturer's representative's report indicating: a. Approval of installation. b. Satisfactory start-up. c. Functioning correctly. 4. Indicate that demonstration and instructions were satisfactorily completed.

1.6 PRODUCT UNLOADING AND HANDLING

A. Unload equipment and materials required for completion of the Work.

B. Handle and store equipment and materials carefully to prevent damage. Method of rigging and handling shall be subject to the approval of an authorized representative of the equipment Manufacturer whose equipment is being handled.

33 60 05 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

1.7 MAINTENANCE

A. Special Tools: Where special tools are required for operation, furnish these to Owner.

B. Loose and Detachable Parts: 1. Retain loose and small detachable parts of the apparatus and equipment furnished until the completion of the Work. 2. Turn over these parts to Owner.

C. Construction Strainers: 1. Remove after flushing and cleaning and prior to turn-over to Owner. 2. Attach removed construction strainer to piping where removed as proof of removal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FABRICATIONS

A. Miscellaneous Structural Steel: 1. Comply with the requirements of Division 05 Section “Metal Fabrications,” where applicable. 2. Structural steel work shall be done in accordance with the AISC Specification for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, except that allowable stresses shall be reduced 25%. 3. Where required, high strength structural steel bolting conforming to ASTM Specification A325 and assembled to AISC "Specifications for Assembly of Structural Joints. Using High Strength Steel Bolts" or welding shall be used in place of rivets. 4. Connections shall be properly designed for the type of connection and the loads to be carried, and shall be subject to Engineer's or Owner's approval. 5. Welding shall be done by operators who have been previously qualified by tests as prescribed in the American Welding Society "Standard Qualification Procedure" to perform the type of work required. 6. Welding techniques shall conform to the American Welding Society "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction", Section 4, Workmanship. 7. Finished members shall be true to line and free from twist, bends and open joints. 8. All exposed metal is to be hot dip galvanized.

2.2 WALL PENETRATIONS

A. Provide Schedule 40 coated steel or cast iron sleeves wherever piping passes through walls.

B. Provide modular, mechanical type seals, consisting of inter-locking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and the wall opening.

C. The elastomeric element shall be sized and selected in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations and have the following properties as designated by ASTM: 1. For High Temperature Applications: a. -67 to +400 degrees F (-55 to +204 degrees C). b. Silicone = ASTM D2000 M1GE505.

D. “Link-Seal” by Thunderline Corporation; or as approved.

2.3 DIELECTRIC WATERWAY FITTINGS

A. Dielectric Couplings: Electroplated steel or brass nipple, with an inert an non-corrosive, thermoplastic lining.

B. Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions with appropriate end connections for the pipe material in which installed (screwed, soldered or flanged), which effectively isolates dissimilar metals, prevents galvanic action, and stops corrosion.

33 60 05 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Character of Work: Installation shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat mechanical appearance when completed.

B. Laying Out of Work: 1. Layout piping, equipment, and components in accordance with the Contract Documents and the Manufacturer’s recommended practice, including provision of adequate space for maintenance. Review layout with Engineer prior to installation. 2. Check drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum head room and space conditions at all points. Where head room or space conditions appear inadequate, notify Engineer before proceeding with installation. 3. If directed by Engineer, Contractor shall make reasonable modifications in the layout as required to permit proper execution of the Work and to prevent conflict with work of other trades. 4. Work shall be installed so as to be ready for operation, maintenance and repair. Minor deviations from Drawings may be made to accomplish this. Changes shall not be made without approval of Engineer.

3.2 PIPE FITTINGS

A. Provide insulating di-electric couplings or unions where dissimilar materials are joined.

B. Provide unions at valves and at equipment for making repairs.

3.3 PAINTING

A. Paint exposed, non-insulated piping. 1. Surface Preparation: a. Comply with Steel Structures Paint Council Specifications. b. Remove rust and mill scale using power tool. c. Clean using power tool and water wash to remove weld spatter, flux and alkali contaminants. 2. Application: a. One coat water base inhibitive metal primer. b. Two coats water base glass acrylic epoxy. 1) 275 square feet per gallon minimum. 2) Color: As selected by Owner.

B. Provide labels as specified below. Comply with OSHA “Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards” and ANSI A13.1 for pipe labels and colors.

C. Valves, Fittings, and Supports: 1. Paint valves and fittings the same base color as the pipe they adjoin. 2. Paint floor stands the same base color as the pipe they adjoin. 3. Paint wall brackets and pipe hangers the same base color as the wall or ceiling they adjoin, or gray, if wall or ceiling is not painted.

3.4 CODING AND TAGGING

A. Piping: 1. Applied to new piping after installation, insulation, and final painting. 2. Conform to Owner’s existing standards or conventions. 3. Markings: a. Painted on, 1-inch high black letters. b. Color coded band, conforming to ANSI A13.1. c. Directional arrow. 4. Place markers at 20-foot centers with at least 1 in each room.

33 60 05 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

5. Plastic coated "Set Mark-Snap-Around" pipe markers manufactured by Seton Name Plate Corp., New Haven, Connecticut; or approved equal, may be used in lieu of painted markers and bands. 6. On all surfaces of utilities 10-inch in diameter and greater (including piping and covering) the color field shall be at least 32 inches long, and the lettering shall be 3.5 inches in height. 7. For steam utilities, the color field shall be white and the lettering shall be black, and shall be labelled “HIGH PRESSURE STEAM” with an arrow indicating direction of flow.

B. Devices: 1. All major appurtenances shall be labelled according to the following convention:

AB-CDE-F

AB = Type of Installation TS = Trap Station XJ = Expansion Joint MV = Main Valve BJ = Ball Joint

Coding for any installation type not listed above shall be reviewed by Owner prior to tagging

CDE = Manhole Number

F = Sequence

Example: Ball Joint 1, in Manhole 915: “BJ-915-A”

Exceptions: All valving, strainers, unions associated with traps shall not be individually numbered. Those appurtenances shall be incorporated as part of a “Trap Station” designated with a “TS” number.

2. All tags for valves and expansion joints shall be directly affixed, or as close as possible, to the physical device. Affixing tags to insulation jacket is acceptable. 3. The Trap Station tag shall be affixed directly to, or as close as possible, to the physical trap.

C. Valves: 1. Provide brass or minimum 1/16-inch thick laminated plastic tags indicating assigned valve number on valves. 2. Furnish schedule(s) of tagged valves with number, location and purpose of each valve. 3. Place a copy of each schedule: a. In the Maintenance Instructions. b. Furnish "Valve Schedule" to Owner.

3.5 START-UP

A. Coordinate the start-up, testing and shutdown of the new equipment and systems involved.

B. Operating personnel, fuel, water, power and other utilities necessary for equipment start-up, will be furnished by Owner. Instructions shall be provided to the operators by the equipment vendor's personnel.

C. Inspection: 1. Verify that Project conditions comply with requirements. 2. Verify that status of Work meets requirements for starting of systems.

33 60 05 – 5 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Provisions for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 05 Project Number 191453

D. Preparation: 1. Coordinate sequence for start-up of various systems. 2. Notify Owner 10 days prior to start-up of each system. Start-up of utility systems shall be done by Owner’s personnel only. 3. Have at hand during entire start-up process: a. Contract Documents. b. Shop Drawings. c. Product data. d. Operation and maintenance data. 4. Flanges: a. Tighten flanges after system has been placed in operation. b. Replace flange gaskets which show any sign of leakage after tightening. 5. Screwed Joints: a. Inspect screwed joints for leakage. b. Promptly remake each joint which appears to be faulty; do not wait for rust to form. c. Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joints. 6. Cleaning: a. After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices, valve seats and headers in fluid systems, to ensure being free of foreign materials. b. Open steam traps and air vents; remove operating elements. Clean thoroughly, replace internal parts, and put back into operation. c. Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew defaced surfaces.

E. System Start-Up 1. Activation of the steam and condensate systems for testing will be allowed only after the construction is substantially complete, or by permission of the Owner. 2. Activation and shutdown of utility systems shall be conducted by the Owner’s personnel only. Coordinate shutdowns 10 days in advance with the Owner.

3.6 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust and align equipment for smooth operation: 1. Plumb true and with parts in proper position and alignment. 2. Rotating parts shall turn freely and in the correct direction. 3. Flexible couplings shall be checked for alignment subject to Owner's approval. 4. Follow Manufacturer's instructions.

B. The work of installation shall be executed in conformity with the best practice, so as to contribute to efficiency of operation, minimum noise or vibration, minimum maintenance, accessibility and sightliness.

3.7 CLEANING AND FINISHING

A. Entire installation shall be free from surface oil and grease before work will be considered for final payment.

B. After tests have been made and the system pronounced tight: 1. Clean piping and equipment. 2. Lubricate bearings.

C. Final cleaning includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Equipment with Factory Finishes: a. Wash factory-finished equipment with mild soap and water and leave in first-class condition, entirely free of stains or streaks. b. Do not use abrasive materials. Touch up scratches or other violations of the factory finish paint with matching paint from the equipment Manufacturer prior to cleaning.

END OF SECTION 33 60 05

33 60 05 – 6 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_05.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 60 07 – PIPING INSULATION FOR HYDRONIC AND STEAM ENERGY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of utility distribution piping insulation in tunnels, vaults, and other non-buried locations.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Specifications: a. B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate. b. C533 - Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. c. C547 - Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. d. C1728 - Standard Specification for Flexible Aerogel Insulation. 2. ASTM Standard Test Methods: E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) publications: NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials: 25, 50, 50 flame spread, fuel, smoke. 4. ASHRAE: 90A - Energy Conservation in New Building Design, current edition.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: For piping insulation. 1. For Each Type Used: a. Name of Manufacturer. b. Details of construction and installation. c. Manufacturer's data (density, K-factor). 2. For Each Application: a. Thickness. b. Total "R" value. c. Jacket material.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabrication and Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

1.6 ADDITIONAL DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials in original, unbroken, brand marked containers or wrapping as applicable. Handle and store materials in a manner which will prevent deterioration and contamination with foreign matter.

B. Reject damaged, deteriorated, or contaminated material and immediately remove from the Site. Replace removed materials at no additional cost to Owner.

33 60 07 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Insulation: 1. Pittsburgh-Corning. 2. Owens-Corning. 3. Certainteed. 4. Knauf. 5. Johns Manville. 6. Aspen Aerogels

B. Aluminum Jacketing: 1. O'Brien. 2. Zeston. 3. Childers. 4. Pabco.

C. Adhesives: 1. Benjamin Foster. 2. Childers. 3. Vimasco.

2.2 TYPES OF INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Calcium Silicate (CS): 1. Rigid, molded -free hydrous calcium silicate. 2. k factor of 0.41 maximum at 200 degrees F mean. 3. 14.5 lbs/cu ft minimum density. 4. Certainteed “Calmax,” Johns Manville “Thermo-12 Gold;” or equal.

B. Mineral-Fiber Insulation (MF): 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: a. Type I, 850 Degrees F (454 Degrees C) Materials: 1) Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. 2) Comply with ASTM C547, Type I, Grade A, without factory applied jacket. b. Johns Manville "Micro-Lok;" or equal. 2. Pipe and Tank Insulation: a. Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. b. Semirigid board material complying with ASTM C1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C612, Type IB. c. Nominal density is 2.5 lbs/cu ft (40 kg/cu M) or more. d. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 degrees F (55 degrees C) is 0.29 BTU x in/h x sq. ft. x degrees F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. e. Johns Manville; MicroFlex; or equal.

C. Silica Aerogel (SA): 1. High temperature blanket formed of silica aerogel reinforced with non-woven . 2. ASTM C1728, Type III, Grade 1A. 3. Silica aerogel insulation shall have the following properties: a. Minimum Density: 11.0 pcf. b. Compressive Strength: 26.6 psi at 25% strain in accordance with ASTM D165. c. k Factor: 1) Initial at 32 Degrees F Mean Temperature: 0.14. 2) At 212 Degrees F Mean Temperature: 0.16. 3) At 392 Degrees F Mean Temperature: 0.19. 4. Dimensional Stability: Percent change in accordance with ASTM C 356: 1,200 Degrees F Exposure: 1.3% maximum.

33 60 07 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

5. Insulation must be rated for exposure to intermittent temperature spikes to 1,200 degrees F for 8 to 12 hours. 6. Water resistant. 7. Pyrogel XTE as manufactured by Aspen Aerogels, Inc.; or approved equal.

2.3 INSULATION INSERTS

A. Insulation inserts for all piping shall be made of calcium silicate treated with water repellant.

B. Inserts shall be preformed for the pipe size, same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation, same length as shield, and 180 degree-minimum segments.

C. Insulation inserts shall not be less than the following lengths: 1. 2-1/2-Inch Pipe Size and Less: 10 inches long. 2. 3-Inch to 6-Inch Pipe Size: 12 inches long. 3. 8-Inch to 10-Inch Pipe Size: 16 inches long. 4. 12-Inch Pipe Size and Larger: 22 inches long.

2.4 EXPANSION JOINT INSULATION

A. Provide removable insulation blanket over both the body and slip end of the expansion joint.

B. Manufacturer: Advanced Thermal Systems; or pre-approved equal.

2.5 PIPE AND FITTING COVERS AND JACKETS.

A. Aluminum Covers and Jackets (A): 1. ASTM B209, Alloy 3003 minimum. 2. 0.016-inch thickness. 3. Bright anodized or acrylic-coated smooth finish on exposed side. 4. 2-piece tee and ribless elbow covers in minimum 0.016-inch, preformed. 5. Provide moisture barrier backing and butt-joint with mastic seal for joining of adjacent sections. 6. Childers Products Company; or as approved.

2.6 MASTICS, REINFORCING MESH, ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS

A. Vapor Barrier Coating: Foster 30-65, Childers CP-34; or approved equal. Permeance shall be 0.03 perms or less at 45 mils as tested by ASTM E 96. Water based, used with cold piping/duct.

B. Breather Mastic: Foster 46-50, Childers CP-10/11; or approved equal. Water based mastic used with hot piping/duct.

C. Reinforcing Mesh: Foster Mast a Fab, Childers Chil Glas #10; or approved equal.

D. Lagging adhesive/mastic: Foster 30-36/81-42, Childers CP-50AMV1; or approved equal

E. Adhesives used with Calcium Silicate: Foster 81-27, Childers CP-97; or approved equal. Sodium silicate base adhesive.

F. Metal Jacketing Sealant: Foster 95-44, Childers CP-76 (gallon quantities only); or approved equal.

33 60 07 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TESTING OF PIPE:

A. Prior to installing insulation, inspect welds and pressure test pipe as required by other sections of this these Specifications. 1. Verify that piping has been tested and cycled before applying insulation materials.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION:

A. Clean pipe of dirt, scale and foreign materials.

B. Install piping insulation: 1. In conformance with the Drawings, these Specifications, and the Manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Over clean, dry piping system. 3. To the thickness as specified herein or indicated on the Drawings, whichever is greater. 4. Continuous through walls and floors.

C. Fill all cracks and voids with insulating cement carefully troweled to leave a smooth finish.

D. Repair or replace insulation damaged by: 1. Demolition. 2. Making connections to piping or equipment. 3. Water or mildew.

E. All sectional pipe covering shall be neatly and tightly applied with unbroken lengths and with the ends of the sections firmly butted together. Longitudinal joints shall be on the least conspicuous side of the pipe and slightly staggered.

F. The insulation on piping shall be extended through all sleeves, anchor points and supports in order to produce a continuous application, and same shall be installed to conform to a uniform diameter.

G. Insulation for piping shall be continuous through hangers and supports.

H. Provide insulation inserts and insulation protection shields at hanger or support locations.

I. Terminate insulation into a finished end.

J. Calcium Silicate: 1. Fiberglass cloth or other coating shall be lapped over all joints and well pasted or cemented down in a neat and inconspicuous manner. 2. Secure calcium silicate pipe insulation with stainless steel bands. 3. Insulate elbows, sweeps and bends with mitered sections or premolded fittings. Match pipe covering material where used.

K. Silica Aerogel: 1. Install in accordance with Manufacturer’s written instructions. 2. Blanket shall be cut to exact length for a complete wrap to a butt joint. 3. Succeeding layers shall be placed so that longitudinal and circumferential joints overlap. 4. Secure insulation with stainless steel bands or wire. Tape and adhesive is not acceptable. 5. Insulate elbows, sweeps and bends with pre-cut fitting insulation blankets, cut specifically for radius and diameter of fitting.

33 60 07 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

L. Valves, Flanges, and Traps: 1. Valve bodies to the bonnet flange or union, drip legs, and pipes at anchor points shall be insulated. Terminate insulation into a finished end. Steam valves to be insulated with removable 2-inch insulation covers by Blanket Pro Insulation, Inc.; or equal. Insulation shall cover entire valve, leaving handwheel exposed for valve adjustment. 2. Steam traps shall not be insulated.

M. Expansion Joint Insulation: 1. Install removable insulation blanket over both slip end and body of the expansion joint. Ensure packing cylinders are properly aligned with blanket openings 2. Packing gland cylinders are to remain exposed and accessible for service.

N. Joints and Fittings: 1. Block insulate valves and flanges with reusable insulation system. 2. Fit joints tightly together. 3. Seal joints with sealing compound and preformed stainless steel bands.

3.3 PIPING INSULATION APPLICATION TYPE AND THICKNESS SCHEDULE

A. Basis of Thickness Chart: 1. Thicknesses shown are based on products having a maximum "k" factor of 0.26 at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. 2. Adjustments: a. Can be reduced for products having significantly lower "k" values. b. Shall be increased for products having higher "k" values in order to produce equivalent or greater thermal resistance. 3. Does not apply to pre-insulated piping systems. Refer to Division 33 for pre-insulated piping insulation.

B. Thickness Chart (In Inches): 1. Key: Insulation Type (Refer to Paragraph 2.2 of this Section): a. CS = Calcium Silicate. b. MF = Mineral Fiber c. SA = Silica Aerogel

PIPE SIZE Temp (F) Less 1″ to 1-1/2″ 4″ to 8″ & Type of Piping Systems Type Range Than 1 ″ 1-1/4 ″ to 3 ″ 6″ Up Insulation* 1. 2. Steam Supply in Manholes and Building 22 0-650 NA 1. 2 1. 6 1. 6 1. 6 SA**

4. Steam Condensate in Manholes and Buildings Any 1.5 2.5 3.0 NA NA MF

* See PART 2 – PRODUCTS Article 2.3 TYPES for types of insulation. ** Silica Aerogel insulation shall be used where pipe is installed below the floodplain or in tunnels or vaults. Refer to Drawings.

3.4 JACKETS AND FINISH

A. General: 1. Provide aluminum jacketing on all insulated piping, fittings, and valves, except pre-insulated piping. 2. Hold jacketing in place by a continuous sealed joint, providing a positive weatherproof seal along the entire length of the jacket. 3. Jackets shall be secured using stainless steel bands. a. Install in accordance with Manufacturer’s written instructions. b. Stainless steel banding for roll, cut and roll, and elbow applications shall be 0.020-inch thick stainless steel composed of alloys T304 or T316 with annealed temper.

33 60 07 – 5 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Piping Insulation for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 07 Project Number 191453

c. For 16-inch OD and above, 3/4-inch wide stainless steel banding shall be used. d. Maximum 12-inch on center spacing between bands. 4. Cap off ends with caps. 5. Provide slip joints a minimum of every 25 feet or as needed for expansion. 6. Locate longitudinal jacket seams on indoor exposed piping out of view.

B. Taper and seal insulation ends regardless of service.

END OF SECTION 33 60 07

33 60 07 – 6 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_07.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Expansion Fittings and Loops for Steam Pipeline Replacement Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 16 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 60 16 – EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HYDRONIC AND STEAM ENERGY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of piping expansion loops and joints.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASTM Specifications: a. A126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. b. A216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service. c. A193 - Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service. d. A278 - Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures up to 650 degrees F. 2. ANSI Standards: B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers: a. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code - Section II. b. B31.1 - Power Piping.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: For all items listed in PART 2 – PRODUCTS. Include dimensions, details of construction and installation, name of Manufacturer, and model.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabrication and Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the materials and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

B. Carefully protect the expansion joint slip surface from damage during handling and installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. 2. Hyspan.

B. Packed Slip Type: 1. Provide single slip type, packed expansion joints of fabricated steel with bronze integral internal and external guides, fully packed, welded ends, bases as indicated on the Drawings, designed for 350 psig (275 psig working pressure) and 650 degrees F, with traverse distances as indicated on Drawings. 2. Fabricate the body and slip of ASTM A53, Grade B, seamless steel pipe, Schedule 40 for steam service located outside, Schedule 80 for steam service in vaults, and Schedule 80 for condensate service. Provide the joint with stainless steel limit stops designed for full line pressure thrust at 3.0 times or greater design pressure.

33 60 16 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Expansion Fittings and Loops for Steam Pipeline Replacement Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 16 Project Number 191453

3. Equip expansion joints with carbon steel packing cylinders with internal acme thread and a carbon steel cylinder body with external acme thread welded in place on the circumference of the joint and fitted with a 1/4-turn shut off valve or check fitting to prevent blowback, allowing the addition of semi plastic self- lubricating packing under full line pressure. 4. Each expansion joint shall have the following number of packing cylinders located on the circumference of the joint:

NO. OF PIPE SIZE (NPS) CYLINDERS 1-1/4" - 3" 2 4" 2 5" - 6" 3 8" - 10" 4 12" - 14" 5 16" - 18" 6 20" - 24" 8

5. Provide Manufacturer’s guarantee that all joints are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 5 years from the date they are put into service. 6. Factory Testing: a. Cycle test each expansion joint and record test data for each joint. b. Hydraulically cycle each expansion joint and record test data for each joint. c. Provide Cycle Test Results with Joint Friction Loading for Full Stroke at 350 psi Steam Loading, for each expansion joint. d. Testing shall be conducted by the Manufacturer or by an approved independent testing agency (Owner approved). 7. Each expansion joint shall be complete with weatherproof reusable insulation blanket furnished and manufactured by joint manufacturer or by pre-approved custom fabricator. Blanket shall be 2-piece design, custom made to fit expansion joint body and slip side of joint. Inside diameter of insulation on slip end shall be equal to the outside diameter of adjoining pipe and insulation. Packing glands must be accessible for service without removing blanket. Material shall be suitable for damp installations, exposure to salt, and for temperature to 800 degrees F. Insulation blanket shall be 2 inches thick; equal to ATS, MT550 NN.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install all piping specialties in conformance with: 1. The Shop Drawings reviewed by Engineer. 2. The Manufacturer's recommendation.

B. Furnish and install all expansion joints required to reduce noise transmissions and stress on equipment and piping.

C. Cold spring all piping installed with expansion joints half of the total expansion. This requirement does not reduce the amount of expansion compensation required of the loop or joint.

D. Gages: 1. Pressure gages shall be installed before and after each steam or condensate main line valve. 2. Use concentric reducer for reduced gage line size.

33 60 16 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Expansion Fittings and Loops for Steam Pipeline Replacement Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 16 Project Number 191453

3.2 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Slip Type Expansion Joints: 1. Support and align the pipe to guarantee proper operation of the expansion joint prior to installing the new expansion joint. Alignment of the pipe is considered essential to the Work of this Contract. 2. Align the pipe with use of a laser device, measurements shall be taken in 2 planes (horizontal and vertical) 90 degrees from each other. Adjust the pipe support guides, and/or anchor connections as necessary to provide proper axial movement into the expansion joint according to the Manufacturer’s specifications, and current standards. 3. Strictly adhere to the following installation procedures and the Manufacturer’s instructions for installing the slip type expansion joints: a. Align the pipe (see Items 1 and 2, above) and install the pipe supports, hangers and guides between the 2 main anchors making sure the pipe is aligned. b. Perform required testing. c. Cut the piping out where the expansion joint is to be installed and check for pipe movement or springing. This step is to be scheduled with the Engineer 1 week in advance. d. Expansion joint will be shipped at a preset ambient temperature, normally 70 degrees F (21 degrees C). If the ambient temperature at the time of installation is colder or hotter, then adjust the travel of the expansion joint as required. e. Cut or extend the pipe opening to match the expansion joint’s length. f. Align and weld expansion joint to the piping according to Manufacturer’s recommendations and Contract Documents. g. Contractor shall provide a pipe support for the expansion joint when required by Manufacturer or code, or both. Provide a concrete pad under the support to protect from moisture and corrosion. h. Lubricate expansion joints in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations prior to activation. Relubricate as necessary during activation and prior to final acceptance. i. Contractor shall have a Manufacturer’s representative inspect each expansion joint after installation.

END OF SECTION 33 60 16

33 60 16 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_16.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Duty Valves for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 23 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 60 23 – GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HYDRONIC AND STEAM ENERGY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of all valves.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. General: Provide valves with features indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, provide proper valve features as determined by Installer for installation requirements. Comply with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power piping. 2. Flanged: Valve flanges complying with ANSI B16.1 (cast iron), ANSI B16.5 (steel), or ANSI B16.24 (bronze). 3. Threaded: Valve ends complying with ANSI B2.1. 4. Flangeless: Valve bodies manufactured to fit between flanges complying with ANSI B16.1 (cast iron), ANSI B16.5 (steel), or ANSI B16.24 (bronze). 5. Welded Ends: Valve ends complying with ASME/ANSI B16.5.

1.4 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: 1. This Section is provided as a guide in the application and specification of specific valves intended for use in this Project. This Section does not instruct where to install these valves unless specifically noted. Refer to other specific Mechanical Specification Sections and Drawing details for instruction for location and use. 2. As indicated on the Drawings. 3. As called out in the Piping Systems Schedules.

B. Valves not specifically indicated on the Drawings: 1. Size and class of valve and pipe schedule to agree with line in which installed. 2. All valves 2-1/2-inch and larger shall be welded unless noted otherwise. 3. All valves 8-inch and larger shall be furnished with suitable bypass valve and piping.

C. Valves shall have Manufacturer's name, trademark and working pressure rating cast into the valve body.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For all valves.

B. Manufacturer's Literature: For all valves. 1. Manufacturer's name. 2. Details of construction. 3. Performance characteristics. 4. Pressure and temperature ratings. 5. Close-off pressure.

33 60 23 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Duty Valves for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 23 Project Number 191453

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Made in USA: 1. Unless specifically noted otherwise, all valves shall comply with the Federal Trade Commission Made in USA standard. 2. Supplier shall furnish documentation of USA content if requested by Engineer.

B. Fabrication and Installation Personnel Qualifications: 1. Trained and experienced in the fabrication and installation of the material and equipment. 2. Knowledgeable of the design and the reviewed Shop Drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Valves shall be manufactured by one Manufacturer for each type of valve. Where valve Manufacturers are not specifically indicated, they shall be one of the following: 1. Gate and Check Valves: a. Crane. b. Bonney Forge. c. Vogt. d. Walworth. e. Powell. f. Stockham. g. DeZurik. 2. Spring-Loaded Check Valves (10CK1W): a. Advance Valve Co., “Durabla SCV” b. CheckAll Valve Manufacturing Co.

2.2 GENERAL

A. Materials - Bronze Valves: 1. All brass alloys used in valves shall contain no more than 15% zinc. 2. Alloys must comply with ASTM B61, B62 or B584.

B. General: Provide valves with features indicated and, where not otherwise indicated, provide proper valve features as determined by the Manufacturer for installation requirements. 1. Valve Design: ONLY provide gate valves with outside screw and yoke (OS&Y) stems. 2. Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As specified according to the individual valve specifications. 3. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure ratings are at service indicated by application. 5. Neck extensions and right angle drives where indicated and where required for access to the operator. 6. Provide extended stem handles and necks with a minimum clearance of 1-1/2-inch on insulated service. C. Operators: Provide the following special operator features: 1. Handwheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter turn. 2. Lever handles, on quarter-turn valves 3-inch and smaller, except for plug valves. Provide plug valves with square heads. For valves greater than 3-inch, provide gear operator with handwheel. 3. Provide bevel gear operators with chain-wheels for all valves installed 6 feet or higher above finished floor. Extend chains to an elevation of 5 feet above finished floor. 4. Provide rotary manual actuators with high ratio (80 to 1 minimum), disc positions and open and closed position stops on all butterfly valves. Actuators shall be designed for valve installation with the stem in a horizontal orientation to prevent debris from accumulating in the bearings.

D. Bypass and Drain Connections: Provide valved bypass where indicated on the Contract Drawings. Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain connections.

33 60 23 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Duty Valves for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 23 Project Number 191453

E. Valve Identification Systems Description: 1. General: A system has been established which identifies the specific valves for each piping system identified in the Contract Drawings. The specific valve specification is linked by the service number as depicted in the "Valve Index" listed in this Section. 2. Valves are identified on the Contract Drawings by symbol. Size is indicated by the upstream size. 3. Valves are specified in this Section according to the "Valve Index". In general, the following is a description of the format: a. The first symbol, consisting of one or more numerals, indicates the valve group specification that applies to this valve. b. The second symbol, consisting of one or more letters, indicates the type of valve in accordance with the following listing: 1) GB = Globe Valve 2) TBF = Triple Offset Butterfly Valve 3) HBF = High Performance Butterfly Valve 4) BF = Standard Butterfly Valve 5) BL = Ball Valve 6) CK = Check Valve 7) SCK = Silent Check Valve 8) GT = Gate Valve c. The third symbol consists a numeral which indicates the size group. d. The fourth symbol, consisting of a letter, indicates the type of connection to the valve as follows: 1) F = Flanged Ends. 2) S = Screwed Ends. 3) W = Weld Ends, Butt, or Socket. e. For example: For a 10-inch HPS shutoff valve, refer to 3BF21F which indicates a valve of Valve Group 3, Butterfly Type, Non-Standard, and with flanged ends. 4. There may be some instances where it is desirable to substitute an item, such as a valve or gasket at a particular location, in place of the one specified in the groups listed in the Index. In that event, the item will be clearly indicated and specified on the Contract Drawings, and such an indication is to take precedence over the item specified in the valve group specifications. All other terms of that group specification are to be observed.

2.3 VALVE GROUP 2

A. Gate Valves: 1. Symbol 2GT1S – 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Class 125 brass or bronze body valves shall be IBBM, OS&Y, bolted bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge, bronze mounted, screwed ends, and designed for 125 psig at 250 degrees F. b. Working pressure and temperature ratings shall comply with ANSI B16.34 (Standard Class). 2. Symbol: 2GT2F - 2-1/2 Inches and Larger (Provided by Owner): a. Class 150 steel wafer butterfly valve. b. Face to face dimension shall conform to ANSI B16.10. Flanges shall be faced and drilled to ANSI B16.5. c. Working pressure and temperature ratings shall comply with ANSI B16.34 (Standard Class). d. Owner provided enclosed gear operator.

B. Check Valves: 1. Symbol: 2CK1S - 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Class 150 horizontal swing check valve, cast bronze body and cover, screwed ends, bronze seat and disc, screwed cover, integral seat, body and cover material to conform to ASTM B61 or B62. b. Provide valves capable of being reground while the valve remains in the line. c. Provide Class 150 valves meeting the above specifications, with threaded end connections, where system pressure requires or where Class 125 valves are not available. d. The valve shall conform to MSS SP-80. 2. Symbol: 2CK2F - 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: a. MSS SP-71; Class 125 cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B; b. Horizontal swing, and bronze disc or cast-iron disc with bronze disc ring; and flanged ends. c. Face to face dimension shall conform to ANSI B16.10. Flange shall be faced and drilled to ANSI B16.5. d. Working pressure and temperature ratings shall comply with ANSI B16.34 (Standard Class).

33 60 23 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light General Duty Valves for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 23 Project Number 191453

C. Silent Check Valve: 1. Symbol: 2SCK1S – 2 Inches and Smaller: a. Install silent check valves in all pump discharge. b. Piping less than 2-inch: 300 pounds, bronze body, renewable bronze disc screwed or sweat ends, bronze trim. c. Mueller, #203 BP; or equal. 2. Symbol: 2SCK2F – 2-1/2 Inches and Larger: a. 125 pounds, globe type, iron body, bronze trim, renewable seat and disc, SS springs. b. Mueller #105-AP; or equal.

2.4 FLANGE CONNECTIONS

A. Flange Gaskets: Refer to Division 33 Section “Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping” for requirements for flange gaskets used on steam distribution valves.

B. Flange Bolts: Refer to Division 33 Section “Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping” for requirements for flange bolts used on steam distribution valves.

2.5 DRAIN VALVES

A. Furnish at each low point 3/4-inch gate valves as specified above.

B. Install nipple with cap at valve outlet.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Unless otherwise noted on drawings or in specific application sections of this specification, the valve groups described in Part 2 of this specification shall be applied for each service type as follows: 1. Valve Group 2: a. Steam not exceeding 15 psig and 250 degrees F. b. Steam condensate not exceeding 15 psig and 250 degrees F after the trap.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install valves in conformance with: 1. The Shop Drawings reviewed by Engineer. 2. The Manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Install Valves: 1. At all branch piping connection to mains. 2. As required for complete control or isolation of any piece of service to branch lines. 3. In accessible locations. 4. Equal in flow area to connecting piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Where possible, valves shall be installed so that the stem faces an operator standing at ground level. However, no valve shall be installed with its stem below the horizontal.

D. Furnish chain operated hand wheels, including rust-proof chain and chain guide for inaccessible overhead valves.

END OF SECTION 33 60 23

33 60 23 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 60 29 – HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HYDRONIC AND STEAM ENERGY UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of all pipe hanging and support systems.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers: B31.1 - Power Piping. 2. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society: SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Pipe Restraint: Pipe supporting element which is designed to limit or direct pipe movement due to internal static pressure, gravitational forces, frictional forces from hangers, rollers, and guides, and forces from expansion compensation devices: 1. Pipe restraints are not designed to restrain pipe movement caused by thermal expansion, shock or surge.

B. Pipe Guide: A pipe restraint designed to direct pipe movement along a single axis.

C. Pipe Anchor: A pipe restraint designed to provide a static point about which pipe movement normally occurs, by limiting the longitudinal and axial movement at that point.

D. Other Terms: As defined in MSS SP-58.

1.5 DESIGN AND ADDITIONAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings or in these Specifications, this Contractor shall be responsible to design and provide all pipe hangers, supports, restraints, braces, framing, etc., as required to comply with all applicable building codes, ASME B31 and MSS SP-58.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Manufacturer's Literature: For structural steel attachment devices, hangers and rollers. Include name of Manufacturer; model number and MSS Type, if applicable; and piping systems to be used with.

B. Submit Shop Drawings for all engineered hanger, restraints and support assemblies. 1. For Metal Framing Pipe Supports: Include locations, dimensions, lengths, Manufacturer, material, cross-section number or type, finish, pipe sizes, and pipe locations.

C. Upon request by Engineer, submit calculations for all engineered hanger, restraints and support assemblies. 1. Calculations: For metal framing pipe supports upon request by Engineer. Include support locations, pipe sizes, pipe weights, allowable stresses, and actual stresses.

33 60 29 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The materials of all pipe hanging and supporting elements shall be in accordance with the latest requirements of the ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31.1 and MSS Standard Practice MSS SP-58 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of these Specifications.

B. The material in contact with the pipe shall be compatible with the piping material so that neither shall have a deteriorating action on the other.

C. Special Finishes and Materials: All ferrous hangers and supports used in this project shall be hot dip galvanized unless noted otherwise.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Hangers and Supports: 1. Elcon. 2. Michigan Hanger. 3. Anvil. 4. Bergen. 5. Metraflex.

B. Slides and Guides: 1. Piping Technology & Products, Inc. 2. Fronek Group, Pipe Shields, Inc. 3. Advanced Thermal Systems. 4. Anvil. 5. Rilco. 6. Metraflex. 7. National Pipe Hanger.

2.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Horizontal Piping Hangers: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN15 to DN750). 2. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipe, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN15 to DN750). 3. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction.

B. Supports and Rollers: 1. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN100 to DN900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange. 2. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN100 to DN900), with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange with U-bolt to retain pipe. 3. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN65 to DN900), if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange. 4. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN25 to DN750), from 2 rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 5. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20 (DN65 to DN500), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 6. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN50 to DN1050), if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. 7. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN50 to DN600), if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is not necessary.

33 60 29 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

8. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN50 to DN750), if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction.

C. Hanger Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system specification sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 degree F (49 to 232 degree C) piping installations.

2.4 HANGER RODS

A. Minimum rod diameters for rigid rod hangers shall be as shown in MSS SP-69 Table 4 (Minimum Rod Diameter for Single Rigid Rod Hangers) and as indicated in Part 3 of these Specifications.

B. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.

C. Rod material must be compatible with hanger and comply with above. Do not field cut thread on galvanized rod.

D. Do not use perforated strap.

E. Multiple Supports: 1. Horizontal banks of pipe may be supported on a common base member without regard to the pipe centerline elevation. 2. In the supporting of multiple pipe runs, provisions shall be made to keep the lines in their relative lateral positions, using clamps or clips as required. Lines subject to thermal expansion shall be free to roll axially or slide.

2.5 SADDLES AND SHIELDS

A. Saddle: MSS Type 39. 1. Anvil Figure 162 for up to 2-inch insulation thickness. 2. Anvil Figure 165 for 2-1/2-inch and greater insulation thickness.

B. Shield: MSS Type 40: provide and install in accordance with Manufacturer's shield size selection tables. 1. The contour of the saddle shall match the radius of the pipe insulation.

2.6 PIPE SLIDES AND GUIDES

A. General Design and Construction 1. Pipe slides and guides shall use a minimum of 1/2-inch of graphite bearing surface on upper and lower plates with a coefficient of friction of 0.15 or less and a compressive strength of 2000 psi or greater. 2. The graphite shall be both epoxy bonded and mechanically attached to the plate. 3. Pipe slides and guides used outside shall be galvanized.

B. Pipe Slides and Guides: 1. Manufacturer: a. Bolt-down and Weld-down: 1) Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. (ATS). 2) Anvil. 3) Rilco. 4) Metraflex. 5) As approved by Owner. b. Clamp-on: 1) Piping Technology & Products, Inc. (PTP). 2) Fronek Group, Pipe Shields, Inc. (PS).

33 60 29 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

c. Clamp-on Hot Shoe Support (Steam): Piping Technology & Products, Inc. (PTP). 1) Intended to carry load of pipe and allow necessary movement at each support point through casing pipe or precast self-guiding concrete tunnel. 2) Calcium Silicate insulation, thickness based on thickness of adjacent insulation and clearance space. 3) PTP Figure 4500, custom fabricated as indicated on drawings, no substitutions. 2. Guides: a. Hot applications (steam and condensate): 1) ATS Figure 101-W for weld down applications. 2) ATS Figure 101-B for bolt down applications. 3) PS Figure 7000-7300 or 8000-8300 for clamp-on applications. 4) PTP Figure 6, custom fabricated as indicated on Drawings, no substitutions. 5) Actual selection as necessary for required support spacing and travel. 3. Slides: a. Hot applications (steam and condensate): 1) ATS Figure 201-W for weld down applications. 2) ATS Figure 201-B for bolt down applications. 3) PS Figure 5000-5300 or 6000-6300 for clamp-on applications. 4) Selection as necessary for required support spacing and travel. 4. Size: Appropriate for pipe size, insulation thickness and length of travel. 5. Minimum Length of Travel: a. For the first 1/4 of the distance from the anchor to the expansion joint -25% of design travel length of joint. b. For the second 1/4 of the distance from the anchor to the expansion joint -50% of design travel length of joint. c. For the third 1/4 of the distance from the anchor to the expansion joint -75% of design travel length of joint. d. For the last 1/4 of the distance from the anchor to the expansion joint - design travel length of joint +25%.

2.7 ANCHORS

A. As indicated on the Drawings.

B. Pre-engineered: 1. Design to resist loads as indicated on Drawings. 2. Fabricated from ASTM A36 and A106 steel. 3. Provide with high density isolation pad for use with steam up to 800 degrees F. 4. Provide bolt-down mounting, ATS Fig. 701-B-1.

C. Pre-insulated clamp-on: 1. Calcium silicate insulation. 2. Load rating as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Piping Technology and Products, Inc., Fronek Group, Pipe Shields, Inc. a. Model C40000-4300. 4. Metraflex PAPI. 5. Bergen. 6. Or as noted on drawings. 7. Selection as necessary for required axial load.

2.8 FABRICATED STEEL SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS

A. Provide as required: 1. Steel shapes and plates. 2. Bolts. 3. Welds.

B. Materials and fabrication in accordance with: 1. AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges (except Section 4.2.1.).

33 60 29 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

C. Design: Responsibility of Subcontractor, except as specifically indicated on Drawings.

D. Paint all finished fabrications: Color as directed by Owner.

2.9 FLOOR SUPPORTS

A. Provide as indicated or as needed to comply with requirements.

B. Support on a concrete housekeeping pad or other approved means to protect against moisture and corrosion.

C. Anvil Figure No. 62, or equal.

2.10 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS

A. As indicated on the Drawings or in the Specifications.

B. Concrete Attachments: 1. Provide galvanized finish for all attachments used in wet or potentially wet areas. 2. Provide stainless steel bolts and nuts in wet and potentially wet areas. 3. Poured Concrete: a. Use cast-in-place inserts or bolted surface mounted attachments, at Contractor’s option. b. Expansion style anchors are not permitted on piping systems subject to vibration.

C. Horizontal Piping: 1. Steel W, I, or S shapes: MSS Type 23 clamp with retaining clip, up to 2-inch; MSS Type 28 or MSS Type 21 above 2-inch. 2. Steel Channel: MSS Type 20 universal channel clamp. 3. Concrete: See "B" above.

D. Vertical Piping: 1. Steel Shapes: Welded brackets as approved by Engineer. 2. Concrete: See "B" above.

E. In the absence of a Specification for a particular type of attachment, furnish attachments comparable in type and quality to that specified above for a similar situation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS

A. General Requirements: 1. The selection of pipe hangers and supports shall be based on the overall design concept of the piping system and any special requirements which may be called for in these Specifications or as indicated on the Drawings. The support systems shall provide for, and control, the free or intended movement of the piping including its movement in relation to that of the connected equipment. They shall prevent excess stress resulting from the transfer of weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. 2. The selection of hangers and supports shall be made to provide the piping system with the degree of control that its operating characteristics require. 3. The selection of hangers or supports will take into consideration the combined weight of the supported systems, including system contents and test water. 4. Select and install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping system, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. 5. The spans in MSS SP-58 do not apply where concentrated weights, such as valves or heavy fittings, or where changes in direction of the piping occur between hangers. 6. Select all hangers and supports rated for the maximum potential loading with pipe full. 7. Select hangers for cold (less than 50 degrees F) piping service for installation over the insulation.

33 60 29 – 5 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification sections.

3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure.

B. General: 1. Adjust all components as required for proper operation and required pipe slope. 2. Double nut all support rods at hangers. 3. Location and Routing: a. Install Piping as Indicated: 1) On the Drawings. 2) On the reviewed Shop Drawings. b. Secure Engineer's approval for all pipe routing changes. 4. Coordinate with other trades for placement of concrete attachments prior to concrete pouring. 5. Install all items in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions.

C. Support at Valves: Provide additional supports at all valves in piping 4-inch and larger.

D. Vertical Risers: 1. Support independently from adjacent hangers on horizontal piping. 2. Vertical Threaded or Welded Steel Piping: a. Support at the base of the riser and at every other floor. b. Maximum allowable unsupported piping length is 12 feet.

E. Horizontal Runs: 1. General: a. Provide adequate supports for the loads with a factor of safety of at least 5 (400 pounds minimum). b. Provide protective shield at all hangers and rollers supporting plastic pipe and coated pipe. c. Support spacing not to exceed MSS SP-58, or the requirements for seismic restraint, whichever is more stringent. d. Hanger rod diameter shall not be less than the requirements of MSS SP-58, or the requirements for seismic restraint, whichever is more stringent.

3.3 SLIDES, GUIDES, AND ROLLERS

A. All piping systems designed to accommodate thermal expansion movement shall be mounted on rollers or slides and guides.

B. Provide at all expansion loops and joints: 1. As indicated on the Drawings. 2. As required to maintain alignment. 3. In accordance with Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association recommendations

3.4 PIPE RESTRAINTS

A. Provide adequate pipe restraints for all expansion or contraction of piping due to temperature change: 1. Including, but not limited to, that indicated on the Drawings. 2. As instructed by Engineer. 3. At locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment.

33 60 29 – 6 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Hangers and Supports for Hydronic Steam Pipeline Replacement and Steam Energy Utilities Capitol Avenue Section 33 60 29 Project Number 191453

3.5 INSULATION PROTECTION

A. Provide Protection Saddle: 1. Equal to insulation thickness. 2. At each hanger. 3. For all insulated piping systems where longitudinal expansion exceeds 1-inch per 100 feet.

B. Provide insulation protection shield: 1. In accordance with the following table: Pipe Size (IPS) Shield Gage Length 5" and Smaller 16 12" 6" to 12" 12 16" Greater than 12" 12 20"

2. Installed as follows: a. Surround lower covering. b. Straddle equidistant on hanger. c. Flared at both ends as required to avoid damage to pipe covering, jacket and vapor barrier.

3.6 PAINTING

A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections and abraded areas. Apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

END OF SECTION 33 60 29

33 60 29 – 7 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_60_29.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 63 13 – PRE-INSULATED STEAM DISTRIBUTION PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification sections, apply to this section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment as necessary to complete all work as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.

B. This section includes the furnishing and installation of pre-insulated buried steam piping.

C. Provide an underground low pressure steam conduit system as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

D. The conduit system shall be a combination of testable, drainable and dryable type conduit system, suitable for all ground water and soil conditions, Site Classification A (Federal Construction Guide Specification 02695).

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASME B31.1, Power Piping.

B. ASME B31.9, Building Services Piping.

C. ASHRAE Systems and Equipment Handbook, latest edition.

D. Michigan Boiler Code.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Piping Specialties: Manufacturer's information.

B. Pre-insulated Buried Piping Systems: 1. Details of construction. 2. Layout drawings. 3. Installation instructions.

C. Each conduit system layout as indicated on the Drawings shall be analyzed by the conduit Manufacturer for stresses and movements and the results submitted confirming code compliances with ANSI B31.1 latest edition and the calculations shall be stamped by a registered professional engineer. For the purposes of stress calculations, the steam temperature used shall be 250 degrees F for the low pressure steam piping.

D. For each conduit system to be provided, temperature gradient calculations shall be made to indicate the temperature at the annular air space within the conduit and to confirm the conduit temperature is less than the rated temperature of the conduit insulation. For the purposes of this calculation, assume fluid temperatures as scheduled, burial depth of 36 inches, soil conductivity of 15 BTU inch/HR/sq.ft.-F and soil temperature of 55 degrees F. For the purpose of temperature gradient calculations, use temperature corresponding to steam temperature with 10 degree F superheat.

E. Test reports data for tests specified.

F. Certification of installation from manufacturer's representative for all pre-insulated buried piping.

33 63 13 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: 1. The steam piping used for utility distribution is designed for an operating pressure of 15 psig which falls under the jurisdiction of the Michigan Boiler Division and the Boiler Act of 1965. 2. Steam piping where the pressure is over 15 psig must be installed or repaired in accordance with the ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code and the Rules of the Michigan Boiler Law and Rules. 3. The steam piping used for utility distribution is considered Non-Boiler External Piping under the ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code.

B. General Welding Quality Assurance: 1. Contractors working on these systems are required to be licensed by the State of Michigan Boiler Division. 2. Contractors are responsible for qualifying Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) that are intended to be used by personnel of that organization. 3. Each Contractor is responsible for qualifying the welders and welding operators employed by that organization and maintain a certificate of Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification for each welder under their employment. 4. The Contractor shall maintain records of the WPS and the welders or welding operators used by that organization and the identification symbol assigned to each welder and their performance qualification. 5. The Contractor shall use this identification symbol to identify the welds performed by a welder or welding operator by either: a. Applying the symbol of the welder or welding operator to the joint in a manner specified by the organization. b. Maintain weld map records identifying the joint with the welder or weld operator.

C. Buried Installer's Qualifications: An installer who has been trained and certified by the Manufacturer to have demonstrated proficiency in the handling and installation of this piping system.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE

A. General: Comply with the requirements of Division 33 Section "Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping."

B. Low Pressure Steam piping 4 inches to 24 inches shall be ASTM A53 or A106, seamless, Grade B, with the following schedule/wall thickness: 1. 10 inches and under: Schedule 40.

2.2 PIPE FITTINGS

A. Weld fittings shall comply with ANSI for steel butt-welding fittings (B16.11) where applicable, and material shall conform to Division 33 Section "Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping." Each fitting shall have Manufacturer’s name or symbol, marked on fitting. Pipe fittings shall have same wall thickness as adjoining pipe.

2.3 PREINSULATED DIRECT BURIED PIPING SYSTEM

A. Manufacturers: Perma-Pipe "Multi-Therm 750 Supreme.”

B. General: 1. Underground heat distribution lines as indicated on the Drawings shall be a drainable jacketed steel conduit system. The system Manufacturer shall have fabricated systems of the composition defined herein for at least 10 years. 2. Straight sections, fittings, anchors and other accessories shall be factory prefabricated to job dimensions, and designed to minimize the number of field welds. 3. Each system layout shall be computer analyzed by the piping system Manufacturer to determine stresses and movements of the service pipe.

33 63 13 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

4. The system design shall be in strict conformance with ANSI B31.1 latest edition, and stamped by a registered professional engineer. 5. Factory trained field technical assistance shall be provided for the critical periods of the installation as follows: a. Delivery, packing list, unloading, and storage. b. Preconstruction meeting, review of submittal information, installation manual, and PDL assembly drawings. c. Inspection of trench and bedding. d. First field joint. e. Final carrier pipe testing. f. Final containment testing. g. Initial backfill. 6. Provide all necessary accessories to make system watertight, including end terminations and seals.

C. Service Pipe: 1. Internal piping shall be in accordance with the requirements of this section. 2. All joints shall be butt welded for sized 2-1/2 inches and larger, and socket welded for 2 inches and below. 3. Where possible, straight sections shall be supplied in 40-foot random length with 6 inches of piping exposed at each end for field joint fabrication.

D. Subassemblies 1. End seals, gland seals, and anchors shall be designed, and factory prefabricated to prevent the ingress of moisture into the system. 2. All subassemblies shall be designed to allow for complete draining and drying of the conduit system.

E. Service Pipe Insulation: 1. Insulation shall be Pyrogel XT as manufactured by Aspen Aerogels. Pyrogel XT is a high temperature insulation blanket formed of silica aerogel and reinforced with non-woven glass fiber batting. 2. The insulation shall be secured to the pipe by stainless steel bands or staples installed not more than 18-inches apart.

F. Pipe Supports: 1. Pipes within the outer casing shall be supported at not more than 10-foot intervals. 2. These supports shall be designed to allow for continuous airflow and drainage of the conduit in place. 3. The straight supports shall be designed to occupy not more than 10% of the annular air space. 4. Supports shall be of the type where insulation thermally isolates the service pipe from the conduit. The surface of the insulation shall be protected at the support by a sleeve not less than 12 inches long, fitted with traverse and, where required, rotational arresters.

G. Conduit: 1. The steel conduit casing shall be smooth wall welded steel conduit of the thicknesses specified below:

Conduit Size Conduit Thickness 6" - 26" 10 Gage 28" - 36" 6 Gage 38" - 42" 4 Gage

2. Changes in casing size, as required at oversized casing to allow for carrier pipe expansion, shall be accomplished by eccentric and/or concentric fittings and shall provide for continuous drainage.

H. Outer Conduit Coating: 1. The exterior steel conduit surface shall be abrasive blast-cleaned to a minimum of a near white surface, SSPC-SP10-63T. Profile must be a minimum of 1.5 mil peak to valley range. Any area of rust bloom or oil shall be wiped and reblasted. 2. After blasting, the steel conduit shall be coated with Epoxy. 3. The epoxy coating shall be a two-part coating consisting of a base material and curing agent spray applied to a minimum thickness of 8-12 mils. The coated conduit shall be holiday tested at 1,000 volts to ensure a void free coating. Areas of the conduit not passing the holiday test shall be patch coated and retested.

33 63 13 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

I. Outer Conduit Insulation and Jacket: 1. Conduit insulation shall be spray applied polyurethane foam having a minimum density of 2 lbs/ft 3 for the straight lengths and fittings. 2. The insulation thickness shall be 1-inch maximum. The polyurethane foam shall have a maximum initial K value of 0.18, minimum density of 2 lbs/ft 3 and a minimum closed cell content of 90%. 3. Quality assurance procedures for the insulation shall include a visual check prior to jacketing. 4. The outer jacket shall be fiberglass reinforced polymer (FRP) and shall be applied directly onto the polyurethane foam insulation. No PVC or polyethylene jacket shall be allowed. All straights and fittings shall be factory jacketed.

J. Diffusion Barrier: 1. An aluminum diffuser barrier shall be applied on the outside of the insulation before application of the outer jacket. The barrier shall prevent the diffusion of the blowing agent out of the foam to prevent the foam from aging. The diffuser barrier shall be of composite construction with a minimum 12 micron aluminum layer sandwiched between two layers of polyethylene each a minimum of 50 microns thick. The polyethylene layer shall be corona treated to guarantee bonding between the foam insulation and the outer jacket.

K. Source Quality Control: Factory test the conduit to 15 psig (105 kPa) for a minimum of two minutes with no change in pressure. Factory test the service pipe to 150 percent of the operating pressure of system. Furnish test certificates.

L. System Description Table:

Item Steam 6" Pipe Schedule 40 Steel Service Pipe Insulation * * Conduit 10 Gage Steel Spray applied polyurethane foam, 1-inch Conduit Insulation maximum thickness Outer Insulation Jacket FRP Design Pressure 15 Operating Pressure 10 Design Temperature 250 Operating Temperature 239 Maximum Temperature 250 * Service Pipe Insulation is applied in layers to required design thickness.

2.4 EXPANSION LOOPS, ELLS AND TEES

A. Elbows, expansion loops and tees, if furnished, shall be prefabricated in the factory, meeting all the requirements specified for the conduits. They shall be oversized as required to accommodate the calculated pipe movements.

2.5 END AND GLAND SEALS

A. Provide end and gland seals as recommended by conduit Manufacturer and as indicated on the Drawings.

2.6 LEAK PLATES AND ANCHORS

A. Provide leak plates and anchors as recommended by conduit Manufacturer and as indicated on the Drawings.

33 63 13 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Piping: 1. All piping shall be installed in such a way that it will be free to expand and contract, without noise or damage to itself. 2. Risers and vertical pipe shall be plumb, straight and have no unnecessary fittings or offsets. 3. Filings, dust, and dirt shall be wiped from interior of the pipe or tubing before connections are made. 4. Changes in direction of piping shall be made using the appropriate fittings. 5. Pitch: Horizontal supply mains shall pitch up or down in the direction of flow as indicated. 6. Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes. 7. Open ends of pipelines and equipment shall be capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt or other foreign materials out of the systems.

3.2 FIELD JOINTS FOR DIRECT BURIED PIPING

A. General Requirements: 1. The conduit joint shall be air tested at 5 psi for a period of 2 hours after the cure is complete utilizing the factory installed air tube running through the entire system. 2. Backfilling shall not be started until the joint has passed the air test and service pipe has passed hydrostatic testing. 3. The complete joint shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's requirements. 4. Moisture barrier end seals shall be factory applied, sealed to the jacket and carrier pipe. End seals shall be certified as having passed a 20-foot head pressure test. End seals shall be mastic completely sealing the exposed end of the insulation. Field applied end seals shall be installed at each field cut to the piping before continuing with the installation.

3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Examinations: 1. Examinations are to be performed by the fabricator, erector, or a party authorized by the Owner which include visual examinations and observations. 2. Visual examinations as defined are to be performed as necessary during the fabrication and erection of the piping components and field joints to provide verification that the design and WPS requirements are being met. 3. Visual examinations shall also be performed to verify that completed welds in pipe and piping components comply with the acceptance standards specified in the code. 4. Personnel who perform nondestructive examinations of welds shall be qualified and certified for each examination method in accordance with a program established by the employer of the personnel being certified based on the code requirements. B. Radiographic or Ultrasonic Physical Examinations: 1. Examine all piping welds by approved graphic method similar to gamma ray process, or other appropriate Non-Destructive Examination (NDE) method as approved by Owner. 2. The physical examination shall be by technicians employed and certified by a reputable company regularly engaged in this type of work and skilled in the use of interpretation of results of this type of examination. 3. The process shall provide visual proof at the site and such proof on photographs with reports which shall become the property of the Owner and will be included in the final Contract Documents. 4. The report on the interpretation of the physical examination shall state whether or not the quality of the welding is suitable for the service for which the piping was designed. 5. Welds examined by the above process shall be identified by a number and service symbol and shall be stamped into pipe adjacent to weld at the time of examination. 6. Failure to pass this test shall be cause for the rejection of the weld. Rejected welds shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense by an approved method and proven satisfactory by radiographic examination. 7. Inspection and approval verification of repaired welds shall be at Contractor’s expense.

33 63 13 – 5 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

C. Inspections: 1. Inspections are the responsibility of the Owner and may be performed by employees of the Owner or party authorized by the Owner. 2. Prior to initial operation, the "Non-Boiler External Piping" installation shall be inspected to assure compliance with the engineering design and with the material, fabrication, assembly, examination and test requirements of the code.

D. Field Testing: Provide testing of each section of piping in accordance with the following: 1. All welds will be 100 percent X-ray inspected and passed. 2. Testing of buried piping must be done prior to backfilling. 3. Leak Tests for Steam and Steam Condensate Piping: a. Provide complete hydrostatic testing for leaks of all piping systems in accordance with ASME B31.1 "Code for Pressure Piping," latest revision. b. Test pressure shall be at least 1.5 the design pressure, but in no cases less than 150 psig. c. Following the application of hydrostatic test pressure for at least 4 hours, examination shall be made for leakage of the piping and at all joints and connections. d. If leaks are found, they shall be eliminated as appropriate, and the test repeated until no leakage is found. e. Testing must be witnessed and approved by the Owner's representative on each section of buried pipe before backfilling. 4. In-Service Leak Test for Steam and Condensate: a. An in-service test and examination using system steam is acceptable when other types of tests are not practical or when leak tightness is demonstrable due to the nature of the service; i.e., where shut-off valves are not available for isolating a line or where temporary closures are impractical. b. The in-service test shall be conducted only after receiving written authorization from the Engineer. c. This method shall also be used subsequent to pneumatic testing when used in lieu of hydrostatic testing. d. When performing an initial service test, the piping system shall be gradually brought up to normal operating pressure and temperature and continuously held for a minimum time of 10 minutes. 5. Test Procedures: a. Blank off or replace with spool pieces items of devices and equipment such as vessels, valves, instruments, etc. rated for pressure less than the test pressure. Reconnect equipment after testing. b. Perform tests before piping is covered, concealed or backfilled. c. A pressure recorder shall monitor the testing of piping systems to verify test results. 6. Cycle Testing: a. Following the completion of the leak testing procedures, the Contractor shall schedule with the Owner's representative to have staff conduct a cycle test on both the steam and condensate piping installed under this Contract. 1) All testing shall be scheduled through the Owner's representative with a minimum of 72 hours notice. 2) The cycle test may also be performed in conjunction with the in service test as authorized by the Owner. 3) The Contractor shall be present while the cycle test is being conducted. b. The cycle test shall consist of a single warm-up cycle and cool-down cycle where the systems are gradually brought up to normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of 8 hours.

3.4 CLEANING AND FLUSHING

A. Piping shall be cleaned before the installation, and flushed after the installation and before system start-up.

B. Equipment, detergents, solvents and other cleaning agents shall be furnished by a qualified water treatment service.

C. Disconnect piping to be flushed. Remove instruments which may be damaged by the cleaning procedures. Such items shall be replaced with spool pieces, plugs, or blind flanges.

D. Before the piping is put in service, clean it using a pressure tank with a hose equipped with a nozzle to direct a high velocity stream of water against the inside wall of the pipe. Make a minimum of 2 passes through the pipe with the hose. A minimum pressure of 250 psi shall be developed at the nozzle.

33 63 13 – 6 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Pre-Insulated Steam and Steam Pipeline Replacement Condensate Distribution Piping Capital Avenue Section 33 63 13 Project Number 191453

END OF SECTION 33 63 13

33 63 13 – 7 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_13.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

SECTION 33 63 23 – STEAM AND CONDENSATE DISTRIBUTION PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the furnishing and installation of the steam and condensate piping systems as defined in Division 33 Section “General Provisions for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities.”

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings, the work of this Section shall comply with the following: 1. American Society of Mechanical Engineering (ASME): a. B31.1 - Power Piping. b. Power Boiler Code. 2. ASTM Standards: a. A47 - Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. b. A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. c. A105 - Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components. d. A106 - Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service. e. A181 - Forgings, Carbon Steel, for General Purpose Piping. f. A182 - Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High Temperature Service. g. A312 - Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes. h. A376 - Seamless Austenitic Steel Pipe for High Temperature Central Station Service. i. A403 - Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings. j. B6 - Zinc. 3. Pipe Fabrication Institute: Standard ES-3 – Fabricating Tolerances.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For all pressure reducing stations. 1. Dimensions. 2. Construction and installation details. 3. Performance criteria, including valve Cv. 4. Manufacturer/model number.

B. Manufacturer's Literature: For all traps, vents, vacuum breakers and steam control valves. 1. Manufacturer/model number. 2. Size and capacity (Cv). 3. Construction details.

C. Drip and Trap Circuit Layout Drawings: Submit for Engineer's and Owner's review, a dimensional layout drawing for all trap circuits. Drawings shall be to scale and may be 3-dimensional or include sufficient section cuts to indicate spatial relationships of steam and condensate piping, drip legs, bleeders, and valve orientation.

D. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) and the related Welder Qualification Record (WQR) as described in ASME/B31.1/AWS codes shall be submitted for approval by owner prior to beginning work. Copies of these documents are to be included in the turnover documents at project completion.

33 63 23 – 1 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

E. Turnover Documents (Traveler): 1. Material Test Reports 2. Heat Number Summary 3. Packing Slips 4. Material Receiving Reports 5. Material Examination Log 6. Nonconformance Reports 7. Weld Coupon Log 8. Welding Procedure 9. Welder Certification 10. Welding Machine ID 11. Quality Control Pre-Testing & Passivation Check List 12. Component alignment and “fit up” documents 13. Proof of non-magnetic properties of piping and/or fittings, or any component that may affect the weld process approved for the project. 14. Test Reports 15. Weld Log 16. Fabrication Drawings showing each weld location and ID of welder

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: 1. The steam energy distribution piping is designed for an operating pressure of 350 psig which falls under the jurisdiction of the Michigan Boiler Division and the Boiler Act of 1965. 2. The Act was amended in 1995 which included a clarification of Rule 113 concerning high pressure piping. Steam piping under this rule includes any steam piping where the pressure is 15 psig or greater. Any steam condensate piping connected to the steam piping 15 psig or greater, except through a vented receiver, is also included in this rule. Both piping systems must be installed or repaired in accordance with the ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code and the Rules of the Michigan Boiler Law and Rules. 3. The steam and condensate piping located above grade and in the tunnels is considered Non-Boiler External Piping under the ASME B31.1 Power Piping Code.

B. Labeling: 1. Piping materials shall bear the label, stamp or other marking of all specified standards and testing compliance. 2. Imported pipe must be labeled in accordance with Section 304 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1304). This rule provides that, unless excepted, every article of foreign origin imported into the U.S. shall be marked in a conspicuous place as legibly, indelibly, and permanently as the nature of the article (or container) will permit, in such a manner as to indicate to the ultimate purchaser in the U.S. the English name of the country of origin of the article.

C. General Welding Quality Assurance: 1. Contractors working on these systems are required to be licensed by the State of Michigan Boiler Division. 2. Qualifications: All welders shall be certified in accordance with the requirements of ASME B31.1 and B31.5, as applicable. 3. Employers are responsible for qualifying Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) that are intended to be used by personnel of that organization. 4. Each employer is responsible for qualifying the welders and welding operators employed by that organization and maintain a certificate of Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification for each welder under their employment. 5. The employer shall maintain records of the WPS and the welders or welding operators used by that organization and the identification symbol assigned to each welder and their performance qualification. 6. The employer shall use this identification symbol to identify the welds performed by a welder or welding operator by either applying the symbol of the welder or welding operator to the joint in a manner specified by the organization. 7. Maintain weld map records identifying the joint with the welder or weld operator.

33 63 23 – 2 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. General: 1. Except as herein specified or as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Pipe 6'-0" and longer shall be permanently marked with the following information: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Pressure rating. c. Size. 3. All pipe joints shall be welded for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger.

B. Black Steel Pipe: 1. Black steel pipe shall be seamless carbon steel, as specified for the type of service. 2. For Schedule 40, seamless black steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A53 or A106, Type S seamless, Grade B 3. For Schedule 80, seamless black steel pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM A106, Type S seamless, Grade B.

C. Fittings 1. Unions: a. Pipe Sizes 2 1/2 Inches and Smaller: 1) Forged steel with ground joint. 2) Properly fitted for design temperature and pressure. 3) 2,000 pound rated equal to Crane No. 250H or 251H. 4) 3,000 pound rated equal to Crane No. 252H. b. Pipe Sizes 2 1/2 Inches and Greater: Use companion flanges where unions are required. 2. Screwed Fittings: a. All elbows will be long radius. b. Nodular or ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A395. c. Forged steel in accordance with ASTM A181. d. Schedule 80 fittings shall be used with Schedule 80 pipe. 3. Welding Fittings: a. Meet ASTM A234 symbol WPB. b. All elbows with be long radius. c. Dimensional standards shall conform to ANSI B16.9. d. Schedule 80 fittings shall be used with Schedule 80 pipe. 4. Flanges: a. Welding neck type with raised face. b. Conforming to ANSI B16.5. c. Class 150 and 300 conforming to ASTM A181, Grade I. d. Class 600 and 900 conforming to ASTM A105, Grade II. e. Use threaded or socket weld type for piping smaller than 2-1/2 inches. f. Use flat face steel flanges when matching cast iron companion flanges. 5. Flange Gaskets: a. Nonasbestos compressed material conforming to ANSI B16.21 and suitable for 600 degrees F service. b. Gaskets for low pressure steam and condensate shall be concentric corrugated hollow metal core encapsulated with flexible graphite. c. All flange gaskets used on steam above 15 psig shall be spiral wound with 304 stainless steel winding strip and graphite filler. Gasket shall be rated for 600 psig, 800 degree F service. d. Ring type, 1/16-inch thickness. e. Use full face gaskets with flat face flanges. f. Paper or fiber gaskets are not acceptable. g. Gaskets shall be manufactured by Graphonic, Flexitallic, or as approved. 6. Bolting Material: a. Carbon steel, square-head bolts and Grade 2H hex nuts. b. Bolt length shall be sufficient to extend completely through nut with maximum 3/8-inch projection. c. Dimensions conforming to ANSI B18.2 (bolts) and ASTM A194 (nuts).

33 63 23 – 3 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

d. Bolts: 1) For service below 250 psig/450 degrees F, use Grade B conforming to ASTM A307. 2) For service at or above 250 psig/450 degrees F, use ASTM Grade BD and SAE J-329 Grade 8, NC (national course) and shall be installed with a “Anti Seize” coating on thread surfaces. e. Anti-seize compound shall be Loctite C5-A Copper Based; or approved equal. f. All purpose PTFE soft-set thread sealing compound. Jomar Gimmie The White , Rectorseal No. 5; or approved equal. 7. Socket Welding Fittings: All forged steel socket-welding fittings shall conform to ANSI Standard B16.11 ASTM A105 Gr. II, equal to Crane 3,000-pound forged fittings.

D. As indicated on the Drawings.

E. Pipe and Fitting Applications: 1. Steam - to 350 psig, 650 Degrees F - Above Ground or in Manhole: a. For Piping Through 2-Inch: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A106, seamless, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Forged Steel, socket welded, 300 pound class. 3) Joints: Forged steel, welded, 2,000 pound class. b. For Piping 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A106, seamless, Grade B, standard weight for 12- inch and above. 2) Fittings: Standard weight, Wrought Steel, butt welded. 3) Joints: Welded. Flanged ASTM A181, forged steel at valves, and equipment, 300 psi class. 2. Steam - to 125 psig - Above Ground or in Manhole: a. For Piping Through 2-Inch: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A106 or A53, seamless, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Forged Steel, ASTM A181, ANSI B 16.11 unions, 250 pound ASTM A197. 3) Joints: Welded. b. For Piping 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A106 or A53, seamless, Grade B, standard weight for 12-inch and above. 2) Fittings: Standard weight, Wrought Steel, butt welded, black steel, ASTM A234, ASTM B16.9. 3) Joints: Welded. Flanged ASTM A181, forged steel at valves, and equipment. 3. Steam Condensate (Prior to Trap) - to 150 psig - Above and Below Ground: a. For Piping Through 2-Inch: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 80, ASTM A106, seamless. 2) Fittings: Schedule 80, Forged Steel, ASTM A181, ANSI B 16.11 or; unions, 250 pound ASTM A197; unions, 250 pound ASTM A197. 3) Joints: Welded. b. For Piping 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 80, ASTM A106, seamless, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Schedule 80, Wrought Steel, ASTM B16.9, ASTM A234. 3) Joints: Welded. Flanged ASTM A181, 150 pound, forged steel at valves, and equipment. 4. Steam Condensate (Gravity After Trap) - to 30 psig - Above and Below Ground: a. For Piping Through 2-Inch: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 80, ASTM A106, seamless. 2) Fittings: Cast Iron, ASTM EB16.4, 150 pound. 3) Joints: Screwed. b. For Piping 2-1/2-Inch and Larger: 1) Pipe: Black Steel, Schedule 80, ASTM A106, seamless, Grade B. 2) Fittings: Schedule 80, Wrought Steel, ASTM B16.9, ASTM A234. 3) Joints: Welded. Flanged ASTM A181, 150 pound, forged steel at valves, and equipment.

33 63 23 – 4 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

2.2 VALVES

A. Provide in accordance with Division 33 Section “General Duty Valves for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities.”

2.3 STEAM TRAPS

A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstron Machine Works. 2. Spirax-Sarco

B. Inverted Bucket: 1. Cast Steel: a. Cast semi-steel body and cap, 280 psi design/150 psi operating class, stainless steel bucket, and all stainless steel internals. b. Provide with thermic vent.

2.4 STRAINERS

A. Manufacturer: Armstrong, Mueller.

B. Type: "Y".

C. Screen: 20 mesh brass, removable.

D. Area: 5 times pipe diameter.

E. Pressure Rating: Match piping.

F. Install in front of each modulating valve, steam trap, pressure regulating valve, pump suction and where indicated. Each strainer shall be equipped with a blow down valve and trap assembly, if on steam line.

2.5 EXPANSION LOOPS, JOINTS, SLIDES, AND GUIDES

A. Refer to Division 33 Section “Expansion Fittings and Loops for Hydronic and Steam Energy Utilities” for expansion joint requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Piping: 1. All piping shall be installed in such a way that it will be free to expand and contract, without noise, or damage to itself or to the building. It shall be the duty of this Contractor to prevent others from altering this purpose. 2. All piping shall be installed in such a manner that it will NOT interfere with the necessary passage, head room or opening of doors or windows. 3. Risers and vertical pipe shall be plumb, straight and have no unnecessary fittings or offsets. 4. Filings, dust, or dirt shall be wiped from interior of the pipe or tubing before connections are made. 5. Changes in direction shall be made with fittings. 6. Vent pipes shall be installed through the roof as directed and shall be flashed as specified. 7. Pitch: a. Horizontal supply mains shall pitch up or down in the direction of flow as indicated. b. The grade shall be not less than 1 inch in 40 feet. 8. Reducing fittings shall be used for changes in pipe sizes, eccentric, flat on bottom. 9. Open ends of pipelines and equipment shall be capped or plugged during installation to keep dirt or other foreign materials out of the systems. 10. Pipe not otherwise specified shall be uncoated. 11. Connections between ferrous piping and copper piping shall be electrically isolated from each other with dielectric unions.

33 63 23 – 5 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

12. Branch connections for steam and condensate shall be taken off mains on top, up at a 45 degree angle, or horizontal.

B. Flanged Connections: 1. Align flange surfaces parallel. 2. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads including anti-seize compound on bolts. Anti-seize compound shall be rated for temperatures to 800 degrees F. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque wrench. 3. Provide documentation of torque testing of all bolts on high pressure steam. 4. In cases where higher rated steel raised face flanges mate to lower rated cast iron flat face flanges, remove raised face from steel flange before bolting together. 5. Unless required otherwise, piping flange bolting shall conform to ASTM A354 Grade BD and SAE J 429 Grade 8 for steam and condensate application.

C. Steam Traps: 1. Install with union or flanged connection at both ends. 2. Provide gate valve and strainer at inlet, gate valve (and check valve) at discharge. 3. Provide minimum 10-inch (250 mm) long dirt pocket of same pipe size as apparatus return connection. 4. Do not install thermostatic elements in traps until system has been operated and dirt pockets cleared of sediment and scale. Provide temporary covers for use prior to this time. 5. Install for proper drainage of all low points of piping and equipment. 6. All trap circuits in tunnels must be installed to provide full access to all components and connections for service and system maintenance. Layout must also minimize risk from contact with hot piping, valves and blow-offs. Refer to submittal requirements.

3.2 SPECIAL WELDING REQUIREMENTS FOR HPS AND HPC:

A. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) and the related Welder Qualification Record (WQR) as described in ASME/B31.1/AWS codes shall be submitted for approval by owner prior to beginning work. 1. Welding on piping and components may be done using automatic welding techniques, except where not practical as an application due to location (Weld procedure documents must be approved and verified per weld specifications). 2. The two welding surfaces shall be clean, and prepared to standards for weld process to be utilized and match accordingly. 3. Preparation of the weld end shall be performed by manual grinding, machining, torch cutting, or automatic beveling processes. 4. The machining faces, free from notches or other method shall leave the pipe or tube weld end with smooth surgularities. 5. The weld ends of the pipe or tube shall be clean and free of oils, dirt, or any other material that will adversely affect the specified weld processes. 6. No welding shall be done when the surfaces to be welded are wet. 7. The minimum base metal temperature shall not be less than 70 degrees F prior to welding. Preheating or post weld heating of weld joint shall be per weld process specified and in accordance with standard practices. 8. The welding equipment shall be set up by the contractor and approved by the owner. 9. At the start of each day and after any lengthy shut-down period, weld process equipment shall be checked and determined as to fitness for duty status. 10. All openings shall be kept sealed at all times with plastic caps or in sealed bags as warranted per conditions of work site. 11. Pipe, fitting ends and flange faces shall be protected from damage in handling, installation, and storage. 12. During handling and storage, other than work on tables, spools shall be on cribbing or racks in a protected and segregated area. 13. The welder shall ensure that all equipment associated with the welding process operates properly. This includes flow gauges for purge and backup gas and the orbital welding machine if required.

33 63 23 – 6 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

B. Welding Materials: 1. Welding electrodes to be used shall be of materials approved per weld process utilized. The Owner reserves the right to remove any welding electrodes they feel have not been stored or handled properly. 2. The welding electrode shall be new and replaced if compromised. All electrodes shall be stored per standards for electrode (per manufacturer or code). 3. If any tool or component is suspected of having elements that may contaminate the weld process, the material shall be replaced and the tool shall be cleaned per an acceptable cleaning process. 4. Tools used for weld joint preparation, fabrication, and installation shall be of materials compatible with the approved weld process.

C. Identification: 1. All welds are to be labeled by number using an electro-engraver, metal stamp, indelible marker, or paint stick. The ID shall be in close proximity to the weld (outside the heat affected zone) and applied after the weld has cooled to ambient temperature. 2. The weld identification used shall be traceable to a weld track document, (provide within the turnover documents), that will show the weld procedure, welder identification, base material, and grade joined and that the weld was inspected on OD and ID. Log is to identify the type of inspection used and weld inspection status. 3. The contractor shall maintain within the turnover documents a weld map showing the location of all weld joints and noting which weld procedure was utilized for each joint. 4. The weld identification log shall be maintained by the contractor and contain cross reference information to fabrication drawings.

3.3 EXAMINATIONS

A. Visual Examinations: 1. Examinations are to be performed by the fabricator, erector, or a party authorized by the Owner which include visual examinations and observations. 2. Visual examinations as defined are to be performed as necessary during the fabrication and erection of the piping components to provide verification that the design and WPS requirements are being met. 3. Visual examinations shall also be performed to verify that completed welds in pipe and piping components comply with the acceptance standards specified in the code. 4. Personnel who perform non-destructive examinations of welds shall be qualified and certified for each examination method in accordance with a program established by the employer of the personnel being certified based on the code requirements. 5. Inspections may be performed by employees of the Owner or party authorized by the Owner. 6. Prior to initial operation, the "Non-Boiler External Piping" installation shall be inspected to assure compliance with the engineering design and with the material, fabrication, assembly, examination and test requirements of the code. 7. All “fit ups” for weld joints for piping and components shall be visually inspected and logged per ASME B31.1 standards and included in Turn Over Document. 8. Owner may examine welds at structural supports and pipe attachment assemblies at their discretion. 9. The weld joints shall be inspected by State Boiler Inspector in accordance with the contractors permit application through the State of Michigan. The contractor shall provide a log document for their record retention. This log shall be part of the Turn Over Document.

B. Radiographic or Ultrasonic Physical Examinations: 1. Examine all piping welds by physical method. Include the cost of examining 10 percent of all welds, to be selected at the discretion of Owner, by approved graphic method similar to gamma ray process, or other appropriate Non-Destructive Examination (NDE) method as approved by Owner. 2. The physical examination shall be by technicians employed and certified by a reputable company regularly engaged in this type of work and skilled in the use of interpretation of results of this type of examination. 3. The process shall provide visual proof at the site and such proof on photographs with reports which shall become the property of the Owner and will be included in the final Contract Documents. 4. The report on the interpretation of the physical examination shall state whether or not the quality of the welding is suitable for the service for which the piping was designed. 5. Welds examined by the above process shall be identified by a number and service symbol and shall be stamped into pipe adjacent to weld at the time of examination.

33 63 23 – 7 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

6. Failure to pass this test shall be cause for the rejection of the weld and authority to examine 2 additional welds that have been done by the same welder for each case. Rejected welds shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense by an approved method and proven satisfactory by radiographic examination. Inspection and approval verification of repaired welds shall be at Contractor’s expense. 7. If 3 welds by the same welder prove unsatisfactory by the physical examination, all welds completed by that welder shall be physically examined. Any welds proved unacceptable shall be repaired.

3.4 PRESSURE TESTING

A. Hydrostatic Testing: 1. Provide complete hydrostatic testing for leaks of all piping systems in accordance with ASME B31.1 "Code for Pressure Piping," latest revision. 2. Test pressure shall be at least 1.5 the design pressure, but in no cases less than 150 psig. 3. Following the application of hydrostatic test pressure for at least 4 hours, examination shall be made for leakage of the piping and at all joints and connections. 4. If leaks are found, they shall be eliminated as appropriate, and the test repeated until no leakage is found. 5. Testing must be witnessed and approved by the Engineer on each section of pipe before insulating.

B. In-Service Leak Test for Steam and Condensate: 1. An in-service test and examination using system steam is acceptable when other types of tests are not practical or when leak tightness is demonstrable due to the nature of the service; i.e., where shut-off valves are not available for isolating a line or where temporary closures are impractical. 2. The in-service test shall be conducted only after receiving written authorization from the Engineer. 3. This method shall also be used subsequent to pneumatic testing when used in lieu of hydrostatic testing. 4. When performing an initial service test, the piping system shall be gradually brought up to normal operating pressure and temperature and continuously held for a minimum time of 10 minutes. 5. Examination of leakage shall be made of joints and connections at that time.

C. Test Procedures: 1. Blank off or replace with spool pieces items of devices and equipment such as vessels, valves, instruments, etc. rated for pressure less than the test pressure. Reconnect equipment after testing. 2. Perform tests before piping is covered or concealed. 3. A pressure recorder shall monitor the testing of piping systems to verify test results.

D. Cycle Testing: 1. Following the completion of the leak testing procedures, the Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner's staff to conduct a cycle test on both the steam and condensate piping installed under this Contract. a. All testing shall be scheduled through the Owner's with a minimum of 72 hours notice. b. The cycle test may also be performed in conjunction with the in service test as authorized by the Owner. c. The Contractor shall be present while the cycle test is being conducted. 2. The cycle test shall consist of a single warm-up cycle and cool-down cycle where the systems are gradually brought up to normal operating pressure and temperature for a period of 8 hours. 3. Prior to beginning the test, the Contractor shall mark the position of the steam and condensate expansion joints and guides at ambient conditions. 4. The position of the expansion joints and guides shall also be marked after the system has been brought up to operating temperature and pressures. 5. Following the cool down period, and when the system has been cooled to ambient conditions, the Contractor shall visually inspect these components including pipe slide supports to ensure their return to the initially marked position. The Contractor shall note misalignment and failure of the system to return to the original position.

3.5 PROTECTION AGAINST FREEZING

A. At any time that any of the piping is full of water for testing purposes or otherwise prior to actual heated operation, the system shall be protected against freezing by the introduction of an acceptable anti-freeze which will be flushed out before acceptance. Provision for introducing anti-freeze shall be made by means of valved connections to the system in an acceptable manner.

33 63 23 – 8 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam and Condensate Distribution Piping Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue Section 33 63 23 Project Number 191453

3.6 CLEANING AND FLUSHING

A. Piping shall be cleaned before the installation, and flushed after the installation and before system start-up.

B. Equipment, detergents, solvents and other cleaning agents shall be furnished by a qualified water treatment service.

C. Disconnect piping to be flushed. Remove instruments which may be damaged by the cleaning procedures. Such items shall be replaced with spool pieces, plugs, or blind flanges.

D. Before the piping is put in service, clean it using a pressure tank with a hose equipped with a nozzle to direct a high velocity stream of water against the inside wall of the pipe. Make a minimum of 2 passes through the pipe with the hose. A minimum pressure of 250 psi shall be developed at the nozzle.

END OF SECTION 33 63 23

33 63 23 – 9 Z:\2019 \191453 \WORK \SPECS \33_63_23.DOCX

Lansing Board of Water and Light Steam Pipeline Replacement Capitol Avenue

Project Manual Project No. 191453

BID SET PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Board of Water and Light 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901 KEY PLAN: Lansing, Michigan NORTH PROJECT AREA STEAM PIPELINE REPLACEMENT REVISIONS: Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. Issued for Bids and Construction June 11, 2020

█ SHEET INDEX:

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan

Fiorenzo, Sherry G001 TITLE SHEET

C001 LEGEND SHEET C002 CAPITOL AVENUE STEAM DEMOLITION PLAN PLOTTED BY: █

C003 CAPITOL AVENUE STEAM PLAN AND PROFILE C004 CAPITOL AVENUE RECONSTRUCTION C005 CAPITOL AVENUE SIGNAGE AND TRAFFIC CONTROL 6/11/2020 3:01 PM S001 GENERAL NOTES AND STANDARD DETAILS S002 SITE PLAN, MANHOLE PLANS, AND SECTIONS 6/11/2020 NPD NPD

PLOTTED DATE: PS-30016 (191453) BIDS & CONSTRUCTION

█ M001 OVERALL PLAN, SCHEDULES AND DETAILS

M002 MECHANICAL PIPING DEMOLITION PLANS Steam Main Replacement on M003 MANHOLES PIPING PLANS Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St.

TITLE SHEET

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\G001191453.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █ PROJECT AREA NORTH G001 0 PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901

KEY PLAN:

NORTH

PROJECT AREA

REVISIONS: █

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 1 SECTION 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan De Wit, Neil PLOTTED BY: █

A DETAIL 6/11/2020 7:31 AM

6/11/2020 NPD MLB NPD

PLOTTED DATE: PS-30016 (191453) BIDS & CONSTRUCTION █

Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St.

LEGEND SHEET

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\C001191453.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █

C001 0 PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901

KEY PLAN:

NORTH

WASHTENAW ST. ALLEGAN ST. PROJECT AREA

REVISIONS:

CAPITOL AVE. PLAN VIEW █

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan De Wit, Neil PLOTTED BY: █

6/11/2020 7:32 AM

6/11/2020 NPD MLB NPD

PLOTTED DATE: EGLE SOIL EROSION AND PS-30016 (191453) BIDS & CONSTRUCTION

█ LEGEND

SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES Steam Main Replacement on KEY DETAIL CHARACTERISTICS Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. 56

CAPITOL AVENUE STEAM DEMOLITION PLAN

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\C002191453.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █

C002 0 ALLEGAN ST.

PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901

KEY PLAN:

NORTH

PROJECT AREA

REVISIONS:

CAPITOL AVE. PLAN VIEW █

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE

De Wit, Neil 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan PLOTTED BY: █

7/14/2020 3:24 PM

PLOTTED DATE: 7/14/2020 NPD

█ MLB NPD PS-30016 (191453) BULLETIN 1

Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St.

CAPITOL AVENUE STEAM PLAN AND PROFILE

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\C003191453_BUL 1.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █ PROFILE VIEW C003 0 PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901

WASHTENAW ST. ALLEGAN ST. KEY PLAN:

NORTH

PROJECT AREA

REVISIONS:

CAPITOL AVE. LEGEND PLAN VIEW █

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE

De Wit, Neil 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan PLOTTED BY: █

7/14/2020 3:22 PM

PLOTTED DATE: 7/14/2020 NPD

█ MLB NPD PS-30016 (191453) BULLETIN 1

Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St.

CAPITOL AVENUE RECONSTRUCTION

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\C004191453_BUL 1.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █

C004 0 PROJECT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT 1232 HACO DRIVE, LANSING MICHIGAN 48901

KEY PLAN:

NORTH

PROJECT AREA TOWNSEND ST.

REVISIONS:

MICHIGAN STATE CAPITOL

BLUE CROSS BLUE CROSS BLUE SHIELD BLUE SHIELD PARKING RAMP █

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan De Wit, Neil

CAPITOL AVE. PLOTTED BY: █

6/11/2020 7:45 AM

6/11/2020 NPD MLB NPD

PLOTTED DATE: PS-30016 (191453) BIDS & CONSTRUCTION █

ALLEGAN ST. WASHTENAW ST. MICHIGAN AVE. Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St.

CAPITOL AVENUE RECONSTRUCTION

Z:\2019\191453\CAD\CD\C005191453.dwg 56981

FILE NAME: PS-30016 █

C005 0 FIELD APPLIED WATERPROOFING WITH PROTECTION BOARD SITE CAST CONCRETE LID. PROVIDE TWO BUTYL ROPE AT DAYTON SUPERIOR P52 SWIFT LIFT INTERFACE WITH STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS WITH RECESS EXISTING BUILDING PLUGS IN TOP OF LID

EXISTING WALL #5@12" EACH WAY BUTYL ROPE ALL AROUND SLOPE 1/4:12 WATERSTOP RX (TYP), 3" COVER (MIN) FIRMLY SET ON BED OF GROUT 8" #5 DOWELS @12" OC x2' -6" LONG #5@12" EACH WAY ADHESIVE ANCHORED 6" INTO EXISTING CONCRETE (TYP) 12" WTR (DI) SEE TYPICAL DETAILS FOR PIPE KEY PLAN: PENETRATION AND REINFORCEMENT ALLEGAN AROUND OPENINGS STREET EX. MANHOLE 166

" NORTH 8" 1 M

2 T

1 S002 S STATE CAPITAL 44'-1 1/4" BUILDING ST. AVE. AVE. 8" 8" MH 166 ALLEGAN ST. STEAM STEAM 3'-0" 12" WTR PROJECT MH 37 (DI) 6 3'-0" 8" AREA S002 WASHTENAW ST. 3'-0" NEW ANCHOR SLOPE TO DRAIN INSTALL GROUT CHAMFER

WSJ AROUND PIPE AND INSTALL SHEET WATERPROOFING TO KALAMAZOO ST.

8" REMOVE EXISTING

8" OVERLAP DIRECT BURIED PIPE

ANCHORS 44'-6" REUTTER ST. PARK WALNUT 3'-0" 8" #5@12" EACH WAY #5 DOWELS @12" THRUST BLOCK, LENAWEE ST. SEE DETAIL TOWNSEND #5 DOWELS @12" x2' -6" LONG 4'-0" CAPITOL WASHINGTON ADHESIVE ANCHORED 6" INTO EXISTING WALL 3'-0" REVISIONS: BUTYL ROPE AT INTERFACE WITH EXISTING WALL DOGHOUSE PLAN REV. DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE 5 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" SECTION

6 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"

M

R

A

T

C

"

"

N N

E

L

E

W

)

A 2 A T

8 "

I

L

E

S 1 S S

1 6

T

" E

C ( EXISTING CONCRETE MANHOLE 6

WATERPROOFING AND PROTECTION BOARD DIRECT BURIED PIPING 6" 1'-0" MIN. MIN EMBEDDED PLATE BY CHANNEL WELDED TO PIPE PRECAST AND TUBE, EACH SIDE; REFER MANUFACTURER, TYP TO TYPICAL PIPE CONNECTION

AT ANCHOR DETAIL (SIMILAR) 1" FIT PLATE TIGHT 1/2" TO CEILING, TYP. GAP

4" HSS8X4X1/4 (LLH) 7"

SEE PROFILE ON CIVIL FOR PIPE ELEVATION SEE PIPE 8'-9" 1'-9" CONNECTION AT ANCHOR DETAIL TYP HSS4X2X1/4 (LLH) 5'-0" L4X3X3/8 (LLH) X6" F.V. LONG, TYP 3/8" 1'-6 4'-10 1/2" 4'-10

4" HSS8X4X1/4 (LLH)

TYP W8X15 W8X15 PRECAST CONCRETE 316 TYPE STEEL STAINLESS HSS4X2X1/4 (LLH) 316 TYPE STEEL STAINLESS 1'-9" MANHOLE, SLOPE FLOOR TO DRAIN TYP 249'-5 1/4" 249'-5 6"

MIN

L

E

A

U

T

I

N

P

E

A

V A 1/2"X10"X14" STAINLESS STEEL C PLATE WITH (4) HILTI HSL M -12 ANCHORS, 3 1/4" EMBEDMENT, SECTION SECTION TYPICAL 4 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" 3 SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0" fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan

4X4X BOX CULVERT, SEE CIVIL

11'-6" 12'-6" F.V.

6" 10'-6" 6" 3

MIN MIN

S002 R

M

T

A

W

)

" "

L

N N

E

I

A A

T " E 2 8

"

C

T

S S

S 6 1 1

( 6 6" 2 7" 6'-0" DATE: 6/11/2020 DWG BY: TJB S002 CHK BY: ESD APPR BY: NPD 1'-8" MH 37 4 PROJ NO: PS-30016 (191453) STATUS: BIDS & CONSTRUCTION S002 7" PROJECT NAME: Steam Main Replacement on EMBEDDED PLATES, TYP 1'-8" Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. 3'-0" 3/8" 22'-0 ANCHOR 7'-6" 6'-6" L4X3X3/8 (LLH) X6" LONG, COMBINED CONCRETE 6 TYP CURB; SEE COLUMN S002 4'-0" PRECAST MANHOLE MOUNTING DETAIL 7'-6" F.V. 7'-6" HSS8X4X1/4 (LLH) W8X15 TYPE 316 5 DRAWING TITLE: TOP AND BOTTOM STAINLESS S002 THRUST BLOCK, SEE DETAIL SITE PLAN, MANHOLE PLANS 4 STEEL S002 AND SECTIONS DOGHOUSE C:\Work\Revit\2019_S_191453_ntg.rvt 16'-8" 6" SKETCH NUMBER: 56981

SUMP, SEE PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE MECHANICAL WBS: PS-30016

6/11/2020 11:01:38 AM 11:01:38 6/11/2020 MH166 PLAN EXISTING MANHOLE STRUCTURAL SITE PLAN MH37 PLAN 1 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" TO REMAIN SCALE: 1" = 20'-0" BWL DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION: 2 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" NORTH .. S002 PLOT INFO: PLOT LEGEND: GENERAL NOTES: CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE NOTES: STEAM SERVICE NOTES:

CJ CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINT, REFER TO STANDARD DETAILS 1. COORDINATE UTILITIES NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL PLANS 1. COORDINATE SIZE, LOCATION AND PLACEMENT OF EMBEDDED 1. STEAM SERVICE SHUTDOWNS WILL BE PERFORMED BY WITH CIVIL. ITEMS (PLATES, HARDWARE, PIPE SLEEVES, ETC.) WITH ALL LBWL PERSONNEL. NOTIFY OWNER AT LEAST 14 WORKING DI DUCTILE IRON RESPECTIVE TRADES. DAYS PRIOR TO REQUESTED SHUTDOWN. 2. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AT EXISTING HP HIGH POINT CONSTRUCTION. 2. EMBEDDED ITEMS SHALL BE SECURELY PLACED PRIOR TO 2. REFER TO DIVISION 1 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACING CONCRETE. INFORMATION REGARDING STEAM SERVICE INTERRUPTION. PRECAST SLAB 2'-0" DIA. HPS HIGH PRESSURE STEAM 3. NO FLAME CUTTING OF HOLES WILL BE PERMITTED. 6" 1'-0" DIA. 6" LP LOW POINT 3. CORING OR CUTTING CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED 3. VENTILATION IN EXISTING MANHOLES, INCLUDING POWER KEY PLAN: (4)#4 DOWELS EQUALLY PREFAB. SUMP CONCRETE FILL 4. ALL NEW W -SHAPES, CHANNELS, PLATES, BOLTS, NUTS, AND UNLESS APPROVED BY ENGINEER. SOURCE, ARE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. SPACED; ADHESIVE LPS LOW PRESSURE STEAM THREADED RODS SHALL BE HOP -DIP GALVANIZED PER THE NORTH ANCHORED WITH 6" #4 TIE CONTINUOUS WATERSTOP RX SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. IF DRILLING OR CUTTING INTO HARDENED CONCRETE IS MPS MEDIUM PRESSRE STEAM STATE CAPITAL EMBEDMENT REQUIRED, FIELD LOCATE REINFORCEMENT WITH A REBAR BUILDING ST. AVE. AVE. WSJ WATERSTOP CONSTRUCTION JOINT, REFER TO STANDARD DETAILS 5. ALL DAMAGED MATERIAL AND FIELD WELDS SHALL BE DETECTOR TO AVOID DAMAGING THE REBAR. REPAIR COATED WITH A ZINC RICH PAINT. SOIL AND FOUNDATION NOTES: MH 166 ALLEGAN ST. 4" 5. DO NOT SAW CUT ELEVATED FLOOR SLABS. 6. PIPE SYSTEM SHALL BE ALIGNED WITH A LASER DEVICE. 1. FOUNDATION WALLS THAT RETAIN EARTH SHALL BE BRACED PROJECT MH 37

6" 6. THE LOCATION OF CONSTRUCTION OR CONTROL JOINTS, OTHER AGAINST BACKFILLING PRESSURES UNTIL FLOOR SLABS AT TOP AREA 7. WATERSTOP JOINTS ARE REQUIRED AT ALL CAST IN PLACE THAN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE APPROVED BY AND BOTTOM ARE IN PLACE. WASHTENAW ST. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT COVER REQUIREMENTS CONCRETE JOINTS. WHERE NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. AGAINST EXISTING, WATERSTOP RX SHALL STILL BE USED AS CONCRETE CAST AGAINST AND DETAILED AND THE JOINT SHALL BE LAPPED A MINIMUM OF 12 7. CORNER BARS OF THE SAME SIZE AND SPACING AS HORIZONTAL 3" DESIGN LOADS FOR EXPANSION PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH: INCHES WITH WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AND WALL REINFORCING ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL WALLS UNLESS KALAMAZOO ST. SUMP DETAIL PROTECTION BOARD. NOTED OTHERWISE. CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH, LIQUID, LOW PRESSURE STEAM: 15 PSI (50 PSI OPERATING) 250ºF NO SCALE REUTTER

MEDIUM PRESSURE STEAM: 80 PSI (150 PSI OPERATING) 324ºF ST. WEATHER OR CAST AGAINST A CONCRETE 8. ADHESIVES AND EPOXY SHALL NOT BE USED AS A MEANS OF 8. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE CLEAR COVER TO PARK AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 40ºF WORK MAT: ANCHORING FOR STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS IN NEW STEAM REINFORCING BARS AS SCHEDULED, SEE SCHEDULE THIS WALNUT SLABS AND JOISTS: 2" MANHOLES WITHOUT WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ENGINEER. SHEET. LENAWEE ST. BEAMS AND COLUMNS:

STIRRUPS, SPIRALS, AND TIES: TOWNSEND 2" 9. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATING AND 9. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTH, IN CAPITOL WASHINGTON PRIMARY REINFORCEMENT: 2 1/2" PROTECTING ALL UTILITIES WITHIN AREAS OF EXCAVATION. INCHES, SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED, SEE SCHEDULE THIS SHEET. DESIGN DATA WALLS: 2" ALLOWABLE SOIL PRESSURE (ASSUMED) 2,500 PSF WATER SIDE DRY SIDE FOOTINGS AND BASE SLABS: 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE BETWEEN MANHOLES OR 10. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE 3/4" CHAMFERS ON ALL DESIGN STRESSES REVISIONS: T FORMED SURFACES: 2" ANCHOR POINTS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TO IDENTIFY EXPOSED EDGES. CONCRETE REINFORCING Fy = 60,000 PSI TOP OF FOOTINGS AND BASE SLABS: 2" POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITHIN PIPE RUN. WELDED WIRE FABRIC Fy = 65,000 PSI REV. DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE 11. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, DOWELS AND BENT BARS TO HAVE STRUCTURAL STEEL 11. PROVIDE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AND PROTECTION STANDARD ACI/CRSI 90 OR 180 DEGREE BEND AS INDICATED. TIE PVC WATERSTOP W-SHAPES Fy = 50,000 PSI IN PLACE WALL BOARD ON EXPOSED MANHOLE AND TUNNEL. SLABS AND WALLS IF NONE EXISTS OR IF EXISTING IS DAMAGED. RECTANGULAR HSS Fy = 50,000 PSI CIRCULAR HSS Fy = 46,000 PSI WATERPROOF BEAD, 3" 2" EPOXY COATED CONCRETE ALL OTHERS Fy = 36,000 PSI MIN. COVER, ADHERE TO MIN. REINFORCEMENT LAP SPLICE 12. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF WATERPROOFING PRODUCTS NOTE: ONE LAYER OF PRIOR TO PLACING NEW WATERPROOFING OVER EXISTING CONCRETE f'c = 4,000 PSI CONCRETE FACE REINFORCING, REINFORCING STEEL NOTES: 1 1/2" CLR. SCHEDULE (INCHES) WATERPROOFING. NOTED ELSEWHERE. MIN. WALLS & SLABS 1. ABSENT OF WELD LENGTH IN WELD SYMBOLS MEANS BAR 13. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LAYOUT AND WELD FULL LENGTH OF JOINT. SIZE TOP BARS OTHERS COORDINATION OF PIPE TO ENSURE ALIGNMENT OF PIPE 1 1/2" 1 THROUGH MANHOLES TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION 3 20 16 2. ABSENT FILLET WELD SIZE IN WELD SYMBOLS MEANS EXISTING UTILITIES, ECCENTRIC REDUCERS, CAST -IN CHOOSE WELD SIZE BASED ON THICKNESS OF PIECES ANCHOR COLUMNS, ETC. 4 26 19 JOINED PER AISC SPECIFICATIONS. 5 33 24 6 36 34 7 52 51 ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 4" PVC WATERSTOP SHALL BE CLEANED JUST 8 59 56 BEFORE FRESH CONCRETE T/2 BOTTOM SLAB OR WALL 9 65 64 IS PLACED 10 73 71 WATERSTOP CONSTRUCTION JOINT (WSJ) 11 81 77 NO SCALE NOTE: MANHOLE COVER; PROPOSED GRADE TOP BARS ARE HORIZONTAL BARS SO PLACED EJIW 1480 HEAVY DUTY FOR 32" DIA. OPENINGS. THAT MORE THAN 12" OF CONCRETE IS CAST ALL COVERS SHALL HAVE TWO VENT HOLES BELOW THE BAR. HORIZONTAL BARS IN WALLS EAST JORDAN IRON WORKS ARE TOP BARS. VERTICAL BARS ARE OTHER MODEL 1320 MANHOLE RING; BARS. SET CASTING IN MORTAR DOWEL OR EXTEND ADDED NORMAL RESTEEL #5 DIAGONALS EACH FACE; TOP OF STRUCTURE RESTEEL INTO WALL OR NOTED LENGTH = SMALLER OPENING EL. REFER TO CIVIL FOOTING SIMILAR TO ELSEWHERE DIMENSION OR DIAMETER PLUS NORMAL RESTEEL, (TYP.) 2' -0"; STOP AT EDGE (TYP.) ADD RESTEEL (FULL EXTERIOR INTERIOR LENGTH) EQUAL TO FIELD APPLIED WATERPROOFING NORMAL RESTEEL CUT WITH PROTECTION BOARD OFF BY OPENING; 1/2 EACH EXISTING CONCRETE SIDE OF OPENING (TYP.) WALL 3/4"

DIRECT BURIED PIPING 9" 3/4" 1 1/2" 2'-8" SET MANHOLE RING ON GRADE 4" RINGS AS REQUIRED TO MIN. ACHIEVE SPECIFIED ELEVATION; PLASTER COAT INSIDE AND OUT

RECTANGULAR OR TRIANGULAR MOLDING DRIP EDGE AROUND PERIMETER OF OPENING fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE MANHOLE OR TUNNEL WALL 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan MODULAR MECHANICAL CUT NORMAL DOWELS ROUND OR RECTANGULAR SEAL, REFER TO AND RESTEEL 2" SHORT OPENING, (TYP.) MECHANICAL OF OPENING (TYP.)

ADJACENT TO TWO EDGES ADJACENT TO ONE EDGE NOT ADJACENT TO EDGE DOGHOUSE EXTENSION REINFORCEMENT AT WALL AND ELEVATED SLAB OPENINGS 10" OR LARGER OPENINGS PIPE OR CONDUIT; DOGHOUSE DETAIL MINIMUM COVER MANHOLE DETAIL REFER TO CIVIL NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE AND MECHANICAL

PRECAST MANHOLE

AT PIPE BENDS ON INSIDE CORNER OF THRUST BLOCK, MINIMUM DIMENSION SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL HSS STAINLESS STEEL CHANNEL MEASURED FROM WHERE THE MEMBER, TOP AND BOTTOM; C3x5 x0' -10" LONG FOR 3" -4" DIA. PIPE OUTER JACKET PENETRATES SIZE NOTED ELSEWHERE C5x9 x0' -10" LONG FOR 6" -10" DIA. PIPE DATE: 6/11/2020 DWG BY: TJB THE SIDE OF THE THRUST BLOCK 1'-0' MIN C9x20 x1' -1" LONG FOR 12" -20" DIA. PIPE CHK BY: ESD APPR BY: NPD #5 DIAGONAL BARS EACH INSTALL TOP PLATE FACE, LENGTH = PIPE PROJ NO: PS-30016 (191453) STATUS: BIDS & CONSTRUCTION TIGHT AGAINST TOP DIAMETER +2' -0", CUT AS W REQUIRED AT EDGES SHIM AS REQUIRED, 1" MAX PROJECT NAME: SLAB EQ EQ POST -INSTALLED 1 1/2" 1 1/2" Steam Main Replacement on ANCHORS, NOTED 2" DIRECT BURIED PIPE IN FRP JACKET (TYP.) Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. ELSEWHERE; TYPICAL CLR 1/2" 1 (4)#4; TWO IN REFER TO MECHANICAL EACH DIRECTION 1/4 FOR PIPING BASE PLATE NOTED TYP. 1/4 ELSEWHERE, TOP AND

10" BOTTOM; TYPICAL 4'-0" TYP. EQ DRAWING TITLE: 2" TYP. CENTERLINE OF STAINLESS STEEL COLUMN SIZE GENERAL NOTES AND STEAM, SEE CIVIL NOTED ELSEWHERE; NEAR SIDE

L FLANGE OMITTED FOR CLARITY STANDARD DETAILS STAINLESS STEEL L3x3x3/8 8" C:\Work\Revit\2019_S_191453_ntg.rvt 6" #5 @12" OC EACH WAY, x0' -6" LONG WITH (2) 3/4"

TYP ANCHOR ROD (TYP.) EACH FACE DIA. STAINLESS STEEL 1'-0" MIN 1'-0" SEE SCHEDULE BOLTS AT 3", TYP. EQ 4" ANCHOR PLATE BY DIRECT BURIED SKETCH NUMBER: 56981 (4)#4 DOWELS PIPE MANUFACTURER (TYP.) ADHESIVE ANCHORED NOTE: 3" CLR TEST SOIL BEARING CAPACITY ADJACENT TO THRUST

2" GROUT 2" (2) #5 EACH SIDE OF PIPES BLOCKS. 2000 PSF MINIMUM ALLOWABLE BEARING BASE PLATE CAPACITY IS REQUIRED. 1/2" 1 SEE SCHEDULE WBS: PS-30016

6/11/2020 11:01:37 AM 11:01:37 6/11/2020 COLUMN MOUNTING DETAIL THRUST BLOCK DETAIL TYPICAL BASE PLATE DETAIL PIPE CONNECTION AT ANCHOR DETAIL NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE NO SCALE BWL DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION: .. S001 PLOT INFO: PLOT "

M

2 T

1 EXPANSION JOINT SCHEDULE S SIZE DESIGN DISTANCE NOMINAL ID TAG LOCATION SERVICE (IN) TRAVEL BETWEEN TRAVEL NOTES DIAMETER (IN) ANCHORS (FT) REQUIRED (IN) EJ-37-01 MANHOLE 37 LPS 6 4.1 250 8 1 SLOPE DOWN

MH 166 6" LPS CENTERLINE EL 847.28 (FIELD VERIFY) NOTES: KEY PLAN: 1. BASED ON ATS TP2W SLIP JOINT. NORTH

STATE CAPITAL SLOPE DOWN SLOPE BUILDING ST. AVE. AVE. MH 166 ALLEGAN ST. ANCHOR TRAP SCHEDULE HIGH POINT PROJECT MH 37 CENTERLINE AREA STEAM MODEL ORIFICE DIFF. CALCULATED CAPACITY WASHTENAW ST. ID TAG LOCATION SERVICE NOTES EL. 848.0 NO. SIZE PSIG FLOW LBS/HR LBS/HR

SIPHON ST-1 MANHOLE 166 LPS 801 1/8" 10 58 270 1 KALAMAZOO ST. REDUCING ST-2 BCBS BLDG. LPS 802 5/32" 10 216 770 1 INSULATION COUPLING WITH REUTTER NIPPLE ST. PARK WALNUT 1/2" GATE LENAWEE ST. VALVE NOTES: THREADED 1. BASED ON ARMSTRONG 800 SERIES. TOWNSEND

CAPITOL WASHINGTON M

WELDED R

A

T

C

" "

N N

E

L

E

W

)

A A

2 T 8

"

I

L

E

S S

1 S 1

6

T

E "

1/2" PIPE C ( 6 REVISIONS: INTERIOR SOIL OR WATER GENERAL NOTES REV. DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE 1" THREADED END CONCRETE WALL FOR PRESSURE 1. ALL ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG RADIUS UNLESS OTHERWISE 1" WELD-O-LET TRANSMITTER MODULAR MECHANICAL SEAL 6" 4" NOTED. CUT ELBOWS TO MATCH ANGLE NEEDED, FIELD WALL SLEEVE WITH VERIFY.

END PLATE WELDED TO DOWN SLOPE 2' WATER RING PRESSURE GAUGE AND TRANSMITTER TAP DETAIL CONDUIT AND SERVICE PIPE 2. SEE STRUCTURAL FOR SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, GUIDES AND NO SCALE SERVICE PIPE SLIDES. COORDINATE HEIGHT OF PIPE WITH CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL ELEVATIONS OFF FINISHED FLOOR. 3/4" NPT VENT 3. ALL TRAP CIRCUITS IN MANHOLES MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE FULL ACCESS TO ALL COMPONENTS AND STEAM PIPE POLYURETHANE CONNECTIONS FOR SERVICE AND SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. INSULATION LAYOUT MUST ALSO MINIMIZE RISK FROM CONTACT WITH HOT PIPING, VALVES, AND BLOW OFFS. ALL TRAP CIRCUITS STRAINER 1" BLEEDER WITH REQUIRE APPROVAL OF LAYOUT BEFORE FABRICATION. VALVE AND REMOVABLE CAP 3/4" NPT DRAIN INSULATION 4. REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR STEAM DESIGN LOADS FOR CONDUIT EXPANSION (SYSTEM PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURES). T GALVANIZED 10 GA. STEEL SLEEVE STEEL END PLATE TEST FIBERGLASS INSULATION VALVE SEE STEAM DRIP LEG FRP JACKET DETAIL FOR SIZE

THERMOSTATIC THREADED WELDED STEAM TRAP DIRECT BURIED PIPE WALL SLEEVE DETAIL NO SCALE

ALL PIPING SHALL BE 1" INSULATION TRAP CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM EXTEND BEYOND NO SCALE INSULATION ON SIDE OF STEAM OR WALKWAY, MAINTAIN CONDENSATE CLEARANCE FOR VALVE PIPE HANDWHEEL OPERATOR 6" BURIED DIRECT LPS

GATE VALVE

REMOVABLE CAP

BLEEDER PIPE SHALL BE 1" TYPICAL BLEEDER VALVE ASSEMBLY NO SCALE

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan

LINE

"C"-TRAP CONNECTION LOCATE TO SUIT

BCBS BUILDING EDGE

DRAIN R

T

M

A

W

)

"

"

N L N

VALVE E I

"B"

A

A 2 T

E 8 "

"

C

T

S

S 1 S

1 6

( 6

MH 37 VERTICAL DROP EXP. JOINT ANCHOR

SEWER DATE: 6/11/2020 DWG BY: CEB MANHOLE CHK BY: CEB APPR BY: NPD PROJ NO: PS-30016 (191453) STATUS: BIDS & CONSTRUCTION "A" END OF DIRECT BURIED TEMPORARY BOILER PIPE WITH BELOW ANCHOR BLOWDOWN PIPE TO SEWER, PROJECT NAME: LINE GROUND DOGHOUSE MAX. DISCHARGE "B" TEMPERATURE OF 140 DEG. F Steam Main Replacement on "C"-TRAP CONNECTION Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. LOCATE TO DRAIN MATCH EXISTING WATER SUIT VALVE 6" LPS SERVICE CENTERLINE HORIZONTAL RUN BACK EL. 846.96 TEMPORARY (FIELD VERIFY) GENERATOR TRAILER DRAWING TITLE: LINE "B" DRAIN SIZE "A" (MIN.) "C" VALVE OVERALL PLAN, GENERAL TEMPORARY FUEL TEMPORARY 3" LOW TANK TRAILER NOTES AND LEGEND 4" 3" 6" 3/4" 3/4" PRESSURE STEAM

C:\Work\Revit\[email protected] CONNECTION, CONNECT 6" 4" 9" 3/4" 3/4" TO EXISTING 6" LPS OUTSIDE OF BUILDING 8" 6" 11" 3/4" 3/4" SKETCH NUMBER: 56981 10" 8" 12" 3/4" 3/4" 12" 8"12" 1" 1" TEMPORARY BOILER TEMPORARY WATER ROOM TRAILER SERVICE FROM OWNER 14" AND 10"12" 1" 1" PROVIDED SERVICE TAP LARGER OVERALL PLAN WBS: PS-30016 SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0" 6/11/2020 2:14:28 PM 2:14:28 6/11/2020 STEAM DRIP LEG DETAIL FRONT BWL DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION: NO SCALE NORTH .. M001 PLOT INFO: PLOT REMOVE ANCHOR, SEE STRUCTURAL

KEY PLAN:

REMOVE 6" GATE VALVE EXPANSION NORTH (BWL OWNED) JOINT STATE CAPITAL 8" LOW PRESSURE BUILDING ST. STEAM AVE. AVE. MH 166 ALLEGAN ST.

PROJECT MH 37 AREA WASHTENAW ST. REMOVE TRAP AND DRAIN PIPING REMOVE 6" LOW PRESSURE TRAP KALAMAZOO ST. PIPING STEAM REUTTER ST. PARK WALNUT REMOVE GATE LENAWEE ST. VALVE TOWNSEND MANHOLE CAPITOL WASHINGTON ABOVE REVISIONS:

REV. DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE

REMOVE ANCHOR, MANHOLE SEE STRUCTURAL ABOVE BUILDING MECH. RM. PHOTO MANHOLE 166 PIPING DEMOLITION PLAN A NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

NORTH

REMOVE MANHOLE 37 AND ALL PIPING WITHIN, SALVAGE EXPANSION JOINT TO REMOVE DRAIN OWNER BELOW MANHOLE, CONNECTION TO STORM MAIN TO BE REUSED

SUGGESTED SEQUENCING:

1. SHUTDOWN LPS TO MANHOLE 166 TO ALLOW FOR REMOVAL OF ANCHOR AND PIPING.

2. CUT AND CAP LPS ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING AND CONNECT TEMPORARY STEAM SERVICE TO BUILDING. PROVIDE TEMPORARY TRAP AT BOTTOM OF RISER. LAYOUT fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE TEMPORARY PIPING TO ALLOW FOR SPACE TO BUILD NEW 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan DOGHOUSE AND PIPING. TRAP DISCHARGE PIPING TO REMAIN 3. ENERGIZE TEMPORARY BOILER PLANT TO SERVE STEAM TO BUILDING CUSTOMER. 6" FIRE PROTECTION MAIN 4. REMOVE BURIED LPS PIPING, MANHOLE 37, AND BURIED CONCRETE PIPE TRENCH BETWEEN MANHOLE 166 AND REMOVE 6" GATE BUILDING. VALVE (BWL OWNED) 5. INSTALL NEW ANCHOR AND LPS PIPING IN MANHOLE 166. REMOVE DRIP AND 6. RE -ENERGIZE MANHOLE 166 AFTER NEW ANCHOR AND LPS TRAP ASSEMBLY PIPING UP TO NEW VALVE ARE INSTALLED.

7. INSTALL BOX CULVERT TO MAINTAIN ACCESS TO ALLEY DURING CONSTRUCTION. SEE CIVIL FOR LOCATION.

8. INSTALL NEW DIRECT BURIED LPS PIPE, MANHOLE 37, AND DOGHOUSE AT BUILDING. BACKFILL AS DIRECTED AFTER REQUIRED SYSTEM TESTING.

9. SHUTDOWN AND REMOVE TEMPORARY STEAM PIPING. REMOVE REMAINING BUILDING LPS PIPING AND VALVES. DATE: 6/11/2020 DWG BY: XXX BASEMENT INSTALL NEW LPS PIPING, VALVES, AND TRAPS IN BUILDING. MECHANICAL ROOM MAKE ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS. CHK BY: XXX APPR BY: NPD CUT AND CAP WITH PROJ NO: PS-30016 (191453) STATUS: BIDS & CONSTRUCTION TEMPORARY TRAP 10. RE -ENERGIZE LPS SYSTEM TO BUILDING FROM MANHOLE FOR TEMPORARY STEAM GATE VALVE, REMOVE 6" LPS AND CONCRETE 166. PROJECT NAME: STEAM SERVICE TO CUSTOMER OWNED CONTAINMENT TUNNEL BUILDING Steam Main Replacement on Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. TEMPORARY STEAM SERVICE TO BUILDING

NOTE: COORDINATE PIPE REMOVAL WITH TEMPORARY STEAM SERVICE. LAYOUT TO ENSURE SPACE DRAWING TITLE: NECESSARY TO SUPPLY STEAM AND CONSTRUCT NEW SERVICE. MECHANICAL PIPING DEMOLITION PLANS C:\Work\Revit\[email protected]

SKETCH NUMBER: 56981

MANHOLE 37 AND MECHANICAL ROOM PIPING DEMOLITION PLAN WBS: PS-30016 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 6/11/2020 2:14:30 PM 2:14:30 6/11/2020 BWL DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION: NORTH .. M002 PLOT INFO: PLOT 6" DIRECT BURIED LOW PRESSURE STEAM SEAL PENETRATION WATER TIGHT, SEE SLOPE DOWN SLOPE DETAIL

KEY PLAN:

NORTH

STATE CAPITAL BUILDING ST. AVE. AVE. MH 166 ALLEGAN ST.

PROJECT MH 37 MANHOLE EXISTING ABOVE AREA EXPANSION JOINT WASHTENAW ST.

EXISTING 1" WARMUP EXISTING 8" LPS EJ -37 -01 EXPANSION JOINT BYPASS WITH EXPANSION JOINT KALAMAZOO ST. GATE VALVE SUMP PIT WITH DRAIN REUTTER ST. PARK WALNUT LENAWEE ST. TOWNSEND CAPITOL WASHINGTON

ST -1 6" DIRECT BURIED EXISTING 8" LOW PRESSURE REVISIONS: GATE VALVE STEAM

REV. DESCRIPTION BY CHK DATE EXISTING TRAP 6" WAFER BUTTERFLY, PROVIDED BY OWNER SLOPE DO MANHOLE ANCHOR IN MANHOLE, ABOVE ROLL ELBOW TO SEE STRUCTURAL MATCH PIPE WN 2 ANGLE/SLOPE

M003 DOWN SLOPE

EXISTING SUMP AND PUMP TO REMAIN

EXISTING TRAP MANHOLE DISCHARGE TO SUMP ABOVE 4" DRAIN, SLOPE DISCHARGE TRAP TO DOWN TO EXISTING EXISTING SUMP STORM CONNECTION, FIELD COORDINATE

MANHOLE 166 PIPING PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

NORTH

MANHOLE 37 PIPING PLAN SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

NORTH

fishbeck.com 1515 Arboretum Drive, SE 800.456.3824 Grand Rapids, Michigan EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN EXISTING 6" FIRE EXISTING GRADE PROTECTION (APPROX. LOCATION)

TAP FOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 6" WAFER BUTTERFLY EXTEND END PLATE VALVE, PROVIDED BY VENT AND DRAIN ANCHOR, SEE OWNER (BWL OWNED) TRAP ASSEMBLY, THRU EXISTING STRUCTURAL CONNECT TO EXISTING WALL OPENING TRAP DISCHARGE PIPE EXISTING PIPES 6" WAFER BUTTERFLY 6" DIRECT TO REMAIN VALVE, PROVIDE BY BURIED LPS EXTEND END CAP DRAIN OWNER (BWL OWNED) AND VENT THRU EXISTING WALL OPENING INTO MECH. ROOM

6" WAFER T EXISTING GATE BUTTERFLY VALVE, ST -2 VALVE AND PROVIDED BY EXPANSION JOINT OWNER DATE: 6/11/2020 DWG BY:

CHK BY: APPR NPDBY:

SLOPE DOWN PROJ PS-30016NO: (191453)STATUS:BIDS & CONSTRUCTION 1 SEAL M003 PROJECT NAME: EXISTING GATE PENETRATION SEAL PENETRATION VALVE, (CUSTOMER WATER TIGHT, WATER TIGHT, SEE DETAIL Steam Main Replacement on OWNED) SEE DETAIL EXISTING LPS VALVE EXTERIOR BURIED DOGHOUSE Capitol Ave. South of Allegan St. AND PIPE FOR END OF DIRECT BURIED 1" BLEEDER WITH 6" DIRECT BURIED (CUSTOMER OWNED) PIPING, SEE STRUCTURAL GATE VALVE AND LOW PRESSURE REMOVABLE CAP STEAM EXISTING FIRE TEMPORARY STEAM AND TRAP MECHANICAL ROOM PROTECTION PIPE 1" BLEEDER WITH VALVE AND WITHIN DOGHOUSE CONNECTED (BEYOND) REMOVABLE CAP BELOW TO EXISTING PIPING UNTIL NEW DRAWING TITLE: CORE CLEAN DIRECT BURIED PIPE INSTALLED OPENING THRU WALL, MECHANICAL PIPING PLANS SEAL WALL 1" THREAD -O-LET TAP FOR PRESSURE TRANSMITTER RUN NEW PIPE THRU EXISTING PENETRATION WATER WALL PENETRATION

C:\Work\Revit\[email protected] TIGHT, SEE DETAIL

2 SECTION 1 SECTION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" MECHANICAL ROOM PIPING PLAN SKETCH NUMBER:56981 SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

NORTH WBS:PS-30016 6/11/2020 2:14:32 PM 2:14:32 6/11/2020

BWL DRAWING NUMBER: REVISION: .. M003 PLOT INFO: PLOT